ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
List of ITU-T Recommendations on DVD
March 2015 Edition
Recommendation
Approval date
Title
ITU-T A.1 (11/2012)
29.11.2012
ITU-T A.2 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.4 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.5 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.6 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.7 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.8 (10/2008)
30.10.2008
ITU-T A.11 (11/2012)
30.11.2012
ITU-T A.12 (10/2008)
30.10.2008
Working methods for study groups of the
ITU Telecommunication Standardization
Presentation of contributions to the ITU
Telecommunication Standardization
Communication process between the ITU
Telecommunication Standardization
Sector and forums and consortia
Generic procedures for including
references to documents of other
organizations in ITU-T Recommendations
Cooperation and exchange of information
between the ITU Telecommunication
Standardization Sector and national and
regional standards development
organizations
Focus groups: Establishment and working
procedures
Alternative approval process for new and
revised ITU-T Recommendations
Publication of ITU-T Recommendations
and World Telecommunication
Standardization Assembly proceedings
Identification and layout of ITU-T
Recommendations
ITU-T A.13 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T A.13 (2000) Amd. 1
(12/2007)
07.12.2007
ITU-T A.23 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
March 2015 Edition
Observation
Republished in the Proceedings
of WTSA-12 without further
Republished in the Proceedings
of WTSA-12 without further
modification.
An "Author's guide for drafting
ITU-T Recommendations" is
Supplements to ITU-T Recommendations Republished
available here:
in the Yellow Book
2004 without further
modification. A version
integrating Amendment 1
(approved 2007-12-07) was
published in the Proceedings of
Approval of a supplement at a working
WTSA-08
A
version and
integrating
in the this
party meeting
Amendment with the base
Recommendation (approved
2000-10-06) was published in
the Proceedings of WTSA-08
Collaboration with the International
and in the Proceedings
Republished
in the Yellow
of Book
Organization for Standardization (ISO) and 2004 and in the Proceedings of
the International Electrotechnical
WTSA-08 without further
Commission (IEC) on information
modification. A version
technology
integrated with Annex A
(approved 2010-02-11) was
republished in the Proceedings
1 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T A.23 Annex A (06/2014)
20.06.2014
ITU-T A.31 (10/2008)
30.10.2008
ITU-T A Suppl. 2 (06/2000)
14.06.2000
ITU-T A Suppl. 3 (07/2012)
04.07.2012
ITU-T D.000 (05/2010)
21.05.2010
ITU-T D.1 (07/1991)
15.07.1991
ITU-T D.3 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.4 (09/2005)
16.09.2005
ITU-T D.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.7 (01/1992)
24.01.1992
ITU-T D.8 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.9 (11/1988)
ITU-T D.10 (07/1991)
25.11.1988
15.07.1991
ITU-T D.11 (03/1991)
22.03.1991
ITU-T D.12 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.13 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.15 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Guide for ITU-T and ISO/IEC JTC 1
cooperation
Guidelines and coordination requirements
for the organization of ITU-T seminars and
workshops
Guidelines on interoperability
Republished in Yellow Book
experiments
2004 without further
IETF and ITU-T collaboration guidelines
Terms and definitions for the D-series
Recommendations
General principles for the lease of
international (continental and
intercontinental) private
telecommunication circuits and networks
Principles for the lease of analogue
This new Recommendation
international circuits for private service
replaces former
Recommendations D.2 and D.3
(1988) which do not
correspond anymore to the
Special conditions for the lease of
international regulatory and
international (continental and
intercontinental) sound- and televisionprogramme circuits for private service
Costs and value of services rendered as
factors in the fixing of rates
Concept and implementation of "one-stop
shopping" for international private leased
telecommunication circuits
Special conditions for the lease of
international end-to-end digital circuits for
private service
Private leasing of transmitters or receivers
General tariff principles for international
public data communication services
Special tariff principles for international
packet-switched public data
communication services by means of the
virtual call facility
Measurement
unit for charging by volume
in the international packet-switched data
communication service
Guiding principles to govern the
apportionment of accounting rates in
international packet-switched public data
communication relations
General charging and accounting
principles for non-voice services provided
by interworking between public data
networks
2 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.20 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.30 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.35 (01/1992)
24.01.1992
ITU-T D.36 (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.37 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.40 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.41 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.42 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.43 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.43 (1988) Cor. 1
(11/1989)
21.11.1989
ITU-T D.45 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.50 (04/2011)
01.04.2011
ITU-T D.50 Suppl. 1 (04/2011)
01.04.2011
ITU-T D.50 Suppl. 2 (05/2013)
31.05.2013
ITU-T D.60 (07/1991)
15.07.1991
ITU-T D.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Special tariff principles for the
international circuit-switched public data
communication services
Special tariff principles for short
transaction transmissions on the
international packet-switched public data
networks using the fast select facility with
restriction
Implementation
of reverse charging on
international public data communication
services
General charging principles in the
international public message handling
services and associated applications
General accounting principles applicable
to message handling services and
associated applications
Accounting and settlement principles
applicable to the provision of public
directory services between
interconnected Directory Management
Domainstariff principles applicable to
General
telegrams exchanged in the international
public telegram service
Introduction of accounting rates by zones
in the international public telegram
Accounting in the international public
telegram service
Partial and total refund of charges in the
international public telegram service
Applies to English version only.
D.43 (1988) Cor.1, D.90 (1988)
Cor.1 and D.151/E.251 (1988)
Cor.1 were published in a
Charging and accounting principles for the common covering note in June
international telemessage service
International Internet connection
This text was approved as D.50
(2008) Amd. 1, but it was
decided to integrate it into a
General considerations for traffic
new edition
measurement and options for
international internet connectivity
Supplement 2: Guidelines for reducing the
costs of international Internet
Guiding principles to govern the
apportionment of accounting rates in
intercontinental telex relations
Charging and accounting provisions
Former D.61/F.61 (1984) was
relating to the measurement of the
split into D.61 and F.61 on
chargeable duration of a telex call
25/11/1988
3 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.65 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.67 (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.70 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.71 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.73 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.79 (07/1991)
15.07.1991
ITU-T D.80 (11/1988)
ITU-T D.81 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.83 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.85 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.90 (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.91 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.91 (1996) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.93 (01/2009)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.94 (01/1992)
24.01.1992
ITU-T D.95 (10/1992)
01.10.1992
ITU-T D.96 (12/1999)
17.12.1999
ITU-T D.98 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
ITU-T D.99 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
March 2015 Edition
23.01.2009
General charging and accounting
principles in the international telex service
for multi-address messages via store-andforward units
Charging
and accounting in the
international telex service
General tariff principles for the
international public facsimile service
between public bureaux (bureaufax
service) tariff principles for the public
General
facsimile service between subscriber
stations (telefax service)
General tariff and international
accounting principles for interworking
between the international bureaufax and
telefax services
Charging
and accounting principles for the
international videotex service
Accounting and refunds for
Accounting and refunds for private
phototelegraph calls
Rates for phototelegrams and private
phototelegraph calls
Charging for international phototelegraph
calls to multiple destinations
Charging, billing, international accounting
and settlement in the maritime mobile
service
Transmission in encoded form of maritime
telecommunications accounting
information
Year 2000 issue and its impact on ITU-T
D.91 application
Charging and accounting in the
international land mobile telephone
service (provided via cellular radio
systems) billing and accounting principles
Charging,
for international aeronautical mobile
service, and international aeronautical
mobile-satellite service
Charging, billing, accounting and refunds
in the data messaging land/maritime
mobile-satellite service
Charging, billing, accounting and
settlement principles for Global Mobile
Personal Communications by Satellite
(GMPCS) for the international telephone
service in international mobile roaming
Charging
service
Indicative rate for international mobile
termination
Former D.83/F.83 (1984).
Renumbered D.83 when
The date of entry into force of
this Recommendation was
fixed at the 01 July 1995
TSB circular 125 (29 June 1998)
and corresponding covering
note detail year 2000 issues
regarding the interpretation of
transmitted
Published
asyear
a covering
data note
4 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.100 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.103 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.104/E.232 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.105 (11/1988)
ITU-T D.106 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.110 (06/1992)
ITU-T D.115 (06/2004)
16.06.1992
04.06.2004
ITU-T D.116 (06/2004)
04.06.2004
ITU-T D.117 (06/1999)
11.06.1999
ITU-T D.120 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.140 (06/2002)
14.06.2002
ITU-T D.140 Suppl. 1
(06/2002)
ITU-T D.140 (2002) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T D.140 (2002) Amd. 2
(06/2003)
ITU-T D.140 Suppl. 2
(06/2003)
ITU-T D.140 (2002) Amd. 3
(11/2003)
14.06.2002
ITU-T D.140 Suppl. 3
(06/2004)
ITU-T D.150 (06/1999)
04.06.2004
ITU-T D.150 (1999) Amd. 1
(09/2005)
ITU-T D.150 Suppl. 1
(01/2012)
ITU-T D.151/E.251 (11/1988)
16.09.2005
March 2015 Edition
13.12.2002
Charging for international calls in manual
or semi-automatic operating
Charging in automatic service for calls
terminating on a recorded announcement
stating the reason for the call not being
completed
Charging for calls to subscriber's station
connected either to the absent
subscriber's service or to a device
substituting a subscriber in his absence
Charging for calls from or to a public call
Introduction of reduced rates during
periods of light traffic in the international
telephone service
Charging and accounting for conference
Tariff principles and accounting for the
International Freephone Service (IFS)
Charging and accounting principles
relating to the home country direct
Charging and accounting principles for the
international premium rate service (IPRS)
Charging and accounting principles for the
international telecommunication charge
card service
Accounting rate principles for the
international telephone service
Updated teledensities and indicative
target settlement rates
New Appendix to Annex C: Guidelines
20.06.2003
Revision to Annex E
20.06.2003
Updated teledensities and indicative
target settlement rates (1 January 2003)
Revised Annex A – Guidelines for the cost
elements to be taken into account when
determining accounting rates and
accounting rate shares for the
international telephone service
Updated teledensities and indicative
target settlement rates (1 January 2004)
New system for accounting in
international telephony
Optional transit share arrangement
21.11.2003
11.06.1999
20.01.2012
25.11.1988
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in E
series under alias number
E.231
This Recommendation is also
published under alias number
E.232.
Checklist for bilateral complex
agreements
Old system for accounting in international E.251 was an alias name of ITUtelephony
T D.151. Only this alias name
was suppressed. ITU-T D.151
remains valid
5 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.151/E.251 (1988)
Cor. 1 (11/1989)
21.11.1989
ITU-T D.155 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.156 (10/2008)
ITU-T D.156 (2008) Amd. 1
(05/2010)
ITU-T D.156 (2008) Amd. 2
(09/2012)
ITU-T D.160/E.252 (11/1988)
30.10.2008
21.05.2010
ITU-T D.170 (05/2010)
ITU-T D.170 Suppl. 1
(05/2010)
ITU-T D.170 Suppl. 2
(05/2010)
ITU-T D.170 Suppl. 3
(01/2012)
21.05.2010
21.05.2010
Guiding principles governing the
apportionment of accounting rates in
intercontinental telephone relations
Network externalities
New Annex A – Practical implementation
of Recommendation ITU-T D.156
New Annex B – Determination of the
network externality premium
Mode of application of the flat-rate price
procedure set forth in Recommendation
D.67 and Recommendation D.150 for
remuneration of facilities made available
to the Administrations of other countries
Monthly telephone and telex accounts
Dispute management guidelines
21.05.2010
Dispute process guidelines
20.01.2012
ITU-T D.170 Suppl. 4
(01/2012)
ITU-T D.170 Suppl. 5
(05/2013)
ITU-T D.171 (11/1988)
20.01.2012
ITU-T D.172 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.173 (11/1988)
ITU-T D.174/E.277 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.176 (12/1997)
11.12.1997
ITU-T D.170 - Supplement on guidelines
for contents of an international
interconnection agreement
ITU-T D.170 - Supplement on guidelines
for net settlement generic templates
Supplement on guidelines for fraud
mitigation
Adjustments and refunds in the
international telephone service
Accounting for calls circulated over
international routes for which accounting
rates have not been established
Defaulting subscribers
Conventional transmission of information
necessary for billing and accounting
regarding collect and credit card calls
Transmission in encoded form of
telephone reversed charge billing and
accounting information
ITU-T D.176 (1997) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.177 (11/1988)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.178 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
07.09.2012
25.11.1988
31.05.2013
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
Year 2000 issue and its impact on ITU-T
D.176 application
Adjustment of charges and refunds in the
international telex service
Monthly accounts for semi-automatic
telephone calls (ordinary and urgent calls,
with or without special facilities)
Applies to English version only.
D.43 (1988) Cor.1, D.90 (1988)
Cor.1 and D.151/E.251 (1988)
Cor.1 were published in a
common covering note in June
E.252 was an alias name of ITUT D.160. Only this alias name
was suppressed. ITU-T D.160
remains valid
E.277 was an alias name of ITUT D.174. Only this alias name
was suppressed. ITU-T D.174
remains
TSB
circular
valid125 (29 June 1998)
and corresponding covering
note detail year 2000 issues
regarding the interpretation of
transmitted
Published
asyear
a covering
data note
6 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.180 (09/2005)
16.09.2005
ITU-T D.185 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.186 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T D.188 (10/1992)
01.10.1992
ITU-T D.190 (06/2002)
14.06.2002
ITU-T D.192 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T D.193 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.195 (11/2012)
20.11.2012
ITU-T D.195 (2012) Erratum 1
(03/2014)
20.03.2014
ITU-T D.195 Suppl. 1
(05/2013)
ITU-T D.195 Suppl. 2
(05/2013)
ITU-T D.195 Suppl. 3
(05/2013)
ITU-T D.196 (06/1992)
31.05.2013
Credit management guidelines
31.05.2013
Guidelines for day sales outstanding (DSO)
management
Prepayment guidelines
ITU-T D.197 (07/1991)
05.07.1991
ITU-T D.201 (12/2002)
13.12.2002
ITU-T D.210 (09/1994)
15.09.1994
ITU-T D.211 (12/1998)
15.12.1998
ITU-T D.211 Suppl.1
(05/2010)
ITU-T D.212 (10/1996)
21.05.2010
March 2015 Edition
31.05.2013
26.06.1992
18.10.1996
Occasional provision of circuits for
international sound- and televisionprogramme transmissions
General tariff and accounting principles
for international one-way point-tomultipoint satellite services
General tariff and accounting principles
for international two-way multipoint
telecommunication service via satellite
General charging and accounting
principles applicable to an international
videoconferencing service
Exchange of international traffic
accounting data between Administrations
using electronic data interchange (EDI)
techniquesfor charging and accounting of
Principles
service telecommunications
Special tariff principles for privilege
telecommunications
Time-scale for settlement of accounts for
international telecommunication services
Erratum 1(2014) to
Recommendation ITU-T
D.195(2012) applies to the
Arabic, Chinese, French and
Clearing of international
telecommunication balances of accounts
Notification of change of address(es) for
accounting and settlement purposes
General principles regarding call-back
practices
General charging and accounting
principles for international
telecommunication services provided over
the Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN)
International
accounting for the use of the
signal transfer point and/or signalling
point for relay in Signalling System No. 7
Guidelines for international short message
service (SMS) interconnection
Charging and accounting principles for the
use of Signalling System No. 7
7 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.220 (03/1991)
22.03.1991
ITU-T D.224 (12/1999)
17.12.1999
ITU-T D.225 (12/1997)
11.12.1997
ITU-T D.230 (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.231 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.232 (05/1997)
30.05.1997
ITU-T D.233 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.240 (03/1991)
22.03.1991
ITU-T D.250 (07/1991)
15.07.1991
ITU-T D.251 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D.260 (03/1991)
22.03.1991
ITU-T D.271 (04/2008)
ITU-T D.280 (03/1995)
04.04.2008
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.285 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.286 (07/1996)
01.07.1996
ITU-T D.300 R (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.300 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
12.06.1998
March 2015 Edition
Charging and accounting principles to be
applied to international circuit-mode
demand bearer services provided over the
integrated services digital network (ISDN)
Charging and accounting principles for
ATM/B-ISDN
Charging and accounting principles to be
applied to frame relay data transmission
service
General charging and accounting
principles for supplementary services
associated with international
telecommunication services provided over
the Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) and accounting principles
Charging
relating to the User-to-User Information
(UUI) supplementary service
Specific tariff and accounting principles
applicable to ISDN supplementary services
Charging and accounting principles to be
applied to the reversed charge
supplementary service
Charging and accounting principles for
teleservices supported by the ISDN
General charging and accounting
principles for non-voice services provided
by interworking between the ISDN and
existing public data networks
General charging and accounting
principles for the basic telephone service
provided over the ISDN or by
interconnection between the ISDN and
the publicand
Charging
switched
accounting
telephone
capabilities
network
to be
applied on the ISDN
Charging and accounting principles for
Principles for charging and billing,
accounting and reimbursements for
universal personal telecommunication
Guiding principles for charging and
accounting for intelligent network
Charging and accounting principles for the
global virtual network service
Determination of accounting rate shares
in telephone relations between countries
in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
Applicability of 1992 values of standard
Published as a covering note
accounting rate shares components
8 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.301 R (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.301 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.302 R (03/1995)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.302 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.303 R (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.303 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.306 R (07/1991)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.307 R (03/1995)
20.03.1995
ITU-T D.307 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.310 R (03/1995)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.310 R (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T D.400 R (12/1999)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.500 R (06/1998)
12.06.1998
ITU-T D.501 R (10/1993)
06.10.1993
ITU-T D.600 R (10/2000)
06.10.2000
March 2015 Edition
20.03.1995
15.07.1991
20.03.1995
17.12.1999
Determination of accounting rate shares
and collection charges in telex relations
between countries in Europe and the
Mediterranean Basin
Applicability of 1984 values of standard
accounting rate shares components
Determination of the accounting rate
shares and collection charges for the
international public telegram service
applicable to telegrams exchanged
between countries in Europe and the
Mediterranean
Applicability
of 1984
Basinvalues of standard
transition and terminal rate shares
components
Determination of accounting rate shares
and collection charges applicable by
countries in Europe and the
Mediterranean Basin to the occasional
provision of circuits for sound- and
television-programme
Applicability
of 1984 values
transmissions
of standard
accounting rate shares components
Remuneration of public packet-switched
data transmission networks between the
countries of Europe and the
Mediterraneanof
Remuneration
Basin
digital systems and
channels used in telecommunication
relations between the countries of Europe
and the Mediterranean Basin
Applicability of 1984 values of flat-rate
remuneration
Determination of rentals for the lease of
international programme (sound- and
television-) circuits and associated control
circuits for private service in relations
between countries in Europe and the
Mediterranean Basin
Applicability of 1984 values of the annual
rental
Accounting rates applicable to direct
traffic relations in voice telephony
between countries in Latin America and
the Caribbean
Accounting
rates applicable to telephone
relations between countries in Asia and
Oceania
Accounting rates applicable to telex
relations between countries in Asia and
Cost methodology for the regional tariff
group for Africa applicable to the
international automatic telephone service
Published as a covering note
Published as a covering note
Published as a covering note
Published as a covering note
Published as a covering note
9 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T D.601 R (10/1993)
06.10.1993
ITU-T D.602 R (12/2002)
13.12.2002
ITU-T D.603 R (12/2002)
13.12.2002
ITU-T D.604 R (01/2005)
28.01.2005
ITU-T D.606 R (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D Suppl. 1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D Suppl. 2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T D Suppl. 3 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.100 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.101 (11/2009)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.101 (2009) Amd. 1
(06/2011)
ITU-T E.104 (02/1995)
10.06.2011
ITU-T E.105 (08/1992)
ITU-T E.106 (10/2003)
04.08.1992
31.10.2003
ITU-T E.107 (02/2007)
08.02.2007
ITU-T E.109 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
ITU-T E.110 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.111 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.112 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.113 (05/1997)
30.05.1997
ITU-T E.114 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.115 (05/2010)
29.05.2010
March 2015 Edition
21.02.1995
Determination of accounting rate shares
and collection charges in telex relations
between countries in Africa
Application of the “sender pays transit”
principle in transit relation
Minimizing collection charges on interAfrican calls
The last international transit center pays
the traffic
Preferential rates in telecommunication
relations between countries in Africa
Cost and tariff study method
Method for carrying out a cost price study
by regional tariff groups
Handbook on the methodology for
determining costs and establishing
national tariffs
Definitions of terms used in international Amended by Addendum to
telephone operation
circular CCITT No. 23 dated 25
April 1990, amendments to be
Definitions of terms used for identifiers
applied as of 1st July 1990
(names, numbers, addresses and other
identifiers) for public telecommunication
services and networks in the E-series
Recommendations
New Appendix I: Alphabetical list of terms
International telephone directory
assistance service and public access
International telephone service
International Emergency Preference
Scheme (IEPS) for disaster relief
Emergency Telecommunications Service
(ETS) and interconnection framework for
national implementations of ETS
International billed number screening
procedures for collect and third-party
Organization of the international
telephone network
Amended by Addendum to
circular CCITT No. 23 dated 25
April 1990, amendments to be
Extension of international telephone
applied as of 1st July 1990
Arrangements to be made for controlling Amended by Addendum to
the telephone services between two
circular CCITT No. 23 dated 25
countries
April 1990, amendments to be
Validation procedures for the
applied as of 1st July 1990
international telecommunications charge
Supply of lists of subscribers (directories
and other means)
Computerized directory assistance
10 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.115 (2010) Cor. 1
(10/2012)
ITU-T E.116 (05/1997)
14.10.2012
ITU-T E.117 (06/1994)
01.06.1994
ITU-T E.118 (05/2006)
11.05.2006
ITU-T E.120 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.121 (2004) Erratum 1
(10/2004)
ITU-T E.121 (06/2004)
11.10.2004
ITU-T E.122 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.123 (02/2001)
02.02.2001
ITU-T E.123 (2001) Erratum 1
(05/2008)
ITU-T E.123 (2001) Amd. 1
(05/2008)
ITU-T E.124 (11/1988)
23.05.2008
ITU-T E.126 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.127 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.128 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.129 (01/2013)
ITU-T E.130 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
31.01.2013
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.131 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.132 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.133 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.134 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.135 (10/1995)
03.10.1995
ITU-T E.136 (05/1997)
30.05.1997
March 2015 Edition
30.05.1997
29.06.2004
15.05.2008
25.11.1988
International telecommunication charge
card service
Terminal devices used in connection with
the public telephone service (other than
telephones)
The international telecommunication
charge card
Instructions for users of the international
telephone service
Applies to English version only
Pictograms, symbols and icons to assist
This edition includes the
users of the telephone and telefax
changes introduced by Erratum
Measures to reduce customer difficulties
in the international telephone service
Notation for national and international
telephone numbers, e-mail addresses and
web addresses
Contact information in case of emergency
for mobile telephones
Discouragement of frivolous international
calling to unassigned or vacant numbers
answered by recorded announcements
without charge
Harmonization of the general information
pages of the telephone directories
published by Administrations
Pages in the telephone directory intended
for foreign visitors
Leaflet to be distributed to foreign visitors
Presentation of national numbering plans
Choice of the most useful and desirable
supplementary telephone services
Subscriber control procedures for
supplementary telephone services
Standardization of elements of control
procedures for supplementary telephone
services
Operating procedures for cardphones
Human factors aspects of public terminals:
Generic operating procedures
Human factors aspects of public
telecommunication terminals for people
with disabilities
Specification of a tactile identifier for use
with telecommunication cards
11 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.137 (05/1997)
ITU-T E.138 (06/2002)
30.05.1997
29.06.2002
ITU-T E.138 (2002) Erratum 1
(02/2003)
ITU-T E.139 (05/2012)
ITU-T E.140 (08/1992)
ITU-T E.148 (11/1988)
03.02.2003
ITU-T E.149 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.151 (08/1992)
ITU-T E.152 (05/2006)
ITU-T E.153 (10/1996)
ITU-T E.154 (03/1998)
ITU-T E.155 (03/1998)
ITU-T E.155 (1998) Amd. 1
(02/2001)
ITU-T E.156 (05/2006)
25.11.1988
04.08.1992
11.05.2006
18.10.1996
09.03.1998
09.03.1998
02.02.2001
ITU-T E.156 Suppl. 1
(11/2007)
ITU-T E.156 Suppl. 2
(06/2011)
ITU-T E.157 (11/2009)
ITU-T E.161 (02/2001)
08.11.2007
ITU-T E.161 (2001) Amd. 1
(06/2014)
ITU-T E.161.1 (09/2008)
06.06.2014
ITU-T E.161.1 (2008) Amd.1
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.164 (11/2010)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.164 (2010) Amd. 1
(06/2011)
10.06.2011
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 1
(03/1998)
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 2
(06/2014)
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 3
(05/2004)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 3 (2004)
Amd. 1 (11/2009)
24.11.2009
March 2015 Edition
14.05.2012
04.08.1992
25.11.1988
11.05.2006
10.06.2011
24.11.2009
02.02.2001
23.09.2008
18.11.2010
06.06.2014
28.05.2004
User instructions for payphones
Human factors aspects of public
telephones to improve their usability for
Public Internet access points
Operator-assisted telephone service
Routing of traffic by automatic transit
exchanges
Presentation of routing data
Telephone conference calls
International freephone service
Home country direct
International Shared Cost Service
International Premium Rate Service
Guidelines for ITU-T action on reported
misuse of E.164 number resources
Best practice guide on countering misuse
of E.164 number resources
Possible actions to counter misuse
International calling party number
Arrangement of digits, letters and symbols
on telephones and other devices that can
be used for gaining access to a telephone
network
New Annex A: Arrangement of digits,
Korean character set and symbols
Guidelines to select Emergency Number
for public telecommunications networks
The international public
telecommunication numbering plan
Revised Annex A: Clarification and
explanation of the structure and function
of international ITU-T E.164-numbers
Alternatives for carrier selection and
network identification
Number portability
Operational and administrative issues
associated with national implementations
of the ENUM functions
12 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 4
(05/2004)
28.05.2004
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 4 (2004)
Amd. 1 (11/2009)
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 5
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.164 Suppl. 6
(03/2012)
ITU-T E.164.1 (09/2008)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.164.2 (02/2001)
ITU-T E.164.3 (09/2001)
02.02.2001
14.09.2001
ITU-T E.165/Q.11 ter
(11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.165.1 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.166/X.122 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.167 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.168 (05/2002)
ITU-T E.168 (2002) Amd. 1
(05/2004)
ITU-T E.168.1 (02/2005)
25.11.1988
16.05.2002
28.05.2004
ITU-T E.169 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.169.1 (09/2001)
14.09.2001
ITU-T E.169.2 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T E.169.3 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
March 2015 Edition
24.11.2009
29.03.2012
23.09.2008
24.02.2005
Operational and administrative issues
associated with the implementation of
ENUM for non-geographic country codes
Guidance with regard to the selection of
numbers for helplines for children
Guidelines for identifying and selecting
globally harmonized numbers
Criteria and procedures for the
reservation, assignment and reclamation
of E.164 country codes and associated
identification codes (ICs)
E.164 numbering resources for trials
Principles, criteria and procedures for the
assignment and reclamation of E.164
country codes and associated
identification codes for groups of
countries for coordinated
Timetable
implementation of the full capability of
the numbering plan for the ISDN era
(Recommendation
Use
of escape codeE.164)
"0" within the E.164
numbering plan during the transition
period to implementation of NPI
mechanism plan interworking for the
Numbering
E.164 and X.121 numbering plans
ISDN Network Identification Codes
Application of E.164 numbering plan for
New Appendix I
This Recommendation is also
published under alias number
Q.11 ter
This Recommendation is
published with the double
Assignment procedures for universal
personal telecommunications (UPT)
numbers in the provisioning of the
internationalofUPT
Application
Recommendation
service
E.164
numbering plan for universal international
numbers for international
telecommunications services using
country codes for global services
Application of Recommendation E.164
Formerly Rec. E.169
numbering plan for universal international
freephone numbers for international
freephone service
Application of Recommendation E.164
numbering plan for universal international
premium rate numbers for the
international premium rate service
Application of Recommendation E.164
numbering plan for universal international
shared cost numbers for international
shared cost service
13 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.170 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.172 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.173 (08/1991)
30.10.1992
30.10.1992
23.08.1991
ITU-T E.174 (04/1995)
21.04.1995
ITU-T E.175 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.177 (10/1996)
ITU-T E.180/Q.35 (03/1998)
25.11.1988
08.10.1996
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.181 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.182 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.183 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.184 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.190 (05/1997)
25.11.1988
30.05.1997
ITU-T E.190 (1997) Amd.1
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.191 (03/2000)
ITU-T E.191 (2000) Cor. 1
(09/2001)
ITU-T E.191 (2000) Amd.1
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.191.1 (02/2001)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.191.1 (2001) Amd.1
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.193 (03/2000)
ITU-T E.195 (10/2000)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.195 (2000) Amd. 1
(11/2009)
ITU-T E.202 (10/1992)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.212 (05/2008)
15.05.2008
ITU-T E.212 (2008) Amd. 2
(11/2010)
ITU-T E.212 (2008) Amd. 3
(06/2011)
18.11.2010
March 2015 Edition
17.03.2000
14.09.2001
Traffic routing
ISDN routing plan
Routing plan for interconnection between
public land mobile networks and fixed
terminal networks
Routing principles and guidance for
Universal Personal Telecommunications
Models for international network planning
B-ISDN routing
Technical characteristics of tones for the
telephone service
Customer recognition of foreign tones
Application of tones and recorded
announcements in telephone services
Guiding principles for telephone
announcements
Indications to users of ISDN terminals
Principles and responsibilities for the
management, assignment and
reclamation of E-series international
numbering resources
Replaces ITU-T I.335 (1988)
This Recommendation is
published with the double
Q.36 was an alias name of ITUT E.181. Only this alias name
was suppressed. ITU-T E.181
remains valid
B-ISDN addressing
Published as a covering note.
Cancels erratum of March 2001
24.11.2009
02.02.2001
17.03.2000
06.10.2000
30.10.1992
10.06.2011
Criteria and procedures for the allocation
of ITU-T International Network Designator
addresses
E.164 country code expansion
ITU-T International numbering resource
administration
Network operational principles for future
public mobile systems and services
The international identification plan for
This Recommendation includes
public networks and subscriptions
the changes introduced by
Revised Annex F – Illustration of uses of
ITU-T E.212 resources
Revised Annex E: The use of an MCC+MNC
in a country other than the country to
which the MCC has been assigned by the
Director of TSB
14 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.213 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.214 (02/2005)
24.02.2005
ITU-T E.217 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.218 (05/2004)
28.05.2004
ITU-T E.220 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.230 (08/1992)
ITU-T E.260 (11/1988)
04.08.1992
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.261 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.300 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.301 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.320 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.330 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.331 (10/1991)
25.11.1988
11.10.1991
ITU-T E.350 (03/2000)
ITU-T E.351 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.352 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.353 (02/2001)
02.02.2001
ITU-T E.360.1 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.360.2 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.360.3 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.360.4 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.360.5 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.360.6 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
March 2015 Edition
Telephone and ISDN numbering plan for
land mobile stations in public land mobile
networks (PLMN)
Structure of the land mobile global title
for the signalling connection control part
Maritime communications – Ship station
identity
Management of the allocation of
terrestrial trunk radio Mobile Country
Interconnection of public land mobile
networks (PLMN)
Chargeable duration of calls
Basic technical problems concerning the
measurement and recording of call
Devices for measuring and recording call
durations
Special uses of circuits normally employed
for automatic telephone traffic
Impact of non-voice applications on the
telephone network
Speeding up the establishment and
clearing of phototelegraph calls
User control of ISDN-supported services
Minimum user-terminal interface for a
human user entering address information
into an ISDN terminal
Dynamic routing interworking
Routing of multimedia connections across
TDM-, ATM- and IP-based networks
Routing guidelines for efficient routing
methods
Routing of calls when using international
network routing addresses
Framework for QoS routing and related
traffic engineering methods for IP-, ATM-,
and TDM-based multiservice networks
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – Call routing and
connection routing methods
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – QoS resource
management methods
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – Routing table
management methods and requirements
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – Transport routing
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – Capacity
15 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.360.7 (05/2002)
16.05.2002
ITU-T E.361 (05/2003)
02.05.2003
ITU-T E.370 (02/2001)
02.02.2001
ITU-T E.401 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.408 (05/2004)
28.05.2004
ITU-T E.409 (05/2004)
28.05.2004
ITU-T E.410 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.411 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.411 (2000) Amd. 1
(03/2001)
ITU-T E.412 (01/2003)
ITU-T E.412.1 (12/2007)
15.03.2001
ITU-T E.413 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.414 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.415 (08/1991)
23.08.1991
ITU-T E.416 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.417 (02/2005)
24.02.2005
ITU-T E.418 (05/2003)
02.05.2003
ITU-T E.419 (02/2006)
13.02.2006
ITU-T E.420 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.421 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.422 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.423 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.424 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.425 (03/2002)
25.11.1988
30.10.1992
16.03.2002
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2003
14.12.2007
QoS routing and related traffic
engineering methods – Traffic engineering
operational requirements
QoS routing support for interworking of
QoS service classes across routing
Service principles when public circuitswitched international telecommunication
networks interwork with IP-based
networks for the international telephone
Statistics
service (number of circuits in operation
and volume of traffic)
Telecommunication networks security
requirements
Incident organization and security incident
handling: Guidelines for
telecommunication organizations
International network management –
General information
International network management –
Operational guidance
Network management controls
Assessing the impact of resource
discontinuity in transport networks on
service availability
International network management –
Planning
International network management –
Organization
International network management
guidance for common channel signalling
Network management principles and
functions for B-ISDN traffic
Framework for the network management
of IP-based networks
Framework for network management of
IMT-2000 networks
Business oriented Key Performance
Indicators for management of networks
Checking the quality of the international
telephone service – General
Service quality observations on a
statistical basis
Observations on international outgoing
telephone calls for quality of service
Observations on traffic set up by
Test calls
Internal automatic observations
16 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.426 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.427 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.428 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.430 (06/1992)
ITU-T E.431 (06/1992)
30.10.1992
16.06.1992
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.432 (06/1992)
ITU-T E.433 (06/1992)
ITU-T E.434 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
16.06.1992
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.436 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.437 (05/1999)
14.05.1999
ITU-T E.438 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.439 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.440 (02/1996)
ITU-T E.450 (03/1998)
19.02.1996
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.451 (02/2001)
ITU-T E.452 (03/1993)
02.02.2001
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.453 (08/1994)
12.08.1994
ITU-T E.454 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.456 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.457 (02/1996)
ITU-T E.458 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.459 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.460 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.470 (02/2005)
24.02.2005
March 2015 Edition
General guide to the percentage of
effective attempts which should be
observed for international telephone calls
Collection and statistical analysis of
special quality of service observation data
for measurements of customer difficulties
in the international automatic service
Connection retention
Quality of service framework
Service quality assessment for connection
set-up and release delays
Connection quality
Billing integrity
Subscriber-to-subscriber measurement of
the public switched telephone network
Customer Affecting Incidents and blocking
Defects Per Million
Comparative metrics for network
performance management
Performance parameters and
measurement methods to assess N-ISDN
64 kbit/s circuit-switched bearer service
UDI in
Test
call
operation
measurement to assess N-ISDN
64 kbit/s circuit-switched bearer service
UDI in operation
Customer satisfaction point
Facsimile quality of service on public
networks – General aspects
Facsimile call cut-off performance
Facsimile modem speed reductions and
transaction time
Facsimile image quality as corrupted by
transmission-induced scan line errors
Transmission performance metrics based
on Error Correction Mode (ECM) facsimile
Test transaction for facsimile transmission
performance
Facsimile measurement methodologies
Figure of merit for facsimile transmission
performance
Measurements and metrics for
characterizing facsimile transmission
performance using non-intrusive
techniques
Measurements
and metrics for monitoring
the performance of V.34 Group 3
Operational considerations for QoS of
voice over IP-based networks with PSTNIP-PSTN architecture
17 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.480 (09/2006)
06.09.2006
ITU-T E.480 (2006) Amd. 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T E.490 (06/1992)
14.10.2007
ITU-T E.490.1 (01/2003)
13.01.2003
ITU-T E.491 (05/1997)
ITU-T E.492 (02/1996)
ITU-T E.493 (02/1996)
ITU-T E.500 (11/1998)
ITU-T E.501 (05/1997)
ITU-T E.502 (02/2001)
30.05.1997
19.02.1996
19.02.1996
13.11.1998
30.05.1997
02.02.2001
ITU-T E.503 (06/1992)
ITU-T E.504 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.505 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
25.11.1988
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.506 (06/1992)
ITU-T E.507 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.508 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.520 (11/1988)
16.06.1992
25.11.1988
30.10.1992
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.521 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.522 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.523 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.524 (05/1999)
14.05.1999
ITU-T E.525 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.526 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.527 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.528 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.529 (05/1997)
30.05.1997
ITU-T E.540 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.541 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.543 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
16.06.1992
Framework for service management
operational requirements – Service
management
Traffic measurement and evaluation –
General survey
Overview of Recommendations on traffic
engineering
Traffic measurement by destination
Traffic reference period
Grade of service (GOS) monitoring
Traffic intensity measurement principles
Estimation of traffic offered in the
Traffic measurement requirements for
digital telecommunication exchanges
Traffic measurement data analysis
Traffic measurement administration
Measurements of the performance of
common channel signalling network
Forecasting international traffic
Models for forecasting international
Forecasting new telecommunication
Number of circuits to be provided in
automatic and/or semiautomatic
operation, without overflow facilities
Calculation of the number of circuits in a
group carrying overflow traffic
Number of circuits in a high-usage group
Standard traffic profiles for international
traffic streams
Overflow approximations for non-random
inputs
Designing networks to control grade of
service
Dimensioning a circuit group with multislot bearer services and no overflow
Dimensioning at a circuit group with multislot bearer services and overflow traffic
Dimensioning of digital circuit
multiplication equipment (DCME) systems
Network dimensioning using end-to-end
GOS objectives
Overall grade of service of the
international part of an international
Overall grade of service for international
connections (subscriber-to-subscriber)
Grades of service in digital international
telephone exchanges
18 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.550 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.600 (03/1993)
ITU-T E.651 (03/2000)
12.03.1993
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.671 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.681 (10/2001)
29.10.2001
ITU-T E.700 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.701 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.711 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.712 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.713 (10/1992)
ITU-T E.716 (10/1996)
ITU-T E.720 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.721 (05/1999)
30.10.1992
30.10.1992
30.10.1992
30.10.1992
08.10.1996
25.11.1988
14.05.1999
ITU-T E.723 (06/1992)
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.724 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.726 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.728 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T E.731 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.733 (11/1998)
13.11.1998
ITU-T E.734 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.735 (05/1997)
30.05.1997
ITU-T E.736 (03/2000)
ITU-T E.737 (02/2001)
ITU-T E.743 (04/1995)
17.03.2000
02.02.2001
21.04.1995
ITU-T E.744 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.745 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.750 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
March 2015 Edition
Grade-of-service and new performance
criteria under failure conditions in
international telephone exchanges
Terms and definitions of traffic
Reference connections for traffic
engineering of IP access networks
Post-selection delay in PSTN/ISDN
networks using Internet telephony for a
portion of the connection
Traffic engineering methods for IP acess
networks based on hybrid fiber/coax
Framework of the E.700-Series
Recommendations
Reference connections for traffic
User demand modelling
User plane traffic modelling
Control plane traffic modelling
User demand modelling in BroadbandISDN grade of service concept
Network grade of service parameters and
target values for circuit-switched services
in the evolving ISDN
Grade-of-service parameters for Signalling
System No. 7 networks
GOS parameters and target GOS
objectives for IN services
Network grade of service parameters and
target values for B-ISDN
Grade-of-service parameters for B-ISDN
signalling
Methods for dimensioning resources
operating in circuit-switched mode
Methods for dimensioning resources in
Signalling System No. 7 networks
Methods for allocating and dimensioning
Intelligent Network (IN) resources
Framework for traffic control and
dimensioning in B-ISDN
Methods for cell level traffic control in BDimensioning methods for B-ISDN
Traffic measurements for SS No. 7
dimensioning and planning
Traffic and congestion control
requirements for SS No. 7 and INCell level measurement requirements for
the B-ISDN
Introduction to the E.750 series of
Recommendations on traffic engineering
aspects of networks supporting personnal
communications services
19 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.751 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.752 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.755 (02/1996)
19.02.1996
ITU-T E.760 (03/2000)
ITU-T E.770 (03/1993)
17.03.2000
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.771 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.773 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.774 (10/1996)
08.10.1996
ITU-T E.775 (02/1996)
ITU-T E.776 (10/1996)
ITU-T E.800 (09/2008)
19.02.1996
08.10.1996
23.09.2008
ITU-T E.801 (10/1996)
ITU-T E.802 (02/2007)
08.10.1996
08.02.2007
ITU-T E.803 (12/2011)
14.12.2011
ITU-T E.804 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T E.807 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T E.810 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.820 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.830 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.845 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.846 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T E.850 (10/1992)
30.10.1992
ITU-T E.855 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Reference connections for traffic
engineering of land mobile networks
Reference connections for traffic
engineering of maritime and aeronautical
Reference connections for UPT traffic
performance and GOS
Terminal mobility traffic modelling
Land mobile and fixed network
interconnection traffic grade of service
concept
Network grade of service parameters and
target values for circuit-switched public
land mobile services
Maritime and aeronautical mobile grade
of service concept
Network grade of service parameters and
target values for maritime and
aeronautical mobile services
UPT grade of service concept
Network grade of service parameters for
Definitions of terms related to quality of
service
Framework for Service Quality Agreement
Framework and methodologies for the
determination and application of QoS
parameters
Quality of service parameters for
supporting service aspects
Quality of service aspects for popular
services in mobile networks
Definitions, associated measurement
methods and guidance targets of usercentric parameters for call handling in
cellular mobile voice service
Framework of the Recommendations on
the serveability performance and service
integrity for telecommunication services
Call models for serveability and service
integrity performance
Models for the specification, evaluation
and allocation of serveability and service
Connection accessibility objective for the
international telephone service
Accessibility for 64 kbit/s circuit-switched
international end-to-end ISDN connection
types
Connection retainability objective for the
international telephone service
Connection integrity objective for the
international telephone service
20 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T E.860 (06/2002)
ITU-T E.861 (02/2006)
ITU-T E.862 (06/1992)
29.06.2002
13.02.2006
16.06.1992
ITU-T E.880 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E.910 (12/2005)
15.12.2005
ITU-T E.1100 (11/2009)
24.11.2009
ITU-T E.1110 (01/2013)
31.01.2013
ITU-T E.4110 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T E.1100 series Suppl. 1
(03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 1
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 3
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 4
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 5
(10/1984)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 6
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-300 series Suppl. 7
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 1
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 2
(11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 5
(11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 7
(11/1988)
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 8
(11/2009)
ITU-T E-800 series Suppl. 9
(12/2013)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
19.10.1984
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
12.11.2009
12.12.2013
Framework of a service level agreement
Defining operations competency metrics
Dependability planning of
telecommunication networks
Field data collection and evaluation on the
performance of equipment, networks and
services
Procedures for registration within the
domain ".int"
Specification of an international
numbering resource for use in the
provisioning of international help lines
Allocation and assignment of ITU-T E.164
country code 888
Framework for operations requirements
of next generation networks and services
ITU-T E.1100-series – Operational aspects
for the implementation of ITU-T E.164
country code 888
List of possible supplementary telephone
services which may be offered to
North american precise audible tone plan
Treatment of calls considered as
terminating abnormally
Modelling of an experimental test design
for the determination of inexperienced
user difficulties in setting up international
calls using nationally available
instructions, or to compare different sets
of instructions
Preparation
of information to customers
travelling abroad
Description of INMARSAT existing and
planned systems
Table of the Erlang formula
Curves showing the relation between the
traffic offered and the number of circuits
required
Teletraffic implications for international
switching and operational procedures
resulting from a failure of a transmission
facility
Guide for evaluating and implementing
alternate routing networks
Guidelines for inter-provider quality of
service
Supplement 9 to ITU-T E.800-series
Recommendations (Guidelines on
regulatory aspects of QoS)
21 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.1 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T F.1 (1998) Amd. 1
(11/2007)
ITU-T F.2 (11/1988)
08.11.2007
ITU-T F.4 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.10 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.11 (10/1991)
ITU-T F.14 (08/1992)
11.10.1991
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.15 (08/1992)
ITU-T F.16 (02/1995)
ITU-T F.17 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
21.02.1995
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.18 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T F.19 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T F.20 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.24 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.30 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T F.31 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.32 (10/1995)
ITU-T F.35 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
03.10.1995
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.40 (03/1991)
ITU-T F.41 (03/1991)
11.03.1991
11.03.1991
ITU-T F.59 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T F.60 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.63 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
Operational provisions for the
international public telegram service
Operational provisions for the collection
of telegram charges
Plain and secret language
Character error rate objective for
telegraph communication using 5-unit
start-stop equipment
Continued availability of traditional
General provisions for one-stop-shopping
arrangements
Evaluating the success of new services
Global virtual network service
Operational aspects of service
telecommunications
Guidelines on harmonization of
international public bureau services
Collection and dissemination of official
service information
The international gentex service
Composition of answer-back codes for the
international gentex service
Grade of service for long-distance
international gentex circuits
Average grade of service from country to
country in the gentex service
Use of various sequences of combinations
for special purposes
Telegram retransmission system
Telegram destination indicators
Provisions applying to the operation of an
international public automatic message
switching service for equipments utilizing
the International Telegraph Alphabet No.
2
International
public telemessage service
Interworking between the telemessage
service and the international public
telegram service
General characteristics of the
international telex service
Operational provisions for the
international telex service
Operational provisions relating to the
chargeable duration of a telex call
Additional facilities in the international
telex service
Published as F.42 (11/88), then
renumbered as F.2
Formerly C.2, renumbered as
F.19 on 25/01/2002 without
Formerly Rec. F.96
Formerly Rec. F.50
Formerly Rec. F.51
Former D.61/F.61 (1984) was
split into D.61 and F.61 on
22 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.64 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.65 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.68 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.69 (06/1994)
01.06.1994
ITU-T F.70 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.71 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.72 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T F.74 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.80 (10/1991)
11.10.1991
ITU-T F.82 (10/1991)
11.10.1991
ITU-T F.83 (07/1990)
02.07.1990
ITU-T F.87 (03/1991)
11.03.1991
ITU-T F.89 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.100 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.104 (10/1991)
25.11.1988
11.10.1991
ITU-T F.105 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.106 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.107 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.108 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Determination of the number of
international telex circuits required to
carry a given volume of traffic
Time-to-answer by operators at
international telex positions
Establishment of the automatic
intercontinental telex network
The international telex service – Service
and operational provisions of telex
destination codes and telex network
identification
Evaluating
thecodes
quality of the international
telex service
Interconnection of private teleprinter
networks with the telex network
The international telex service – General
principles and operational aspects of a
store and forward facility
Intermediate storage devices accessed
from the international telex service using
single stage selection – Answerback
format
Basic
requirements for interworking
relations between the international telex
service and other services
Operational provisions to permit
interworking between the international
telex service and the intex service
Operational principles for communication
between terminals of the international
telex service and data terminal equipment
on packet-switched public data networks
Operational principles for the transfer of
messages from terminals on the telex
network to Group 3 facsimile terminals
connected to the public switched
telephone network
Status enquiry function in the
international telex service
Scheduled radiocommunication service
International leased circuit services –
Customer circuit designations
Operational provisions for
phototelegrams
Operational provisions for private
phototelegraph calls
Rules for phototelegraph calls established
over circuits normally used for telephone
traffic
Operating rules for international
phototelegraph calls to multiple
Published as F.73, then
renumbered as F.83. A
Corrigendum was indicated in
12/1990
Drafted as F.76, then approved
as F.87
Published as F.80 (11/88), then
renumbered as F.105
Published as F.80 bis (11/88),
then renumbered as F.106
Published as F.82 (11/88), then
renumbered as F.107. This
Recommendation is also
included but not published in E
series under
Published
as alias
F.85 (11/88),
number then
renumbered as F.108
23 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.110 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T F.111 (03/1991)
ITU-T F.112 (11/1988)
11.03.1991
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.113 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.115 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
ITU-T F.116 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T E.210/F.120 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.122 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.127 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T F.130 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.131 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.140 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T F.141 (06/1994)
01.06.1994
ITU-T F.150 (10/1991)
11.10.1991
ITU-T F.162 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T F.163 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T F.170 (03/1998)
09.03.1998
ITU-T F.171 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.182 bis (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T F.185 (06/1998)
18.06.1998
March 2015 Edition
Operational provisions for the maritime
mobile service
Principles of service for mobile systems
Quality objectives for 50-baud start-stop
telegraph transmission in the maritime
mobile-satellite service
Service provisions for aeronautical
passenger communications supported by
mobile-satellite systems
Service objectives and principles for future
public land mobile telecommunication
systems
Service features and operational
provisions in IMT-2000
Ship station identification for VHF/UHF
and maritime mobile-satellite services
Operational procedures for the maritime
satellite data transmission service
Operational procedures for interworking
between the international telex service
and the service offered by the INMARSATC system
Maritime answer-back codes
Radiotelex service codes
Point-to-multipoint telecommunication
service via satellite
International two-way multipoint
telecommunication service via satellite
Service and operational provisions for the
Intex service
Service and operational requirements of
store-and-forward facsimile service
Operational requirements of the
interconnection of facsimile store-andforward units
Operational provisions for the
international public facsimile service
between public bureaux (Bureaufax)
Operational provisions relating to the use
of store-and-forward switching nodes
within the bureaufax service
Guidelines for the support of the
communication of documents using
Group 3 facsimile between user terminals
via public networks
Internet facsimile: Guidelines for the
support of the communication of facsimile
The date of entry into effect of
this Recommendation edition is
Former E.210/F.120/Q.11 ter
(1984). This Recommendation
is also published under alias
number E.210.
24 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.190 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.350 (11/1988)
ITU-T F.351 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.353 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.400/X.400 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T F.401 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.410 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.415 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.420 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.421 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.421 (1988) Erratum 1
(06/1999)
ITU-T F.423 (08/1992)
18.06.1999
ITU-T F.435 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T F.440 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T F.471 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T F.471 (1997) Cor. 1
(09/1998)
ITU-T F.472 (08/1997)
25.09.1998
ITU-T F.500 (08/1992)
ITU-T F.510 (02/2003)
04.08.1992
13.02.2003
ITU-T F.511 (04/2014)
06.04.2014
ITU-T F.515 (04/2003)
22.04.2003
March 2015 Edition
04.08.1992
09.08.1997
Operational provisions for the
international facsimile service between
public bureaux and subscriber stations
and vice versa (bureaufax-telefax and vice
versa)
Application
of Series T Recommendations
General principles on the presentation of
terminal identification to users of the
telematic services
Provision of telematic and data
transmission services on integrated
services digital network (ISDN)
Message handling system and service
overview
Message handling services: Naming and
addressing for public message handling
services
Message handling services: The public
message transfer service
Message handling services:
Intercommunication with public physical
delivery services
Message handling services: The public
interpersonal messaging service
Message handling services:
Intercommunication between the IPM
service and the telex service
Erratum in F.410 (08/92)
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in F
series under alias number F.85.
F.85 is renumbered from Rec.
F.75 indicated in Blue Book
Message handling services:
Intercommunication between the
interpersonal messaging service and the
telefax service
Message handling services: Electronic
Data Interchange messaging service
Message handling services: The voice
messaging service
Operational requirements for the
interconnection of voice-mail store-andforward units
Service and operational requirements of
the voice-mail store-and-forward service
International public directory services
Automated directory assistance – White
pages service definition
Directory service - Support of tag-based
identification services
Unified Directory specification
25 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.581 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T F.600 (04/2004)
29.04.2004
ITU-T F.700 (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T F.701 (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T F.702 (07/1996)
ITU-T F.703 (11/2000)
ITU-T F.720 (08/1992)
ITU-T F.721 (08/1992)
ITU-T F.723 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
17.11.2000
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
19.07.1996
ITU-T F.724 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T F.731 (07/1997)
ITU-T F.732 (10/1996)
ITU-T F.733 (09/2005)
11.07.1997
18.10.1996
13.09.2005
ITU-T F.734 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.740 (08/1993)
ITU-T F.741 (09/2005)
31.08.1993
13.09.2005
ITU-T F.742 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T F.743 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T F.744 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T F.745 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T F.746 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T F.746.1 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.746.2 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T F.747.1 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T F.747.2 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
March 2015 Edition
Guidelines for programming
communication interfaces (PCIs)
definition: Service Recommendation
Service and operational principles for
public data transmission service
Framework Recommendation for
multimedia services
Guideline Recommendation for identifying
multimedia service requirements
Multimedia conference services
Multimedia conversational services
Videotelephony services – General
Videotelephony teleservice for ISDN
Videophone service in the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN)
Service description and requirements for
videotelephony services over IP networks
Multimedia Conference Services in the
Multimedia conference services in the BService description and requirements for
multimedia conference services over IP
networks
Definitions, requirements and use cases
for telepresence systems
Audiovisual interactive services
Service description and requirements for
audiovisual on-demand services
Service description and requirements for
distance learning services
Requirements and service description for
visual surveillance
Service description and requirements for
ubiquitous sensor network middleware
Functional requirements for networkbased speech-to-speech translation
Requirements of multimedia optimization
control components
Requirements for low-latency interactive
multimedia streaming
Service description for user data exchange
between functional components in
network entities and terminals
Capabilities of ubiquitous sensor networks
for supporting the requirements of smart
metering services
Deployment guidelines for ubiquitous
sensor network applications and services
for mitigating climate change
26 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.747.3 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T F.747.4 (12/2013)
14.12.2013
ITU-T F.747.5 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T F.747.6 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.747.7 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.748.0 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.748.1 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.750 (02/2005)
ITU-T F.761 (11/1988)
13.02.2005
25.11.1988
ITU-T F.771 (08/2008)
06.08.2008
ITU-T F.771 (2008) Amd. 1
(10/2014)
ITU-T F.790 (01/2007)
14.10.2014
ITU-T F.811 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T F.812 (08/1992)
ITU-T F.813 (02/1995)
04.08.1992
21.02.1995
ITU-T F.850 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T F.851 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
ITU-T F.852 (03/2000)
17.03.2000
ITU-T F.853 (11/1998)
13.11.1998
ITU-T F.901 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T F.902 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2007
Requirements and functional model for a
ubiquitous network robot platform that
supports ubiquitous sensor network
applications and services
Requirements and functional architecture
for the open ubiquitous sensor network
service platform
Requirements and functional architecture
of an automatic location identification
system for ubiquitous sensor network
applications and services
Requirements for water quality
assessment services using ubiquitous
sensor networks (USNs)
Requirements for network-based location
information conversion for location-based
applications and services
Common requirements for Internet of
things (IoT) applications
Requirements and common
characteristics of the IoT identifier for the
Metadata framework
Service-oriented requirements for
Published as F.730 (11/88),
telewriting applications
then renumbered as F.761
Service description and requirements for
multimedia information access triggered
by tag-based identification
Supporting multiple air interfaces
Telecommunications accessibility
guidelines for older persons and persons
with disabilities
Broadband connection-oriented bearer
service
Broadband connectionless data bearer
Virtual path service for reserved and
permanent communications
Principles of Universal Personal
Telecommunication (UPT)
Universal Personal Telecommunication
(UPT) – Service description (service set 1)
Universal Personal Telecommunication
(UPT) – Service description (service set 2)
Supplementary services in the Universal
Personal Telecommunication (UPT)
environment
Usability evaluation of telecommunication
services
Interactive services design guidelines
27 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T F.910 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
ITU-T F Suppl. 1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T F Suppl. 2 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.100.1 (11/2001)
25.11.1988
29.11.2001
ITU-T G.101 (11/2003)
ITU-T G.102 (11/1988)
13.11.2003
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.103 (12/1998)
ITU-T G.105 (11/1988)
03.12.1998
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.107 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T G.107.1 (12/2011)
ITU-T G.108 (09/1999)
ITU-T G.108 (1999) Erratum 1
(12/2000)
ITU-T G.108 (1999) Amd. 1
(09/2003)
14.12.2011
30.09.1999
07.12.2000
ITU-T G.108 (1999) Amd. 2
(03/2004)
ITU-T G.108.1 (05/2000)
31.03.2004
ITU-T G.108.2 (03/2007)
01.03.2007
ITU-T G.108.2 (2007) Amd. 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T G.109 (09/1999)
11.10.2007
ITU-T G.109 (1999) Amd. 1
(01/2007)
25.01.2007
ITU-T G.111 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.113 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T G.113 (2007) Amd.1
(03/2009)
19.03.2009
ITU-T G.114 (05/2003)
ITU-T G.114 (2003) Amd.2
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.115 (02/1996)
07.05.2003
12.11.2009
March 2015 Edition
30.09.2003
18.05.2000
30.09.1999
06.02.1996
Procedures for designing, evaluating and
selecting symbols, pictograms and icons
Definitions relating to telegraph, telematic
and data transmission services
Terms and definitions for telex
The use of the decibel and of relative
levels in speechband telecommunications
The transmission plan
Transmission performance objectives and
Recommendations
Hypothetical reference connections
Hypothetical reference connection for
crosstalk studies
The E-model: a computational model for
use in transmission planning
Wideband E-model
Application of the E-model: A planning
New Appendix I – The relationship
between and interaction of talker echo
and absolute delay
New Appendix II – Planning examples
regarding delay in packet-based networks
Guidance for assessing conversational
speech transmission quality effects not
covered by the E-model
Transmission planning aspects of echo
cancellers
New Appendix III – Guidance for using
echo cancellers to prevent low-level echo
Definition of categories of speech
transmission quality
New Appendix I – The E-model-based
quality contours for predicting speech
transmission quality and user satisfaction
from time-varying transmission
impairments
Loudness
ratings (LRs) in an international
connection
Transmission impairments due to speech
processing
Revised Appendix IV - Provisional planning
values for the wideband equipment
impairment factor and the wideband
packet loss robustness factor
One-way transmission time
New Appendix III – Delay variation on
unshared access lines
Mean active speech level for
announcement and speech synthesis
28 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.116 (09/1999)
30.09.1999
ITU-T G.117 (02/1996)
06.02.1996
ITU-T G.120 (12/1998)
03.12.1998
ITU-T G.121 (03/1993)
ITU-T G.122 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.126 (03/1993)
ITU-T G.131 (11/2003)
ITU-T G.136 (09/1999)
12.03.1993
13.11.2003
30.09.1999
ITU-T G.136 (1999) Erratum 1
(05/2000)
ITU-T G.142 (12/1998)
ITU-T G.160 (06/2012)
ITU-T G.161 (06/2012)
25.05.2000
ITU-T G.161.1 (01/2014)
ITU-T G.164 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.165 (03/1993)
ITU-T G.168 (2012) Erratum 1
(11/2012)
ITU-T G.168 (02/2012)
13.01.2014
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
29.11.2012
29.02.2012
Digital network echo cancellers
ITU-T G.169 (05/2011)
ITU-T G.172 (11/1988)
14.05.2011
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.173 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.174 (06/1994)
21.06.1994
ITU-T G.175 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T G.176 (04/1997)
18.04.1997
ITU-T G.177 (09/1999)
30.09.1999
ITU-T G.180 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.181 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
Automatic level control devices
Transmission plan aspects of international
conference calls
Transmission planning aspects of the
speech service in digital public land mobile
Transmission performance objectives for
terrestrial digital wireless systems using
portable terminals to access the PSTN
Transmission planning for private/public
network interconnection of voice traffic
Planning guidelines for the integration of
ATM technology into networks supporting
voiceband services
Transmission planning for voiceband
services over hybrid Internet/PSTN
Characteristics of N + M type direct
transmission restoration systems for use
on digital and analogue sections, links or
equipment
Characteristics of 1 + 1 type restoration
systems for use on digital transmission
March 2015 Edition
03.12.1998
29.06.2012
29.06.2012
Transmission performance objectives
applicable to end-to-end international
connections
Transmission aspects of unbalance about
earth
Transmission characteristics of national
networks
Loudness ratings (LRs) of national systems
Influence of national systems on stability
and talker echo in international
Listener echo in telephone networks
Talker echo and its control
Application rules for Automatic Level
Control Devices
Transmission characteristics of exchanges
Voice enhancement devices
Interaction aspects of signal processing
network equipment
Do-no-harm testing
Echo suppressors
Echo cancellers
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T G.168 (2012) Amd.1
29 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.191 (03/2010)
29.03.2010
Software tools for speech and audio
coding standardization
ITU-T G.192 (03/1996)
20.03.1996
ITU-T G.211 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.212 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.213 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.214 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.215 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.221 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.222 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.223 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.224 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.225 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.226 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.227 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.228 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.229 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.230 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.231 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.232 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.233 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.241 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.242 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.243 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.322 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
A common digital parallel interface for
speech standardization activities
Make-up of a carrier link
Hypothetical reference circuits for
analogue systems
Interconnection of systems in a main
repeater station
Line stability of cable systems
Hypothetical reference circuit of 5000 km
for analogue systems
Overall recommendations relating to
carrier-transmission systems
Noise objectives for design of carriertransmission systems of 2500 km
Assumptions for the calculation of noise
on hypothetical reference circuits for
Maximum permissible value for the
This Recommendation was
absolute power level (power referred to formerly also included in Q
one milliwatt) of a signalling pulse
series under number Q.16
Recommendations relating to the
accuracy of carrier frequencies
Noise on a real link
Conventional telephone signal
Measurement of circuit noise in cable
systems using a uniform-spectrum
random noise loading
Unwanted modulation and phase jitter
Measuring methods for noise produced by
modulating equipment and throughconnection filters
Arrangement of carrier equipment
12-channel terminal equipments
Recommendations concerning translating
equipments
Pilots on groups, supergroups, etc.
Through-connection of groups,
supergroups, etc.
Protection of pilots and additional
measuring frequencies at points where
there is a through-connection
General characteristics recommended for
systems on symmetric pair cables
March 2015 Edition
This Recommendation includes
1 CD-ROM containing the
software tools library (STL2009). The STL-2009 Manual is
freely available from ITU-T
website
30 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.325 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.332 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.333 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.334 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.341 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.343 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.344 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.345 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.346 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.352 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.411 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.421 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.422 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.423 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.431 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.441 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.442 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.451 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.601 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.602 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.611 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.612 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
General characteristics recommended for
systems providing 12 telephone carrier
circuits on a symmetric cable pair [(12 +
12) systems]
12 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5
mm coaxial cable pairs
60 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5
mm coaxial cable pairs
18 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5
mm coaxial cable pairs
1.3 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4
mm coaxial cable pairs
4 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4
mm coaxial cable pairs
6 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4
mm coaxial cable pairs
12 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4
mm coaxial cable pairs
18 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4
mm coaxial cable pairs
Interconnection of coaxial carrier systems
of different designs
Use of radio-relay systems for
This Recommendation is an
international telephone circuits
extract from CCIR
Methods of interconnection
Interconnection at audio-frequencies
Interconnection at the baseband
frequencies of frequency-division
multiplex radio-relay systems
Hypothetical reference circuits for
frequency-division multiplex radio-relay
Permissible circuit noise on frequencydivision multiplex radio-relay systems
Radio-relay system design objectives for
noise at the far end of a hypothetical
reference circuit with reference to
telegraphy transmission
Use of radio links in international
telephone circuits
Terminology for cables
Reliability and availability of analogue
cable transmission systems and associated
equipments
Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs
for analogue transmission
Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs
designed for the transmission of systems
with bit rates of the order of 6 to 34
Mbit/s
31 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.613 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.614 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.621 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.622 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.623 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.631 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.640 (03/2006)
29.03.2006
ITU-T G.650.1 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.650.1 (2010) Amd. 1
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.650.1 (2010) Cor. 1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.650.2 (07/2007)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.650.3 (03/2008)
29.03.2008
ITU-T G.650.3 (2008) Amd. 1
(02/2011)
ITU-T G.651.1 (07/2007)
25.02.2011
ITU-T G.651.1 (2007) Amd. 1
(12/2008)
12.12.2008
ITU-T G.652 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.653 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.654 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.655 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.656 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
March 2015 Edition
Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs
usable wholly for the transmission of
digital systems with a bit rate of up to 2
Mbit/s
Characteristics
of symmetric pair starquad cables designed earlier for analogue
transmission systems and being used now
for digital system transmission at bit rates
of 6 to 34 Mbit/s
Characteristics of 0.7/2.9 mm coaxial
cable pairs
Characteristics of 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial
cable pairs
Characteristics of 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial
cable pairs
Types of submarine cable to be used for
systems with line frequencies of less than
about 45 MHz
Co-location longitudinally compatible
interfaces for free space optical systems
Definitions and test methods for linear,
deterministic attributes of single-mode
fibre and cable
29.08.2013
29.07.2007
29.07.2007
Definitions and test methods for statistical
and non-linear related attributes of singlemode fibre and cable
Test methods for installed single-mode
optical fibre cable links
Characteristics of a 50/125 µm multimode
graded index optical fibre cable for the
optical access network
New Appendix I - Historical perspective on
the evolution of the specification of
multimode optical fibre cable
Characteristics of a single-mode optical
fibre and cable
Characteristics of a dispersion-shifted,
single-mode optical fibre and cable
Characteristics of a cut-off shifted singlemode optical fibre and cable
Characteristics of a non-zero dispersionshifted single-mode optical fibre and cable
Characteristics of a fibre and cable with
non-zero dispersion for wideband optical
transport
32 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.657 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.661 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T G.662 (07/2005)
14.07.2005
ITU-T G.663 (04/2011)
13.04.2011
ITU-T G.664 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.664 (2012) Amd. 1
(12/2014)
ITU-T G.665 (01/2005)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G.666 (02/2011)
25.02.2011
ITU-T G.667 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T G.671 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.672 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.680 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T G.691 (03/2006)
29.03.2006
ITU-T G.692 (10/1998)
23.10.1998
ITU-T G.692 (1998) Cor. 1
(01/2000)
ITU-T G.692 (1998) Cor. 2
(06/2002)
ITU-T G.692 (1998) Amd. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T G.693 (11/2009)
ITU-T G.694.1 (02/2012)
07.01.2000
ITU-T G.694.2 (12/2003)
14.12.2003
ITU-T G.695 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.696.1 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.697 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.698.1 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2005
Characteristics of a bending-loss
insensitive single-mode optical fibre and
cable for the access network
Definitions and test methods for the
relevant generic parameters of optical
amplifier devices and subsystems
Generic characteristics of optical amplifier
devices and subsystems
Application-related aspects of optical
amplifier devices and subsystems
Optical safety procedures and
requirements for optical transmission
Generic characteristics of Raman
amplifiers and Raman amplified
Characteristics of polarization mode
dispersion compensators and of receivers
that compensate for polarization mode
dispersion
Characteristics
of adaptive chromatic
dispersion compensators
Transmission characteristics of optical
components and subsystems
Characteristics of multi-degree
reconfigurable optical add/drop
Physical transfer functions of optical
network elements
Optical interfaces for single channel STM64 and other SDH systems with optical
Optical interfaces for multichannel
systems with optical amplifiers
Published as a covering note
13.06.2002
13.01.2005
13.11.2009
13.02.2012
Optical interfaces for intra-office systems
Spectral grids for WDM applications:
DWDM frequency grid
Spectral grids for WDM applications:
CWDM wavelength grid
Optical interfaces for coarse wavelength
division multiplexing applications
Longitudinally compatible intra-domain
DWDM applications
Optical monitoring for dense wavelength
division multiplexing systems
Multichannel DWDM applications with
single-channel optical interfaces
33 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.698.2 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.698.3 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.701 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.702 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.703 (2001) Erratum 1
(07/2005)
ITU-T G.703 (11/2001)
25.11.1988
20.07.2005
ITU-T G.703 (2001) Cor. 1
(03/2008)
ITU-T G.703 (2001) Amd. 1
(08/2013)
29.03.2008
ITU-T G.704 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.705 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T G.706 (04/1991)
05.04.1991
ITU-T G.707/Y.1322
(01/2007)
09.01.2007
ITU-T G.707/Y.1322 (2007)
Amd. 2 (11/2009)
ITU-T G.708 (07/1999)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331
(02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Erratum 1 (01/2014)
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Amd. 2 (10/2013)
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Amd. 3 (12/2014)
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Cor. 2 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Amd. 4 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.711 (11/1988)
29.01.2014
March 2015 Edition
29.11.2001
29.08.2013
02.07.1999
Amplified multichannel dense wavelength
division multiplexing applications with
single channel optical interfaces
Multichannel seeded DWDM applications
with single-channel optical interfaces
Vocabulary of digital transmission and
multiplexing, and pulse code modulation
(PCM) terms
Digital hierarchy bit rates
Physical/electrical characteristics of
hierarchical digital interfaces
Specifications for the physical layer of the
new ITU-T G.8271/Y.1366 time
synchronization interfaces
Synchronous frame structures used at
1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and 44 736 kbit/s
hierarchical levels
Characteristics of plesiochronous digital
hierarchy (PDH) equipment functional
Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy
check (CRC) procedures relating to basic
frame structures defined in
Recommendation
Network
node interface
G.704 for the
The published text of this
synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
the Amendement 1 approved
Sub STM-0 network node interface for the
synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
Interfaces for the optical transport
The published text of this
network
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 (2012)
Amd.1 (10/2012) and Cor.1
22.10.2013
05.12.2014
13.01.2015
13.01.2015
25.11.1988
Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice
frequencies
Corresponding ANSI-C code is
available in the G.711 module
of the ITU-T G.191 Software
Tools Library
34 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.711 App. I (09/1999)
30.09.1999
ITU-T G.711 App. II (02/2000)
17.02.2000
ITU-T G.711 (1988) Amd.1
(08/2009)
ITU-T G.711 (1988) Amd.2
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.711.0 (09/2009)
29.08.2009
ITU-T G.711.1 (09/2012)
13.09.2012
ITU-T G.711.1 (2012) Amd. 1
(10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T G.712 (11/2001)
29.11.2001
ITU-T G.718 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T G.718 (2008) Amd.2
(03/2010)
29.03.2010
ITU-T G.718 (2008) Cor.3
(01/2011)
ITU-T G.718 (2008) Amd. 3
(03/2013)
13.01.2011
ITU-T G.719 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T G.720 (07/1995)
10.07.1995
ITU-T G.720.1 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T G.722 (09/2012)
ITU-T G.722 (2012) Amd. 1
(10/2014)
13.09.2012
14.10.2014
March 2015 Edition
06.11.2009
22.09.2009
16.03.2013
A high quality low-complexity algorithm
for packet loss concealment with G.711
A comfort noise payload definition for ITUT G.711 use in packet-based multimedia
communication systems
New Annex A on lossless encoding of PCM
frames
New Appendix III – Audio quality
enhancement toolbox
Lossless compression of G.711 pulse code
modulation
Wideband embedded extension for ITU-T Due to the data volume, only
G.711 pulse code modulation
text and the source codes are
available here.
Test vectors are downloadable
free of charge from ITU-T test
New Annex G – An alternative
signals database at:
implementation of stereo superwideband
extension using floating-point
Transmission performance characteristics
of pulse code modulation channels
Frame error robust narrow-band and
The published version includes
wideband embedded variable bit-rate
Corrigendum 1 (11/2008),
coding of speech and audio from 8-32
Amendment 1 (03/2009) and
kbit/s
Corrigendum 2 (08/2009) that
New Annex B on superwideband scalable were never published
extension for ITU-T G.718 and corrections
to main body fixed-point C-code and
description text
Corrections to text and C-code
New Annex C describing an alternative
floating-point implementation of the
superwideband monaural extension
Low-complexity, full-band audio coding
for high-quality, conversational
applications
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
Rec. ITU-T G.719 (2008)
Amend.1 and G.719 (2008)
Characterization of low-rate digital voice
coder performance with non-voice signals
Generic sound activity detector
Due to the large size of the test
vectors for G.720.1 (2010/01),
they are not available with this
online package. However, they
can be freely downloaded from
the ITU-T Test Signals Database
7 kHz audio-coding within 64 kbit/s
at:
New Annex E – An alternative
implementation of stereo superwideband
extension using floating point
35 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.722.1 (05/2005)
14.05.2005
ITU-T G.722.1 (2005) Cor. 1
(06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T G.722.2 (07/2003)
29.07.2003
ITU-T G.722.2 (2003) Erratum
1 (06/2004)
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex A
(01/2002)
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex B
(01/2002)
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex B (2002)
Erratum 1 (07/2003)
29.06.2004
Low-complexity coding at 24 and 32 kbit/s This Recommendation includes
for hands-free operation in systems with a software package which
low frame loss
contains the encoder and
decoder source code and a set
of associated test vectors for
developers. The fixed-point
code implements both the 7
kHz mode (main body) and the
Correction of Annex B source code
14 kHz
This
corrigendum
mode (Annex
concerns
C). Theonly
the software; the resulting
release 2.1 had been included
in the published ITU-T
Wideband coding of speech at around 16 Recommendation G.722.1
kbit/s using Adaptive Multi-Rate
Wideband (AMR-WB)
Applies to English version only
13.01.2002
Comfort noise aspects
13.01.2002
Source Controlled Rate operation
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex C
(11/2008)
13.11.2008
Fixed-point C-code
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex D
(07/2003)
29.07.2003
Digital test sequences
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex E
(01/2002)
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex E (2002)
Cor. 1 (07/2003)
ITU-T G.722.2 Annex F
(11/2002)
ITU-T G.722.2 App. I
(01/2002)
ITU-T G.722.2 App. I (2002)
Amd. 1 (07/2003)
13.01.2002
Frame structure
March 2015 Edition
29.07.2003
Published as a covering note
29.07.2003
Published as a covering note
29.11.2002
AMR-WB usage in H.245
13.01.2002
Error concealment of erroneous or lost
frames
29.07.2003
This Annex includes an
electronic attachment
containing version 7.1.0 of the
fixed-point C-code for the
G.722.2
This
Annex
adaptive
includes
multi-rate
an
electronic attachment
containing the digital test
sequences for a bit-exact
implementation of the G.722.2
adaptive multi-rate wideband
(AMR-WB) speech transcoder,
voice activity detection,
comfort noise generation, and
source controlled rate
operation, version 5.7.0. Test
sequences are freely available
Published as a covering note
36 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.722.2 (2003) Cor. 1
(09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T G.722.2 (2003) Cor. 2
(01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T G.723.1 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
Dual rate speech coder for multimedia
communications transmitting at 5.3 and
6.3 kbit/s
ITU-T G.724 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.725 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.726 App. II test
vectors (03/1991)
21.03.1991
ITU-T G.726 App. III
(05/1994)
ITU-T G.726 Annex A
(11/1994)
ITU-T G.726 Annex B
(07/2003)
ITU-T G.726 (12/1990)
16.05.1994
ITU-T G.726 (1990) Cor. 1
(05/2005)
14.05.2005
ITU-T G.727 (12/1990)
14.12.1990
Characteristics of a 48-channel low bit
rate encoding primary multiplex operating
at 1544 kbit/s
System aspects for the use of the 7 kHz
For new implementations, refer
audio codec within 64 kbit/s
to ITU-T Recommendations
H.320, H.242 and H.230 dealing
Digital test sequences for the verification This
with document
audiovisualcorresponds
services to
of the G.726 40, 32, 24 and 16 kbit/s
G.726 Appendix II. It includes 2
ADPCM algorithm
diskettes containing
respectively the A-Law and MuLaw digital test sequences for
the verification of the G.726
ADPCM codec
implementations. The
Comparison of ADPCM algorithms
document
This
Appendix
reproduces
is published
the user
with
the double number G.726 App.
Extensions of Recommendation G.726 for
use with uniform-quantized input and
Packet format, capability identifier and
capability parameters for H.245 signalling
40, 32, 24, 16 kbit/s Adaptive Differential Corresponding ANSI-C code is
Pulse Code Modulation (ADPCM)
available in the G.726 module
of the ITU-T G.191 Software
Correction to Annex A: Extensions of
Tools Library
Recommendation G.726 for use with
uniform-quantized input and output
5-, 4-, 3- and 2-bit/sample embedded
Corresponding ANSI-C code is
adaptive differential pulse code
available in the G.727 module
modulation (ADPCM)
of the ITU-T G.191 Software
Tools Library
March 2015 Edition
01.11.1994
14.07.2003
14.12.1990
The modifications introduced
by this corrigendum are
integrated in version 6.1.0 of
the C-code attached to ITU-T
G.722.2
The
modifications
Annex C (03/2004)
introduced
by this corrigendum are
integrated in version 6.1.0 of
the C-code attached to ITU-T
G.722.2
This
Recommendation
Annex C (03/2004)
includes
an electronic attachment which
contains the test vectors and
the C reference code for
implementation verification of
the G.723.1 fixed-point dualrate speech coder for
multimedia communications of
the G.723.1 floating point
37 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.727 App. I test
vectors (03/1991)
21.03.1991
ITU-T G.727 App. II (05/1994)
16.05.1994
ITU-T G.727 Annex A
(11/1994)
ITU-T G.727 (1990) Cor. 1
(05/2005)
01.11.1994
ITU-T G.728 (2012) Erratum 1
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.728 (06/2012)
26.05.2014
ITU-T G.729 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T G.729.1 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 3
(08/2007)
29.08.2007
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 4
(06/2008)
29.06.2008
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 5
(12/2008)
07.12.2008
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Cor.1
(08/2009)
29.08.2009
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 6
(03/2010)
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 7
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.729.1 (2006) Amd. 8
(03/2013)
29.03.2010
March 2015 Edition
14.05.2005
29.06.2012
29.02.2012
16.03.2013
Digital test sequences for the verification This document corresponds to
of the G.727 5-, 4-, 3- and 2-bit/sample
G.727 Appendix I. It includes 6
embedded ADPCM algorithm
diskettes containing digital test
sequences for the verification
of the G.727 embedded
ADPCM codec
implementations. The
Comparison of ADPCM algorithms
document
This
Appendix
reproduces
is published
the user
with
the double number G.726 App.
Extensions of Recommendation G.727 for
use with uniform-quantized input and
Correction to Annex A: Extensions of
Recommendation G.727 for use with
uniform-quantized input and output
Coding of speech at 16 kbit/s using lowdelay code excited linear prediction
Coding of speech at 8 kbit/s using
conjugate-structure algebraic-codeexcited linear prediction (CS-ACELP)
G.729-based embedded variable bit-rate This edition includes the
coder: An 8-32 kbit/s scalable wideband modifications introduced by
coder bitstream interoperable with G.729 G.729.1 (2006) Amd.1
approved on 13 January 2007
and G.729.1 (2006) Amd.2
approved on 13 February 2007.
See G.729.1 (2006)
Extension of the G.729.1 low-delay mode See
Corrigendum
G.729.1 (2006)
1 (2009) for the
functionality to 14 kbit/s, and corrections Corrigendum 1 (2009) for the
to the main body and Annex B
latest version of the ANSI C
New Annex C (DTX/CNG scheme) plus
codeG.729.1
See
for this(2006)
item
corrections to main body and Annex B
Corrigendum 1 (2009) for the
latest version of the ANSI C
New Annex D (Reference floating-point
codeG.729.1
See
for this(2006)
item
implementation for G.729.1 Annex C
Corrigendum 1 (2009) for the
DTX/CNG) and corrections to the main
latest version of the ANSI C
body and Annex B
code for this item
Corrections to source code
This Corrigendum contains the
latest ANSI C source code
(Release 1.5) for G.729.1 (2006)
and its Amendments 1 (2007),
New Annex E on superwideband scalable 2 (2007), 3 (2007), 4 (2008) and
extension
New Annex F with voice activity detector
using ITU-T G.720.1 Annex A
New Annex G describing an alternative
floating-point implementation of the
superwideband monaural extension
38 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.731 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.732 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.733 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.734 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.735 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.736 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.737 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.738 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.739 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.741 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.742 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.743 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.744 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.745 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.746 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.747 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.751 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Primary PCM multiplex equipment for
voice frequencies
Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex
equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex
equipment operating at 1544 kbit/s
Characteristics of synchronous digital
multiplex equipment operating at 1544
Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex
equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s and
offering synchronous digital access at 384
kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
Characteristics of a synchronous digital
multiplex equipment operating at 2048
Characteristics of an external access
equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
offering synchronous digital access at 384
kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex
equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s and
offering synchronous digital access at 320
kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
Characteristics of an external access
equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
offering synchronous digital access at 320
kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
General considerations on second order
multiplex equipments
Second order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 8448 kbit/s and using positive
justification
Second order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 6312 kbit/s and using positive
justification
Second order PCM multiplex equipment
operating at 8448 kbit/s
Second order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 8448 kbit/s and using
positive/zero/negative justification
Characteristics of second order PCM
multiplex equipment operating at 6312
Second order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 6312 kbit/s and multiplexing
three tributaries at 2048 kbit/s
Digital multiplex equipments operating at
the third order bit rate of 34 368 kbit/s
and the fourth order bit rate of 139 264
kbit/s and using positive justification
39 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.752 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.753 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.754 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.755 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.761 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.762 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.763 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.763 (1998) Erratum 1
(05/2000)
ITU-T G.763 (1998) Cor. 1
(03/2009)
ITU-T G.764 (12/1990)
25.05.2000
ITU-T G.764 App. I (11/1995)
Characteristics of digital multiplex
equipments based on a second order bit
rate of 6312 kbit/s and using positive
justification
Third
order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 34 368 kbit/s and using
positive/zero/negative justification
Fourth order digital multiplex equipment
operating at 139 264 kbit/s and using
positive/zero/negative justification
Digital multiplex equipment operating at
139 264 kbit/s and multiplexing three
tributaries at 44 736 kbit/s
General characteristics of a 60-channel
transcoder equipment
General characteristics of a 48-channel
transcoder equipment
Digital circuit multiplication equipment
using G.726 ADPCM and digital speech
interpolation
16.03.2009
Corrections
14.12.1990
13.11.1995
Voice packetization – Packetized voice
protocols
Packetization guide
ITU-T G.765 (09/1992)
ITU-T G.765 App. I (11/1995)
01.09.1992
13.11.1995
Packet circuit multiplication equipment
A guide to PCME
ITU-T G.766 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.767 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.767 (1998) Cor. 1
(05/2006)
ITU-T G.768 (03/2001)
29.05.2006
Facsimile demodulation/remodulation for
digital circuit multiplication equipment
Digital circuit multiplication equipment
using 16 kbit/s LD-CELP, digital speech
interpolation and facsimile
demodulation/remodulation
ITU-T G.769/Y.1242
(06/2004)
ITU-T G.772 (03/1993)
13.06.2004
ITU-T G.773 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.774 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
March 2015 Edition
15.03.2001
12.03.1993
This Recommendation includes
two diskettes The first one
contains A-Law and Mu-Law
test vectors for DCME
verification. The second one
Digital circuit multiplication equipment
using 8 kbit/s CS-ACELP
Circuit multiplication equipment
optimized for IP-based networks
Protected monitoring points provided on
digital transmission systems
Protocol suites for Q-interfaces for
management of transmission systems
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Management information model for the
network element view
40 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.774.1 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.2 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.3 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.4 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.5 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.6 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.7 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.8 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.9 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.774.10 (02/2001)
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.775 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.776.1 (10/1998)
23.10.1998
ITU-T G.776.1 (1998) Cor. 1
(02/2007)
ITU-T G.776.2 (06/2008)
ITU-T G.776.3 (04/2000)
ITU-T G.776.4 (10/2014)
ITU-T G.780/Y.1351
(07/2010)
ITU-T G.781 (09/2008)
ITU-T G.781 (2008) Cor.1
(11/2009)
13.02.2007
March 2015 Edition
13.06.2008
04.04.2000
14.10.2014
29.07.2010
22.09.2008
13.11.2009
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Bidirectional performance monitoring for
the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Configuration of the payload structure for
the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Management of multiplex-section
protection for the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Management of the subnetwork
connection protection for the network
element viewdigital hierarchy (SDH) –
Synchronous
Management of connection supervision
functionality (HCS/LCS) for the network
element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Unidirectional performance monitoring
for the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Management of lower order path trace
and interface labelling for the network
element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Management of radio-relay systems for
the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Configuration of linear multiplex-section
protection for the network element view
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) –
Multiplex Section (MS) shared protection
ring management for the network
element
Loss
of Signal
view (LOS), Alarm Indication
Signal (AIS) and Remote Defect Indication
(RDI) defect detection and clearance
criteria for PDH signals
Managed objects for signal processing
This Recommendation includes
network elements
1 diskette containing the
information model of Signal
Processing Network Elements
SPNE mechanisms/auxiliary functions
ADPCM DCME configuration map report
Signal processing network equipment
Terms and definitions for synchronous
digital hierarchy (SDH) networks
Synchronization layer functions
41 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Erratum 1
(11/2006)
ITU-T G.783 (03/2006)
13.11.2006
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Amd. 1
(05/2008)
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Amd. 2
(03/2010)
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Amd. 3
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Amd. 4
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.783 (2006) Cor. 1
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.784 (03/2008)
22.05.2008
ITU-T G.785 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.791 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.792 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.793 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.794 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.795 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.796 (09/1992)
25.11.1988
01.09.1992
ITU-T G.796 (1992) Cor. 1
(10/1998)
ITU-T G.797 (03/1996)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.798 (12/2012)
22.12.2012
ITU-T G.798 (2012) Amd. 1
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.798 (2012) Amd. 2
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.798.1 (01/2013)
14.05.2014
ITU-T G.799.1/Y.1451.1
(06/2004)
13.06.2004
ITU-T G.799.2 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
March 2015 Edition
29.03.2006
09.03.2010
Applies to English version only
Characteristics of synchronous digital
hierarchy (SDH) equipment functional
Support for optical modules transporting
40 Gigabit/s signals via a multilane
13.02.2012
29.08.2013
13.01.2015
29.03.2008
20.03.1996
13.01.2015
13.01.2013
Management aspects of synchronous
digital hierarchy (SDH) transport network
Characteristics of a flexible multiplexer in
a synchronous digital hierarchy
General considerations on
transmultiplexing equipments
Characteristics common to all
transmultiplexing equipments
Characteristics of 60-channel
transmultiplexing equipments
Characteristics of 24-channel
transmultiplexing equipments
Characteristics of codecs for FDM
Characteristics of a 64 kbit/s crossconnect equipment with 2048 kbit/s
Characteristics of a flexible multiplexer in
a plesiochronous digital hierarchy
Characteristics of optical transport
network hierarchy equipment functional
Characteristics of optical transport
network hierarchy equipment functional
Types and characteristics of optical
transport network equipment
Functionality and interface specifications
for GSTN transport network equipment
for interconnecting GSTN and IP networks
Mechanism for dynamic coordination of
signal processing functions
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T G.798.1 (01/2013) Amd.1
42 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.799.3 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T G.799.4 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T G.800 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.801 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.802 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.803 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.803 (2000) Amd. 1
(06/2005)
ITU-T G.804 (06/2004)
29.06.2005
ITU-T G.805 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.806 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.806 (2012) Cor. 1
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.808.1 (05/2014)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.808.2 (11/2013)
22.11.2013
ITU-T G.808.3 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.809 (03/2003)
22.03.2003
ITU-T G.810 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T G.810 (1996) Cor. 1
(10/2001)
26.10.2001
ITU-T G.811 (09/1997)
19.09.1997
ITU-T G.812 (06/2004)
13.06.2004
ITU-T G.812 (2004) Erratum 1
(03/2005)
30.03.2005
ITU-T G.813 (03/2003)
16.03.2003
March 2015 Edition
13.06.2004
14.05.2014
Signal processing functionality and
performance of an IP-to-IP voice gateway
optimized for the transport of voice and
voiceband data
Procedures for the control of de-jitter
buffers used in PSTN-IP gateways carrying
voiceband data
Unified functional architecture of
transport networks
Digital transmission models
Interworking between networks based on
different digital hierarchies and speech
encoding laws
Architecture of transport networks based
on the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
ATM cell mapping into plesiochronous
digital hierarchy (PDH)
Generic functional architecture of
transport networks
Characteristics of transport equipment –
Description methodology and generic
functionality
Generic protection switching – Linear trail
and subnetwork protection
Generic protection switching – Ring
protection
Generic protection switching – Shared
mesh protection
Functional architecture of connectionless
layer networks
Definitions and terminology for
synchronization networks
Timing characteristics of primary
reference clocks
Timing requirements of slave clocks
suitable for use as node clocks in
synchronization networks
Timing characteristics of SDH equipment
slave clocks (SEC)
This Technical Corrigendum
applies to the English version
only and is published as a
covering note
The typo corrected by G.812
(2004) Erratum 1 is included in
the electronic version of this
Recommendation
Applies
to English version only.
The change introduced by this
erratum is already included in
G.812 (2004)
43 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.813 (2003) Cor. 1
(06/2005)
ITU-T G.820/I.351/Y.1501
(07/2004)
29.06.2005
ITU-T G.821 (12/2002)
14.12.2002
ITU-T G.822 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.823 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.824 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.825 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.825 (2000) Erratum 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T G.825 (2000) Amd. 1
(05/2008)
ITU-T G.826 (12/2002)
13.08.2001
ITU-T G.827 (09/2003)
13.09.2003
ITU-T G.828 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.828 (2000) Cor. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T G.829 (12/2002)
13.07.2001
ITU-T G.829 (2002) Cor. 1
(07/2007)
ITU-T G.831 (03/2000)
29.07.2007
ITU-T G.832 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.832 (1998) Amd. 1
(06/2004)
ITU-T G.841 (10/1998)
13.06.2004
ITU-T G.841 (1998) Cor. 1
(08/2002)
16.08.2002
March 2015 Edition
29.07.2004
Relationships among ISDN, IP-based
network and physical layer performance
Recommendations
Error performance of an international
digital connection operating at a bit rate
below the primary rate and forming part
of an Integrated Services Digital Network
Controlled slip rate objectives on an
international digital connection
The control of jitter and wander within
digital networks which are based on the
2048 kbit/s hierarchy
The control of jitter and wander within
digital networks which are based on the
1544 kbit/s hierarchy
The control of jitter and wander within
digital networks which are based on the
synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
Formerly ITU-T Rec.
I.351/Y.801/Y.1501
22.05.2008
14.12.2002
14.12.2002
10.03.2000
13.10.1998
End-to-end error performance parameters
and objectives for international, constant
bit-rate digital paths and connections
Availability performance parameters and
objectives for end-to-end international
constant bit-rate digital paths
Error performance parameters and
objectives for international, constant bitrate synchronous digital paths
Error performance events for SDH
multiplex and regenerator sections
Management capabilities of transport
networks based on the synchronous
digital hierarchy (SDH)
Transport of SDH elements on PDH
networks – Frame and multiplexing
Payload type code for virtual
concatenation of 34368 kbit/s signals
Types and characteristics of SDH network
protection architectures
44 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.842 (04/1997)
08.04.1997
ITU-T G.851.1 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.852.1 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.852.2 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.852.3 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.852.6 (03/1999)
ITU-T G.852.8 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.852.10 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.852.12 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.852.16 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T G.853.1 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.853.2 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.853.3 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.853.6 (03/1999)
ITU-T G.853.8 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.853.10 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.853.12 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.853.16 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T G.854.1 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.854.3 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.854.6 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.854.8 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.854.10 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.854.12 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.854.16 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
March 2015 Edition
Interworking of SDH network protection
architectures
Management of the transport network –
Application of the RM-ODP framework
Enterprise viewpoint for simple
subnetwork connection management
Enterprise viewpoint description of
transport network resource model
Enterprise viewpoint for topology
management
Enterprise viewpoint for trail
Enterprise viewpoint for pre-provisioned
adaptation management
Enterprise viewpoint for pre-provisioned
link connection management
Enterprise viewpoint for pre-provisioned
link management
Enterprise viewpoint for pre-provisioned
route discovery
Common elements of the information
viewpoint for the management of a
transport network
Subnetwork connection management
information viewpoint
Information viewpoint for topology
management
Information viewpoint for trail
Information viewpoint for pre-provisioned
adaptation management
Information viewpoint for pre-provisioned
link connection management
Information viewpoint for pre-provisioned
link management
Information viewpoint for pre-provisioned
route discovery
Computational interfaces for basic
transport network model
Computational viewpoint for topology
management
Computational viewpoint for trail
management
Computational viewpoint for preprovisioned adaptation management
Computational viewpoint for preprovisioned link connection management
Computational viewpoint for preprovisioned link management
Computational viewpoint for preprovisioned route discovery
45 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.855.1 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T G.861 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T G.870/Y.1352
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.870/Y.1352 (2012)
Cor. 1 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.871/Y.1301
(10/2000)
ITU-T G.872 (10/2012)
ITU-T G.872 (2012) Amd. 1
(11/2013)
ITU-T G.873.1 (05/2014)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.873.1 (2014) Amd. 1
(12/2014)
ITU-T G.873.2 (04/2012)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G.874 (08/2013)
29.08.2013
ITU-T G.874.1 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.901 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.902 (11/1995)
02.11.1995
ITU-T G.911 (04/1997)
08.04.1997
ITU-T G.921 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.941 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.950 (11/1988)
ITU-T G.951 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.952 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.953 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G.954 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
GDMO engineering viewpoint for the
generic network level model
Principles and guidelines for the
integration of satellite and radio systems
in SDH transport networks
Terms and definitions for optical transport
networks
29.08.2013
06.10.2000
29.10.2012
06.11.2013
14.05.2014
22.04.2012
Framework of Optical Transport Network This Recommendation is
Recommendations
published with the double
Architecture of optical transport networks
Optical transport network (OTN): Linear
protection
ODUk shared ring protection
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
Management aspects of optical transport ITU-T G.873.2 (2012) Amd.1
network elements
Optical transport network: ProtocolThe published text of this
neutral management information model Recommendation includes the
for the network element view
modifications introduced by
General considerations on digital sections ITU-T G.874.1 (2012) Amd.1
and digital line systems
Framework Recommendation on
functional access networks (AN) –
Architecture and functions, access types,
management and service node aspects
Parameters and calculation
methodologies for reliability and
availability of fibre optic systems
Digital sections based on the 2048 kbit/s
hierarchy
Digital line systems provided by FDM
transmission bearers
General considerations on digital line
Digital line systems based on the 1544
kbit/s hierarchy on symmetric pair cables
Digital line systems based on the 2048
kbit/s hierarchy on symmetric pair cables
Digital line systems based on the 1544
kbit/s hierarchy on coaxial pair cables
Digital line systems based on the 2048
kbit/s hierarchy on coaxial pair cables
46 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.955 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T G.957 (03/2006)
29.03.2006
ITU-T G.959.1 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.960 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.961 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G.961 (1993) Erratum 1
(08/2000)
ITU-T G.962 (03/1993)
01.08.2000
ITU-T G.962 (1993) Amd. 1
(06/1997)
ITU-T G.963 (03/1993)
20.06.1997
ITU-T G.964 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T G.965 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T G.966 (02/1999)
ITU-T G.967.1 (06/1998)
26.02.1999
01.06.1998
Access digital section for ISDN primary
rate at 1544 kbit/s
V-Interfaces at the digital local exchange
(LE) – V5.1 interface (based on 2048
kbit/s) for the support of access network
(AN)
V-interfaces
at the digital local exchange
(LE) – V5.2 interface (based on 2048
kbit/s) for the support of access network
(AN) digital section for B-ISDN
Access
VB5.1 reference point specification
ITU-T G.967.2 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
VB5.2 reference point specification
ITU-T G.967.3 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T G.971 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.972 (09/2011)
06.09.2011
ITU-T G.973 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.973.1 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.973.2 (04/2011)
13.04.2011
ITU-T G.974 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
Protocol implementation conformance
statements for interfaces at VB5 reference
points
General features of optical fibre
submarine cable systems
Definition of terms relevant to optical
fibre submarine cable systems
Characteristics of repeaterless optical
fibre submarine cable systems
Longitudinally compatible DWDM
applications for repeaterless optical fibre
submarine cable systems
Multichannel DWDM applications with
single channel optical interfaces for
repeaterless optical fibre submarine cable
systems
Characteristics
of regenerative optical
fibre submarine cable systems
March 2015 Edition
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
Digital line systems based on the 1544
kbit/s and the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy on
optical fibre cables
Optical interfaces for equipments and
systems relating to the synchronous
digital hierarchy
Optical transport network physical layer
interfaces
Access digital section for ISDN basic rate
access
Digital transmission system on metallic
local lines for ISDN basic rate access
Access digital section for ISDN primary
rate at 2048 kbit/s
Maintenance channel
This Recommendation includes
one diskette containing the SDL
process diagrams
corresponding
This
Recommendation
to the VB5.1
includes
one diskette containing the SDL
process diagrams
corresponding to the VB5.2
47 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.975 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T G.975.1 (02/2004)
22.02.2004
ITU-T G.975.1 (2004) Cor. 1
(02/2006)
ITU-T G.975.1 (2004) Cor. 2
(07/2013)
ITU-T G.976 (05/2014)
17.02.2006
ITU-T G.977 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.978 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.979 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.979 (2012) Cor. 1
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.981 (01/1994)
ITU-T G.982 (11/1996)
14.05.2014
ITU-T G.983.1 (01/2005)
13.01.2005
ITU-T G.983.1 (2005) Erratum
1 (03/2006)
ITU-T G.983.1 (2005) Amd. 1
(05/2005)
ITU-T G.983.2 (07/2005)
16.03.2006
ITU-T G.983.2 (2005) Erratum
1 (06/2006)
ITU-T G.983.2 (2005) Amd. 1
(03/2006)
ITU-T G.983.2 (2005) Amd. 2
(01/2007)
ITU-T G.983.3 (03/2001)
01.06.2006
ITU-T G.983.3 (2001) Amd. 1
(06/2002)
ITU-T G.983.3 (2001) Amd. 2
(07/2005)
ITU-T G.983.4 (11/2001)
13.06.2002
ITU-T G.983.4 (2001) Amd. 1
(12/2003)
14.12.2003
March 2015 Edition
Forward error correction for submarine
systems
Forward error correction for high bit-rate
DWDM submarine systems
12.07.2013
14.05.2014
20.01.1994
11.11.1996
Test methods applicable to optical fibre
submarine cable systems
Characteristics of optically amplified
optical fibre submarine cable systems
Characteristics of optical fibre submarine
cables
Characteristics of monitoring systems for
optical submarine cable systems
PDH optical line systems for the local
Optical access networks to support
services up to the ISDN primary rate or
equivalent bit rates
Broadband optical access systems based
on Passive Optical Networks (PON)
Applies to English version only
27.05.2005
PICS for OLT and ONU
Published in English only
14.07.2005
ONT management and control interface
specification for B-PON
This edition incorporates the
material of ITU-T Recs G.983.6
(2002), G.983.7 (2001), G.983.8
(2003), G.983.9 (2004) and
G.983.10 (2004) and replaces
29.03.2006
Omnibus improvements for OMCI
13.01.2007
15.03.2001
A broadband optical access system with
increased service capability by wavelength
allocation
14.07.2005
29.11.2001
A broadband optical access system with
increased service capability using dynamic
bandwidth assignment
New Annex A – Performance monitoring
parameters
48 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.983.4 (2001) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T G.983.5 (01/2002)
13.01.2005
ITU-T G.984.1 (03/2008)
29.03.2008
ITU-T G.984.1 (2008) Amd.1
(10/2009)
ITU-T G.984.1 (2008) Amd.2
(04/2012)
ITU-T G.984.2 (03/2003)
09.10.2009
ITU-T G.984.2 (2003) Amd. 1
(02/2006)
17.02.2006
ITU-T G.984.2 (2003) Amd. 2
(03/2008)
ITU-T G.984.3 (01/2014)
29.03.2008
ITU-T G.984.4 (02/2008)
22.02.2008
ITU-T G.984.4 (2008) Erratum
1 (08/2009)
ITU-T G.984.4 (2008) Amd. 1
(06/2009)
ITU-T G.984.4 (2008) Amd. 2
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.984.4 (2008) Cor.1
(03/2010)
ITU-T G.984.4 (2008) Amd. 3
(07/2010)
ITU-T G.984.5 (05/2014)
12.08.2009
ITU-T G.984.6 (03/2008)
29.03.2008
ITU-T G.984.6 (2008) Amd. 1
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.984.6 (2008) Amd. 2
(05/2012)
ITU-T G.984.7 (07/2010)
13.11.2009
ITU-T G.985 (03/2003)
16.03.2003
ITU-T G.985 (2003) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T G.985 (2003) Amd. 1
(01/2009)
13.01.2005
March 2015 Edition
06.01.2002
A broadband optical access system with
enhanced survivability
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(GPON): General characteristics
22.04.2012
16.03.2003
13.01.2014
Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Networks
(G-PON): Physical Media Dependent
(PMD) layer specification
New Appendix III – Industry best practice
for 2.488 Gbit/s downstream, 1.244 Gbit/s
upstream G-PON
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(G-PON): Transmission convergence layer
specification
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(G-PON): ONT management and control
interface specification
06.06.2009
13.11.2009
Changes and extensions to the OMCI,
editorial clarifications and corrections
01.03.2010
29.07.2010
Clarification of scope of application
14.05.2014
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(G-PON): Enhancement band
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(GPON): Reach extension
Wavelength-converting, continuous
mode, and 1:N-protected range extenders
07.05.2012
29.07.2010
13.01.2009
Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(GPON): Long reach
100 Mbit/s point-to-point Ethernet based
optical access system
Silent start function of optical network
terminals
49 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.986 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T G.987 (06/2012)
13.06.2012
ITU-T G.987.1 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T G.987.1 (2010) Amd. 1
(04/2012)
ITU-T G.987.2 (10/2010)
22.04.2012
ITU-T G.987.2 (2010) Amd. 1
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.987.3 (01/2014)
13.02.2012
ITU-T G.987.4 (06/2012)
06.06.2012
ITU-T G.988 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.988 (2012) Amd. 1
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.989.1 (03/2013)
14.05.2014
ITU-T G.989.2 (12/2014)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G.991.1 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G.991.2 (12/2003)
14.12.2003
ITU-T G.991.2 (2003) Erratum
1 (04/2005)
ITU-T G.991.2 (2003) Amd. 1
(07/2004)
ITU-T G.991.2 (2003) Amd. 2
(02/2005)
ITU-T G.991.2 (2003) Amd. 2
Erratum 1 (11/2005)
14.04.2005
ITU-T G.991.2 (2003) Amd. 3
(09/2005)
ITU-T G.992.1 (07/1999)
06.09.2005
ITU-T G.992.1 Annex H
(10/2000)
06.10.2000
March 2015 Edition
07.10.2010
13.01.2014
09.03.2013
1 Gbit/s point-to-point Ethernet-based
optical access system
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
network (XG-PON) systems: Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks (XG-PON): General
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks (XG-PON): Physical media
dependent (PMD) layer specification
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks (XG-PON): Transmission
convergence (TC) layer specification
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks (XG-PON): Reach extension
ONU management and control interface
(OMCI) specification
Maintenance
40-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks (NG-PON2): General
40-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks 2 (NG-PON2): Physical media
dependent (PMD) layer specification
High bit rate digital subscriber line (HDSL)
transceivers
Single-pair high-speed digital subscriber
line (SHDSL) transceivers
Applies to English version only
22.07.2004
22.02.2005
22.11.2005
02.07.1999
Applies to English version only
Asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL)
transceivers
Specific requirements for a synchronized
symmetrical DSL (SSDSL) system operating
in the same cable binder as ISDN as
defined in ITU-T G.961 Appendix III
50 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.992.1 (1999) Cor. 1
(11/2001)
ITU-T G.992.1 (1999) Cor. 2
(07/2002)
ITU-T G.992.1 (1999) Amd. 1
(03/2003)
29.11.2001
16.03.2003
Revised Annex C, new Annex I and new
Appendix V
ITU-T G.992.2 (07/1999)
02.07.1999
Splitterless asymmetric digital subscriber
line (ADSL) transceivers
ITU-T G.992.2 (1999) Cor. 1
(07/2002)
ITU-T G.992.2 (1999) Amd. 1
(03/2003)
ITU-T G.992.2 (1999) Amd. 2
(10/2003)
29.07.2002
ITU-T G.992.3 (04/2009)
22.04.2009
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Cor. 1
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Amd. 1
(03/2010)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Amd. 2
(07/2010)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Amd. 3
(11/2010)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Cor. 2
(06/2011)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Amd. 4
(10/2011)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Amd. 5
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.992.3 (2009) Cor. 3
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.992.4 (07/2002)
ITU-T G.992.5 (01/2009)
ITU-T G.992.5 (2009) Cor. 1
(11/2010)
March 2015 Edition
29.07.2002
The changes introduced by this
corrigendum are included in
This amendment includes the
changes introduced by G.992.1
(1999) Corrigendum 2 and by
G.992.1 (1999) Amend.1/Cor.1
(12/2003)
The content of this
corrigendum has been
This Amendment includes the
changes introduced by
16.03.2003
Revised Annex C
31.10.2003
13.11.2009
New Appendix IV: Example overlapped
PSD masks for use in a TCM-ISDN crosstalk
environment
Asymmetric digital subscriber line
Due to its complexity, this
transceivers 2 (ADSL2)
Recommendation is published
in two files, one containing the
core Recommendation and its
annexes except Annex C, and
the second containing Annex C
showing its variations relative
01.03.2010
Channel initialization policies
29.07.2010
Retrain on eoc protocol timeout
29.11.2010
Scale factor for downstream transmitter
referred virtual noise, and corrigenda
22.06.2011
29.10.2011
29.10.2012
Accuracy of test parameters
29.08.2013
Accuracy of test parameters (clarification)
29.07.2002
13.01.2009
Splitterless asymmetric digital subscriber
line transceivers 2 (splitterless ADSL2)
Asymmetric digital subscriber line 2
transceivers (ADSL2)– Extended
bandwidth ADSL2 (ADSL2plus)
29.11.2010
Upstream optional D0 values
Due to its complexity, this
Recommendation is published
in two files, one containing the
core Recommendation and its
annexes except Annex C, and
the second containing Annex C.
Both files show their variations
relative to the corresponding
51 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.993.1 (06/2004)
13.06.2004
ITU-T G.993.2 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.993.5 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.994.1 (06/2012)
13.06.2012
ITU-T G.994.1 (2012) Amd. 2
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.994.1 (2012) Amd. 3
(01/2014)
ITU-T G.994.1 (2012) Amd. 4
(12/2014)
ITU-T G.994.1 (2012) Amd. 5
(02/2015)
ITU-T G.996.1 (02/2001)
29.08.2013
ITU-T G.996.1 (2001) Erratum
1 (01/2003)
ITU-T G.996.1 (2001) Amd. 1
(03/2003)
ITU-T G.996.2 (2009) Amd. 2
(04/2012)
ITU-T G.996.2 (2009) Amd. 3
(03/2013)
ITU-T G.996.2 (2009) Amd. 4
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.997.1 (06/2012)
31.01.2003
ITU-T G.997.1 (2012) Amd. 1
(12/2012)
ITU-T G.997.1 (2012) Amd. 2
(04/2013)
ITU-T G.997.1 (2012) Amd. 3
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.997.1 (2012) Amd. 4
(02/2015)
ITU-T G.998.1 (01/2005)
ITU-T G.998.1 (2005) Amd. 1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.998.2 (01/2005)
ITU-T G.998.2 (2005) Amd. 1
(12/2006)
ITU-T G.998.2 (2005) Amd. 2
(12/2007)
ITU-T G.998.2 (2005) Amd. 3
(08/2013)
07.12.2012
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2014
Very high speed digital subscriber line
transceivers (VDSL)
Very high speed digital subscriber line
transceivers 2 (VDSL2)
Self-FEXT cancellation (vectoring) for use
with VDSL2 transceivers
Handshake procedures for digital
subscriber line transceivers
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
Extended duration of new functionality O- ITU-T G. 994.1 (2012) Amd.1
P-VECTOR 1
Codepoints for ITU-T G.998.4 extensions
and exchange of transfer ID
05.12.2014
13.02.2015
09.02.2001
16.03.2003
Test procedures for digital subscriber line
(DSL) transceivers
New Annex B
06.04.2012
16.03.2013
29.08.2013
13.06.2012
Definition of accuracy values for MELTPMD and MELT-P in Annex E
Updates to Annex E
Physical layer management for digital
subscriber line transceivers
22.04.2013
29.08.2013
13.02.2015
13.01.2005
29.08.2013
ATM-based multi-pair bonding
13.01.2005
14.12.2006
Ethernet-based multi-pair bonding
07.12.2007
29.08.2013
Intentional temporary shutdown of some
bonded bodies
52 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.998.3 (2005) Erratum
1 (08/2005)
ITU-T G.998.3 (01/2005)
11.08.2005
ITU-T G.998.3 (2005) Amd. 1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.998.4 (01/2015)
29.08.2013
ITU-T G.999.1 (10/2009)
09.10.2009
ITU-T G.999.1 (2009) Cor. 1
(04/2010)
ITU-T G.999.1 (2009) Amd.1
(04/2014)
ITU-T G.1000 (11/2001)
22.04.2010
ITU-T G.1010 (11/2001)
ITU-T G.1011 (05/2013)
29.11.2001
14.05.2013
ITU-T G.1020 (07/2006)
14.07.2006
ITU-T G.1021 (07/2012)
14.07.2012
ITU-T G.1029 (02/2014)
ITU-T G.1030 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
13.02.2014
ITU-T G.1031 (02/2014)
ITU-T G.1040 (02/2006)
ITU-T G.1040 (2006) Amd. 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T G.1050 (03/2011)
13.02.2014
22.02.2006
11.10.2007
ITU-T G.1070 (07/2012)
14.07.2012
ITU-T G.1080 (12/2008)
07.12.2008
ITU-T G.1081 (10/2008)
ITU-T G.1082 (04/2009)
22.10.2008
29.04.2009
ITU-T G.1091 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T G.7041/Y.1303
(04/2011)
ITU-T G.7041/Y.1303 (2011)
Amd. 1 (02/2012)
13.04.2011
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2005
13.01.2015
04.04.2014
29.11.2001
01.03.2011
Applies to English version only
Multi-pair bonding using time-division
inverse multiplexing
Intentional temporary shutdown of some
bonded lines
Improved impulse noise protection for
DSL transceivers
Interface between the link layer and the
physical layer for digital subscriber line
(DSL) transceivers
Extension for flow control on the PHY-toLINK data stream over gamma reference
Communications Quality of Service: A
framework and definitions
End-user multimedia QoS categories
Reference guide to quality of experience
assessment methodologies
Performance parameter definitions for
quality of speech and other voiceband
applications utilizing IP networks
Buffer models for development of client
performance metrics
Voice service diagnosis framework
Estimating end-to-end performance in IP
networks for data applications
QoE factors in web-browsing
Network contribution to transaction time
New Appendix I – Network contribution to
SIP set-up time
Network model for evaluating multimedia Due to its data volume, the
transmission performance over Internet electronic attachment
Protocol
containing the simulator output
is downloadable free of charge
from ITU-T test signals
Opinion model for video-telephony
database at
applications
Quality of experience requirements for
IPTV services
Performance monitoring points for IPTV
Measurement-based methods for
improving the robustness of IPTV
Quality of Experience requirements for
telepresence services
Generic framing procedure
13.02.2012
53 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.7041/Y.1303 (2011)
Amd. 2 (10/2012)
ITU-T G.7041/Y.1303 (2011)
Amd. 3 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.7042/Y.1305
(03/2006)
ITU-T G.7043/Y.1343
(07/2004)
ITU-T G.7043/Y.1343 (2004)
Amd. 1 (01/2005)
ITU-T G.7043/Y.1343 (2004)
Cor. 1 (12/2006)
ITU-T G.7044/Y.1347
(10/2011)
29.10.2012
29.10.2011
Hitless adjustment of ODUflex(GFP)
ITU-T G.7710/Y.1701
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.7712/Y.1703
(09/2010)
ITU-T G.7712/Y.1703 (2010)
Amd. 1 (10/2013)
ITU-T G.7713/Y.1704
(11/2009)
ITU-T G.7713.1/Y.1704.1
(03/2003)
ITU-T G.7713.2/Y.1704.2
(03/2003)
ITU-T G.7713.3/Y.1704.3
(03/2003)
ITU-T G.7714/Y.1705
(08/2005)
ITU-T G.7714/Y.1705 (2005)
Amd. 1 (02/2012)
ITU-T G.7714.1/Y.1705.1
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.7715/Y.1706
(06/2002)
ITU-T G.7715/Y.1706 (2002)
Amd. 1 (02/2007)
ITU-T G.7715.1/Y.1706.1
(02/2004)
ITU-T G.7715.2/Y.1706.2
(02/2007)
ITU-T G.7716/Y.1707
(01/2010)
ITU-T G.7718/Y.1709
(07/2010)
ITU-T G.7718.1/Y.1709.1
(12/2006)
13.02.2012
Common equipment management
function requirements
Architecture and specification of data
communication network
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2015
29.03.2006
22.07.2004
Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
for virtual concatenated signals
Virtual concatenation of plesiochronous
digital hierarchy (PDH) signals
13.01.2005
14.12.2006
06.09.2010
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T G.7044/Y.1347 (2011)
07.10.2013
13.11.2009
16.03.2003
16.03.2003
16.03.2003
22.08.2005
Distributed call and connection
management (DCM)
Distributed Call and Connection
Management (DCM) based on PNNI
Distributed Call and Connection
Management: Signalling mechanism using
Distributed Call and Connection
Management: Signalling mechanism using
Generalized automatic discovery for
transport entities
13.02.2012
13.01.2015
13.06.2002
Protocol for automatic discovery in SDH
and OTN networks
Architecture and requirements for routing
in the automatically switched optical
06.02.2007
22.02.2004
13.01.2010
ASON routing architecture and
requirements for link state protocols
ASON routing architecture and
requirements for remote route query
Architecture of control plane operations
29.07.2010
Framework for ASON management
14.12.2006
Protocol-neutral management
information model for the control plane
06.02.2007
54 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.8001/Y.1354
(09/2013)
ITU-T G.8010/Y.1306 (2004)
Erratum 2 (10/2007)
13.09.2013
ITU-T G.8010/Y.1306 (2004)
Erratum 1 (09/2007)
20.09.2007
ITU-T G.8010/Y.1306
(02/2004)
ITU-T G.8010/Y.1306 (2004)
Amd. 1 (05/2006)
ITU-T G.8010/Y.1306 (2004)
Amd. 2 (07/2010)
22.02.2004
ITU-T G.8011/Y.1307
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8011.1/Y.1307.1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8011.2/Y.1307.2
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8011.3/Y.1307.3
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8011.4/Y.1307.4
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8011.4/Y.1307.4
(2013) Erratum 1 (03/2014)
13.01.2015
Application of the ITU-T G.800 functional
architecture to Ethernet transport and
some editorial revisions.
Ethernet service characteristics
29.08.2013
Ethernet private line service
29.08.2013
Ethernet virtual private line service
29.08.2013
Ethernet virtual private LAN service
29.08.2013
Ethernet private tree and Ethernet virtual
private tree services
Ethernet private tree and Ethernet virtual
private tree services
ITU-T G.8011.5/Y.1307.5
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8012/Y.1308
(08/2004)
ITU-T G.8012/Y.1308 (2004)
Amd. 1 (05/2006)
ITU-T G.8012.1/Y.1308.1
(12/2012)
ITU-T G.8013/Y.1731
(11/2013)
ITU-T G.8021/Y.1341
(05/2012)
ITU-T G.8021/Y.1341 (2012)
Amd. 1 (10/2012)
ITU-T G.8021/Y.1341 (2012)
Amd. 2 (08/2013)
29.08.2013
Ethernet private LAN service
22.08.2004
Ethernet UNI and Ethernet NNI
ITU-T G.8021.1/Y.1341.1
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.8031/Y.1342
(01/2015)
29.10.2012
March 2015 Edition
Terms and definitions for Ethernet frames
over transport
25.10.2007
Architecture of Ethernet layer networks
22.05.2006
29.07.2010
03.03.2014
07.05.2006
22.12.2012
06.11.2013
07.05.2012
Interfaces for the Ethernet transport
network
OAM functions and mechanisms for
Ethernet based networks
Characteristics of Ethernet transport
network equipment functional blocks
29.10.2012
29.08.2013
13.01.2015
Updates to the description of
performance measurement functions, ETH
sublayering model and MIP OAM
extraction
Types
and characteristics
process
of Ethernet
transport network equipment
Ethernet linear protection switching
55 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344 (2012)
Amd. 1 (07/2013)
ITU-T G.8040/Y.1340
(09/2005)
ITU-T G.8051/Y.1345
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8051/Y.1345 (2013)
Amd. 1 (05/2014)
ITU-T G.8052/Y.1346
(08/2013)
13.02.2012
Ethernet ring protection switching
12.07.2013
ITU-T G.8080/Y.1304
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8081/Y.1353
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8101/Y.1355
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8110/Y.1370
(01/2005)
ITU-T G.8110.1/Y.1370.1
(2011) Erratum 1 (09/2012)
13.02.2012
Deletion of Appendices V, VI, VII, IX, X and
XI
GFP frame mapping into Plesiochronous
Digital Hierarchy (PDH)
Management aspects of the Ethernet
Transport (ET) capable network element
Updates to the requirements for ondemand and proactive measurements
Protocol-neutral management
information model for the Ethernet
Transport capable network element
Architecture for the automatically
switched optical network
Terms and definitions for automatically
switched optical networks
Terms and definitions for MPLS transport
profile
MPLS layer network architecture
ITU-T G.8110.1/Y.1370.1
(12/2011)
16.12.2011
ITU-T G.8112/Y.1371
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.8112/Y.1371 (2012)
Amd. 1 (04/2014)
ITU-T G.8112/Y.1371 (2012)
Cor. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8113.1/Y.1372.1
(11/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.8113.1/Y.1372.1
(2012) Amd. 1 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.8113.2/Y.1372.2
(11/2012)
29.08.2013
ITU-T G.8113.2/Y.1372.2
(2012) Amd.1 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.8121/Y.1381
(11/2013)
ITU-T G.8121.1/Y.1381.1
(11/2013)
29.08.2013
March 2015 Edition
06.09.2005
29.08.2013
14.05.2014
29.08.2013
13.02.2012
13.01.2015
13.01.2005
06.09.2012
04.04.2014
Architecture of the Multi-Protocol Label This edition of ITU-T
Switching transport profile layer network G.8110.1/Y.1370.1 includes the
changes introduced by Erratum
Interfaces for the MPLS Transport Profile 1 (09/2012).
layer network
New Appendix II
13.01.2015
20.11.2012
20.11.2012
06.11.2013
06.11.2013
Operations, administration and
maintenance mechanism for MPLS-TP in
packet transport networks
Operations, administration and
maintenance mechanisms for MPLS-TP
networks using the tools defined for MPLS
Security considerations for MPLS -TP and
updates to references
Characteristics of MPLS-TP equipment
functional blocks
Characteristics of MPLS-TP equipment
functional blocks supporting ITU-T
G.8113.1/Y.1372.1 OAM mechanisms
56 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.8121.2/Y.1381.2
(11/2013)
06.11.2013
ITU-T G.8131/Y.1382
(07/2014)
ITU-T G.8151/Y.1374
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8201 (04/2011)
07.07.2014
ITU-T G.8201 (2011) Cor. 1
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8251 (09/2010)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.8251 (2010) Amd. 1
(04/2011)
ITU-T G.8251 (2010) Cor. 1
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8251 (2010) Amd. 2
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8251 (2010) Amd. 3
(10/2012)
ITU-T G.8260 (02/2012)
13.04.2011
ITU-T G.8260 (2012) Amd. 1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8260 (2012) Amd. 2
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361 (2013)
Amd. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8261.1/Y.1361.1
(02/2012)
29.08.2013
ITU-T G.8261.1/Y.1361.1
(2012) Amd. 1 (05/2014)
ITU-T G.8262/Y.1362
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8263/Y.1363
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8263/Y.1363 (2012)
Amd. 1 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.8263/Y.1363 (2012)
Amd. 2 (05/2014)
ITU-T G.8264/Y.1364
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.8264/Y.1364 (2014)
Amd. 1 (01/2015)
14.05.2014
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2015
13.04.2011
22.09.2010
Characteristics of MPLS-TP equipment
functional blocks supporting ITU-T
G.8113.2/Y.1372.2 OAM mechanisms
Linear protection switching for MPLS
transport profile
Management aspects of the MPLS-TP
network element
Error performance parameters and
objectives for multi-operator international
paths within optical transport networks
The control of jitter and wander within
the optical transport network (OTN)
13.02.2012
13.02.2012
29.10.2012
13.02.2012
14.05.2014
29.08.2013
Definitions and terminology for
synchronization in packet networks
Amendment to the definition of time
error
Timing and synchronization aspects in
packet networks
13.01.2015
13.02.2012
13.01.2015
13.02.2012
Packet delay variation network limits
applicable to packet-based methods
(Frequency synchronization)
Revision to clause 8 on packet delay
variation
Timing characteristics of a synchronous
Ethernet equipment slave clock
Timing characteristics of packet-based
equipment clocks
29.08.2013
14.05.2014
14.05.2014
Distribution of timing information through
packet networks
13.01.2015
57 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.8265/Y.1365
(10/2010)
ITU-T G.8265.1/Y.1365.1
(07/2014)
ITU-T G.8271/Y.1366
(02/2012)
ITU-T G.8271/Y.1366 (2012)
Amd. 1 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.8271/Y.1366 (2012)
Amd. 2 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8271.1/Y.1366.1
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.8271.1/Y.1366.1
(2013) Amd. 1 (05/2014)
ITU-T G.8271.1/Y.1366.1
(2013) Amd. 2 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8272/Y.1367
(01/2015)
ITU-T G.8273/Y.1368
(08/2013)
07.10.2010
ITU-T G.8273/Y.1368 (2013)
Cor. 1 (05/2014)
14.05.2014
ITU-T G.8273/Y.1368 (2013)
Amd. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8273.2/Y.1368.2
(05/2014)
ITU-T G.8273.2/Y.1368.2
(2014) Amd. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8275/Y.1369
(11/2013)
ITU-T G.8275/Y.1369 (2013)
Amd. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8275.1/Y.1369.1
(07/2014)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.8275.1/Y.1369.1
(2014) Cor. 1 (01/2015)
ITU-T G.8601/Y.1391
(06/2006)
ITU-T G.9700 (04/2014)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.9701 (12/2014)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G.9801 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.9901 (04/2014)
29.08.2013
04.04.2014
March 2015 Edition
22.07.2014
13.02.2012
Architecture and requirements for packetbased frequency delivery
Precision time protocol telecom profile for
frequency synchronization
Time and phase synchronization aspects
of packet networks
29.08.2013
13.01.2015
29.08.2013
Network limits for time synchronization in
packet networks
14.05.2014
13.01.2015
13.01.2015
29.08.2013
14.05.2014
Timing characteristics of primary
reference time clocks
Framework of phase and time clocks
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
Cor. Corrigendum
This
1 (05/2014) towas
ITU-T
never
published; its content has been
included in the published Rec.
ITU-T G.8273/Y.1368
Timing characteristics of telecom
boundary clocks and telecom time slave
13.01.2015
22.11.2013
Architecture and requirements for packetbased time and phase distribution
13.01.2015
22.07.2014
06.06.2006
04.04.2014
Precision time protocol telecom profile for
phase/time synchronization with full
timing support from the network
Architecture of service management in
multi-bearer, multi-carrier environment
Fast access to subscriber terminals (G.fast)
- Power spectral density specification
Fast access to subscriber terminals (G.fast)
- Physical layer specification
Ethernet passive optical networks using
Narrowband orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing power line
communication transceivers - Power
spectral density specification
58 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.9902 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.9902 (2012) Amd. 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T G.9902 (2012) Amd. 2
(08/2013)
ITU-T G.9903 (02/2014)
16.03.2013
ITU-T G.9904 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T G.9905 (08/2013)
ITU-T G.9951 (02/2001)
29.08.2013
09.02.2001
ITU-T G.9952 (11/2001)
29.11.2001
Phoneline networking transceivers –
Payload format and link layer
requirements
ITU-T G.9953 (03/2003)
16.03.2003
Phoneline networking transceivers –
Isolation function
ITU-T G.9954 (01/2007)
09.01.2007
ITU-T G.9959 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T G.9960 (12/2011)
16.12.2011
ITU-T G.9960 (2011) Erratum
2 (09/2012)
ITU-T G.9960 (2011) Erratum
1 (07/2012)
ITU-T G.9960 (2011) Amd.1
(01/2014)
ITU-T G.9961 (04/2014)
13.09.2012
Home networking transceivers –
Enhanced physical, media access, and link
layer specifications
Short range narrow-band digital
radiocommunication transceivers – PHY
and MAC layer specifications
Unified high-speed wireline-based home
networking transceivers - System
architecture and physical layer
specification
ITU-T G.9962 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T G.9963 (12/2011)
16.12.2011
March 2015 Edition
29.08.2013
22.02.2014
Narrowband orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing power line
communication transceivers for ITU-T
G.hnem networks
Clarifications on payload encoder and
addition of a network admission
Narrowband orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing power line
communication transceivers for G3-PLC
networks
Narrowband
orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing power line
communication transceivers for PRIME
networks metric-based source routing
Centralized
Phoneline networking transceivers –
Foundation
This text was first approved
and published as ITU-T Rec.
G.989.1 and then renumbered
as G.9951 on 2005-05-27
without
This
textfurther
was first
modification
approved
and published as ITU-T Rec.
G.989.2 and then renumbered
as G.9952 on 2005-05-27
without
This
textfurther
was first
modification
approved
and published as ITU-T Rec.
G.989.3 and then renumbered
as G.9953 on 2005-05-27
without further modification
This edition of ITU-T G.9960
includes the changes
introduced by Erratum 1
(07/2012) and Erratum 2
26.07.2012
13.01.2014
04.04.2014
Unified high-speed wire-line based home
networking transceivers - Data link layer
specification
Unified high-speed wire-line based home
networking transceivers - Management
specification
Unified high-speed wireline-based home
networking transceivers - Multiple
input/multiple output specification
59 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G.9963 (2011) Amd.1
(01/2014)
ITU-T G.9963 (2011) Cor.1
(04/2014)
ITU-T G.9964 (12/2011)
13.01.2014
ITU-T G.9970 (01/2009)
ITU-T G.9971 (07/2010)
13.01.2009
29.07.2010
ITU-T G.9972 (06/2010)
11.06.2010
ITU-T G.9972 (2010) Cor.1
(04/2014)
ITU-T G.9973 (10/2011)
04.04.2014
ITU-T G.9979 (12/2014)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G.9980 (11/2012)
23.11.2012
ITU-T G Suppl. 4 (12/1972)
15.12.1972
ITU-T G Suppl. 5 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 7 (12/1972)
15.12.1972
ITU-T G Suppl. 8 (12/1972)
15.12.1972
ITU-T G Suppl. 17 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 19 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 22 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 26 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 27 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
March 2015 Edition
Alignment with modifications to ITU-T
G.9961
04.04.2014
16.12.2011
29.10.2011
Unified high-speed wireline-based home
networking transceivers – Power spectral
density specification
Generic home network transport
Requirements of transport functions in IP
home networks
Coexistence mechanism for wireline home
networking transceivers
Revised definition of coexisting systems
categories
Protocol for identifying home network
topology
ITU-T Extension to the IEEE 1905.1 2013
Standard
Remote management of customer
premises equipment over broadband
networks - Customer premises equipment
WAN management protocol
Certain methods of avoiding the
transmission of excessive noise between
interconnected systems
Measurement of the load of telephone
circuits under field conditions
Loss-frequency response of channeltranslating equipment used in some
countries for international circuits
Method proposed by the Belgian
telephone administration for
interconnection between coaxial and
symmetric pair
Group-delay
distortion
systemsperformance of
terminal equipment
Digital crosstalk measurement (method
used by the Administrations of France, the
Netherlands and Spain)
Mathematical models of multiplex signals
Estimating the signal load margin of FDM
wideband amplifier equipment and
transmission systems
Interference from external sources
This Supplement is published as
G.500 series supplement in Red
Book fascicle III.2 and as G.900
series supplement in Red Book
fascicle III.3
60 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G Suppl. 28 (10/1984)
19.10.1984
ITU-T G Suppl. 29 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T G Suppl. 32 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G Suppl. 34 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G Suppl. 35 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G Suppl. 36 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T G Suppl. 37 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G Suppl. 38 (10/1998)
13.10.1998
ITU-T G Suppl. 39 (09/2012)
21.09.2012
ITU-T G Suppl. 40 (06/2010)
11.06.2010
ITU-T G Suppl. 41 (06/2010)
11.06.2010
ITU-T G Suppl. 42 (04/2014)
04.04.2014
ITU-T G Suppl. 43 (02/2011)
25.02.2011
ITU-T G Suppl. 44 (06/2007)
15.06.2007
Application of transmultiplexers, FDM
codecs, data-in-voice (DIV) systems and
data-over-voice (DOV) systems during the
transition from an analogue to a digital
network of mixed analogue-digital circuits
Planning
(chains, connections)
Transfer of alarm information on 60channel transmultiplexing equipment
Temperature in underground containers
for the installation of repeaters
Guidelines concerning the measurement
of wander
Jitter and wander accumulation in digital
networks
ITU-T Recommendation G.763 digital
circuit multiplication equipment (DCME)
tutorial and dimensioning
Variable bit rate calculations for the ITU-T
Recommendation G.767 Digital Circuit
Multiplication Equipment (DCME)
Optical system design and engineering
considerations
Optical fibre and cable Recommendations
and standards guideline
Design guidelines for optical fibre
submarine cable systems
Guide on the use of the ITU-T
Recommendations related to optical
fibres and systems technology
Transport of IEEE 10GBASE-R in optical
transport networks (OTN)
Test plan to verify B-PON interoperability
ITU-T G Suppl. 45 (05/2009)
15.05.2009
GPON power conservation
ITU-T G Suppl. 46 (05/2009)
15.05.2009
ITU-T G Suppl. 47 (09/2012)
21.09.2012
ITU-T G Suppl. 48 (06/2010)
11.06.2010
ITU-T G Suppl. 49 (02/2011)
25.02.2011
ITU-T G Suppl. 50 (09/2011)
16.09.2011
ITU-T G Suppl. 51 (05/2012)
11.05.2012
G-PON interoperability test plan between
optical line terminations and optical
network units
General aspects of optical fibres and
cables
10-Gigabit-capable passive optical
networks: Interface between media
access control with serializer/deserializer
and physical medium dependent
sublayers
Rogue
optical network unit (ONU)
considerations
Overview of digital subscriber line
Recommendations
Passive optical network protection
considerations
March 2015 Edition
61 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T G Suppl. 52 (09/2012)
21.09.2012
Ethernet ring protection switching
ITU-T G Suppl. 53 (12/2014)
05.12.2014
ITU-T G-100 series Suppl. 31
(03/1993)
ITU-T G-100 series Suppl. 32
(03/1993)
ITU-T H.100 (11/1988)
ITU-T H.110 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
ITU-T H.120 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
Guidance for Ethernet OAM performance
monitoring
Principles of determining an impedance
strategy for the local network
Transmission aspects of digital mobile
radio systems
Visual telephone systems
Hypothetical reference connections for
videoconferencing using primary digital
group transmission
Codecs for videoconferencing using
primary digital group transmission
ITU-T H.120 (1993) Erratum 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T H.130 (11/1988)
01.03.2013
ITU-T H.140 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T H.200 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T H.221 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.222.0 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.222.1 (03/1996)
20.03.1996
ITU-T H.223 (07/2001)
29.07.2001
ITU-T H.224 (01/2005)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.224 (2005) Cor. 1
(08/2007)
ITU-T H.225.0 v7 (12/2009)
29.08.2007
ITU-T H.225.0 v7 (2009) Amd.
1 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.226 (09/1998)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.230 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.231 (07/1997)
11.07.1997
March 2015 Edition
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
14.12.2009
25.09.1998
Frame structures for use in the
international interconnection of digital
codecs for videoconferencing or visual
telephony
A
multipoint international
videoconference system
Framework for Recommendations for
audiovisual services
Frame structure for a 64 to 1920 kbit/s
channel in audiovisual teleservices
Information technology – Generic coding
of moving pictures and associated audio
information: Systems
Multimedia multiplex and synchronization
for audiovisual communication in ATM
environments
Multiplexing protocol for low bit rate
multimedia communication
A real time control protocol for simplex
applications using the H.221
LSD/HSD/MLP channels
Corrections to the CME client list message
Call signalling protocols and media stream
packetization for packet-based
multimedia communication systems
Use of the Facility message to enable call
transfer
Channel aggregation protocol for multilink
operation on circuit-switched networks
Frame-synchronous control and indication
signals for audiovisual systems
Multipoint control units for audiovisual
systems using digital channels up to 1920
kbit/s
62 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.233 (11/2002)
29.11.2002
ITU-T H.234 (11/2002)
29.11.2002
ITU-T H.235.0 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.235.1 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.2 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.3 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.4 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.5 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.6 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.235.7 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.235.7 (2005) Erratum
1 (10/2006)
ITU-T H.235.8 (09/2005)
05.10.2006
ITU-T H.235.9 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.239 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.241 (02/2012)
29.02.2012
ITU-T H.241 (2012) Amd. 1
(06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.242 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
March 2015 Edition
13.09.2005
Confidentiality system for audiovisual
services
Encryption key management and
authentication system for audiovisual
services
H.323 security: Framework for security in
ITU-T H-series (ITU-T H.323 and other ITUT H.245-based) multimedia systems
H.323 security: Baseline security profile
ITU-T Rec. H.235 (2003)
content was reorganized into
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
2005. The map can be found in
H.323 security: Signature security profile ITU-T
Appendices
Rec. H.235
IV, V,(2003)
and VI of
content was reorganized into
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
2005. The map can be found in
H.323 security: Hybrid security profile
Appendices
ITU-T
Rec. H.235
IV, V,(2003)
and VI of
content was reorganized into
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
2005. The map can be found in
H.323 security: Direct and selective routed ITU-T
Appendices
Rec. H.235
IV, V,(2003)
and VI of
call security
content was reorganized into
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
2005. The map can be found in
H.323 security: Framework for secure
Appendices
ITU-T
Rec. H.235
IV, V,(2003)
and VI of
authentication in RAS using weak shared content was reorganized into
secrets
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
2005. The map can be found in
H.323 security: Encryption profile with
Appendices IV, V, and VI of
native ITU-T H.235/H.245 key
H.323 security: Usage of the MIKEY key
ITU-T Rec. H.235 (2003)
management protocol for the Secure Real content was reorganized into
Time Transport Protocol (SRTP) within
H.235.0 to .7 when revised in
H.235
2005. The map can be found in
Appendices IV, V, and VI of
H.323 security: Key exchange for SRTP
using secure signalling channels
H.323 security: Security gateway support
for H.323
Role management and additional media
channels for ITU-T H.300-series terminals
Extended video procedures and control
signals for ITU-T H.300-series terminals
Support for Constrained High, Scalable
Constrained Baseline and Scalable
Constrained High ITU-T H.264 profiles
System for establishing communication
between audiovisual terminals using
digital channels up to 2 Mbit/s
63 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.243 (10/2005)
07.10.2005
ITU-T H.244 (07/1995)
10.07.1995
ITU-T H.245 v16 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.246 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T H.246 (2006) Amd. 1
(01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.247 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T H.248.1 v3 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.2 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.3 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.4 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T H.248.5 (12/2009)
ITU-T H.248.6 (11/2000)
14.12.2009
17.11.2000
ITU-T H.248.7 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.248.8 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.9 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T H.248.10 (07/2001)
29.07.2001
ITU-T H.248.11 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.12 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.13 (03/2002)
29.03.2002
March 2015 Edition
Procedures for establishing
communication between three or more
audiovisual terminals using digital
channels up toaggregation
Synchronized
1920 kbit/sof multiple 64
or 56 kbit/s channels
Control protocol for multimedia
communication
Interworking of H-series multimedia
terminals with H-series multimedia
terminals and voice/voiceband terminals
on GSTN, ISDN and PLMN
Mapping of user priority level and
country/international network of call
origination between H.225 and ISUP
Multipoint extension for broadband
audiovisual communication systems and
terminals
Gateway control protocol: Version 3
Gateway control protocol: Facsimile, text
conversation and call discrimination
Gateway control protocol: User interface
elements and actions packages
Gateway control protocol: Transport over
Stream Control Transmission Protocol
Gateway control protocol: Transport over
Gateway control protocol: Dynamic Tone This Recommendation was first
Definition package
approved as Annex J to H.248,
and then renumbered and
published as H.248.6 on 2002Gateway control protocol: Generic
03-29text
This
without
was approved
further as
Announcement package
Corrigendum 1 to H.248.7
(2000), but due to the number
of modifications, it was decided
Gateway control protocol: Error code and to publish it as a new edition
service change reason description
Gateway control protocol: Advanced
media server packages
Gateway control protocol: Media gateway This Recommendation was first
resource congestion handling package
approved as Annex M2 to
H.248, and then renumbered
and republished as H.248.10 on
Gateway control protocol: Media gateway 2002-03-29 without further
overload control package
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248.1
packages for ITU-T H.323 and ITU-T H.324
interworking
Gateway control protocol: Quality Alert
Drafted as H.248 Annex M5,
Ceasing package
renumbered and published as
64 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.248.14 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.15 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.16 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.17 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.248.18 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.19 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.20 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.21 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.248.22 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.23 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.24 (07/2003)
14.07.2003
ITU-T H.248.25 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.248.26 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.27 (07/2003)
14.07.2003
ITU-T H.248.28 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.248.29 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.30 (2007)
Erratum 1 (06/2007)
ITU-T H.248.30 (01/2007)
14.06.2007
ITU-T H.248.31 (04/2004)
22.04.2004
ITU-T H.248.32 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.33 (01/2005)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.248.34 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.35 (01/2005)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.248.36 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.37 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2007
Gateway control protocol: Inactivity timer
package
Gateway control protocol: SDP ITU-T
H.248 package attribute
Gateway control protocol: Enhanced digit
collection packages and procedures
Gateway control protocol: Line test
Gateway control protocol: Package for
support of multiple profiles
Gateway control protocol: Decomposed
multipoint control unit, audio, video and
data conferencing packages
Gateway control protocol: The use of
Local and Remote Descriptors with ITU-T
H.221 and ITU-T H.223 multiplexing
Gateway control protocol: Semipermanent connection handling package
Gateway control protocol: Shared Risk
Group package
Gateway control protocol: Enhanced
Alerting packages
Gateway control protocol: Multifrequency tone generation and detection
Gateway control protocol: Basic CAS
Gateway control protocol: Enhanced
analogue lines packages
Gateway control protocol: Supplemental
tones packages
Gateway control protocol: International
CAS packages
Gateway control protocol: International
CAS compelled register signalling packages
Applies to English version only
Gateway control protocol: RTCP extended
performance metrics packages
Gateway control protocol: Adaptive jitter
buffer package
Gateway control protocol: Detailed
congestion reporting package
Gateway control protocol: PCM frame
spare bit package
Gateway control protocol: Stimulus
analogue line package
Gateway control protocol: Coin-operated
phone control package
Gateway control protocol: Hanging
Termination Detection package
Gateway control protocol: IP NAPT
traversal package
65 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.248.38 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T H.248.39 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.248.40 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.41 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.42 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.43 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T H.248.44 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.248.45 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T H.248.46 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.248.46 (2007)
Erratum 1 (08/2007)
ITU-T H.248.47 (07/2008)
15.08.2007
ITU-T H.248.48 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.49 (08/2007)
29.08.2007
ITU-T H.248.50 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.248.50 (2010) Cor. 1
(02/2012)
ITU-T H.248.51 (08/2007)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.52 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T H.248.53 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.54 (08/2007)
29.08.2007
ITU-T H.248.55 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T H.248.56 (08/2007)
29.08.2007
ITU-T H.248.56 (2007) Cor. 1
(03/2009)
ITU-T H.248.57 (10/2014)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.58 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
March 2015 Edition
22.07.2008
29.08.2007
14.10.2014
Gateway control protocol: Base context
package
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248
SDP parameter identification and
Gateway control protocol: Application
data inactivity detection package
Gateway control protocol: IP domain
connection package
Gateway control protocol: DCME
interworking package
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
gate management and gate control
Gateway control protocol: Multi-level
precedence and pre-emption package
Gateway control protocol: MGC
information package
Gateway control protocol: Connection
capability control package
Gateway control protocol: Statistic
conditional reporting package
Gateway control protocol: RTCP XR block
reporting package
Gateway control protocol: Session
description protocol RFC and capabilities
Gateway control protocol: NAT traversal
toolkit packages
Corrections and clarification
Gateway control protocol: Termination
connection model package
Gateway control protocol: QoS support
packages
Gateway control protocol: Traffic
management packages
Gateway control protocol: MPLS support
package
Gateway control protocol: Generic pull
mode package
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
virtual private network support
VLAN package clarifications
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T H.248.52 (2008) Amend.1
approved on 2009-03-16.
Gateway control protocol: RTP control
protocol package
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
application level H.248 statistics
66 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.248.59 (08/2007)
29.08.2007
ITU-T H.248.60 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.61 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.62 (06/2008)
ITU-T H.248.63 (03/2009)
13.06.2008
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.64 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.248.65 (03/2009)
16.03.2013
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.67 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T H.248.68 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.69 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.70 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.248.71 (02/2010)
13.02.2010
ITU-T H.248.72 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T H.248.73 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.248.75 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.248.76 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.248.77 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.248.78 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.79 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.80 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.248.81 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.248.81 (2011) Amd. 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T H.248.82 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
March 2015 Edition
16.03.2013
Gateway control protocol: Event
timestamp notification package
Gateway control protocol: Identification
of content of communication
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
network level ITU-T H.248 statistics
Gateway control protocol: Re-answer
Gateway control protocol: Resource
management packages
Gateway control protocol: IP router
Gateway control protocol: Support of the
resource reservation protocol
Gateway control protocol: Transport
mode indication package
Gateway control protocol: Package for
removal of digits and tones
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
interworking between MSRP and H.248
Gateway control protocol: Dialling
method information packages
Gateway control protocol: RTCP support
packages
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248
support for media-oriented negotiation
acceleration (MONA)
Gateway control protocol: Packages for
media server control markup language
and ITU-T H.248 interworking
Gateway control protocol: Package
identifier publishing and application
Gateway control protocol: Filter group
package and guidelines
Gateway control protocol: Secure realtime transport protocol (SRTP) package
and procedures
Gateway control protocol: Bearer-level
application level gateway
Gateway control protocol: Guidelines for
packet-based streams
Gateway control protocol: Usage of the
revised SDP offer/answer model with ITUT H.248
Gateway control protocol: Guidelines on
the use of the international emergency
preference scheme (IEPS) call indicator
and priority indicator in ITU-T H.248
profiles
New
Appendix II, plus additions and
corrections
Gateway control protocol: Explicit
congestion notification support
67 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.248.83 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.248.84 (07/2012)
22.07.2012
ITU-T H.248.85 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.248.86 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.248.87 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.248.88 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.248.89 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.248.90 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.248.91 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.248.92 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.248.93 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.249 (05/2006)
ITU-T H.261 (03/1993)
29.05.2006
12.03.1993
ITU-T H.262 (02/2012)
29.02.2012
ITU-T H.263 App. III
(06/2001)
ITU-T H.263 (01/2005)
ITU-T H.264 (V9) (02/2014)
08.06.2001
ITU-T H.264.1 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.264.2 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T H.265 (V2) (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T H.265.1 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.265.2 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2005
13.02.2014
Gateway control protocol: Media gateway
instance package
Gateway control protocol: NAT traversal
for peer-to-peer services
Gateway control protocol: Usage of
loopback in ITU-T H.248
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248
support for deep packet inspection
Gateway control protocol: Guidelines on
the use of ITU-T H.248 capabilities for
performance monitoring in RTP networks
in ITU-T H.248 profiles
Gateway control protocol: RTP topology
dependent RTCP handling by ITU-T H.248
media gateways with IP terminations
Gateway control protocol: TCP support
packages
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248
packages for control of transport security
using transport layer security (TLS)
Guidelines on the use of ITU-T H.248
capabilities for transport security in TLS
networks in ITU-T H.248 profiles
Gateway control protocol: Stream
endpoint interlinkage package
Gateway control protocol: ITU-T H.248
support for control of transport security
using the datagram transport layer
security (DTLS) protocol
Extended user input indications
Video codec for audiovisual services at p x
64 kbit/s
Information technology – Generic coding
of moving pictures and associated audio
information: Video
Examples for H.263 encoder/decoder
implementations
Video coding for low bit rate
Advanced video coding for generic
audiovisual services
Conformance specification for ITU-T H.264
advanced video coding
Reference software for ITU-T H.264
advanced video coding
High efficiency video coding
The published text includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T H.262 (2012) Amd.1
(2013).
Conformance specification for ITU-T H.265
high efficiency video coding
Reference software for ITU-T H.265 high
efficiency video coding
68 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.271 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T H.272 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.281 (11/1994)
01.11.1994
ITU-T H.310 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T H.310 (1998) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T H.320 (03/2004)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.321 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T H.321 (1998) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T H.322 (03/1996)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.323 v7 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T H.323 v7 (2009) Amd. 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T H.324 (04/2009)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.331 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T H.332 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T H.341 (05/1999)
27.05.1999
ITU-T H.341 (1999) Cor. 1
(01/2014)
ITU-T H.350 (05/2011)
13.01.2014
ITU-T H.350.1 (05/2011)
ITU-T H.350.2 (05/2011)
ITU-T H.350.3 (05/2011)
ITU-T H.350.4 (05/2011)
ITU-T H.350.5 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
14.05.2011
14.05.2011
14.05.2011
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.350.6 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.350.7 (01/2007)
ITU-T H.351 (06/2008)
13.01.2007
13.06.2008
March 2015 Edition
15.03.2004
20.03.1996
29.04.2009
14.05.2011
Video back-channel messages for
conveyance of status information and
requests from a video receiver to a video
sender
Procedures
and values for video gamma
compensation in multimedia systems
A far end camera control protocol for
videoconferences using H.224
Broadband audiovisual communication
systems and terminals
Narrow-band visual telephone systems
and terminal equipment
Adaptation of H.320 visual telephone
terminals to B-ISDN environments
Visual telephone systems and terminal
equipment for local area networks which
provide a guaranteed quality of service
Packet-based multimedia communications
systems
Use of Facility message to enable call
transfer
Terminal for low bit-rate multimedia
communication
Broadcasting type audiovisual multipoint
systems and terminal equipment
H.323 extended for loosely coupled
conferences
Multimedia management information
This Recommendation includes
base
one diskette containing the
formal descriptions of annexes
A, B, C, D and E for the
Updates to MIB definitions
multimedia management
Directory services architecture for
multimedia conferencing
Directory services architecture for H.323
Directory services architecture for H.235
Directory services architecture for H.320
Directory services architecture for SIP
Directory services architecture for nonstandard protocols
Directory services architecture for call
forwarding and preferences
Directory services architecture for XMPP
Semantic web interface for multimedia
terminal and system directories (SWIM-D)
69 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.360 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.361 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T H.361 (2006) Amd. 1
(06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T H.362 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.420 (10/2014)
ITU-T H.450.1 (05/2011)
14.10.2014
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.450.2 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.450.3 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.450.4 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.450.5 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.450.6 (05/1999)
ITU-T H.450.7 (03/2013)
27.05.1999
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.450.8 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.450.9 (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T H.450.10 (03/2001)
ITU-T H.450.11 (03/2001)
ITU-T H.450.12 (07/2001)
01.03.2001
01.03.2001
29.07.2001
ITU-T H.460.1 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.460.2 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.460.3 (11/2002)
ITU-T H.460.4 (01/2007)
29.11.2002
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.460.5 (11/2002)
29.11.2002
ITU-T H.460.6 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.460.7 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.460.8 (11/2002)
16.03.2013
16.03.2013
29.11.2002
March 2015 Edition
An architecture for end-to-end QoS
control and signalling
End-to-end quality of service (QoS) and
service priority signalling in H.323 systems
New Annex A "IntServ/RSVP support for
H.323 systems", Annex B "DiffServ
support for H.323 systems" and Annex C
"Priority support for H.323 systems"
A framework for adaptive end-to-end QoS
control based on variable bit-rate codecs
in wireless networks
Telepresence system architecture
Generic functional protocol for the
support of supplementary services in ITUT H.323 systems
Call transfer supplementary service for
ITU-T H.323 systems
Call diversion supplementary service for
ITU-T H.323 systems
Call hold supplementary service for ITU-T
H.323 systems
Call park and call pickup supplementary
services in ITU-T H.323 systems
Call waiting supplementary service for
Message waiting indication
supplementary service for ITU-T H.323
Name identification supplementary
service for ITU-T H.323 systems
Call completion supplementary services
for H.323
Call offering supplementary services for
Call intrusion supplementary service for
Common Information Additional Network
Feature for H.323
Guidelines for the use of the generic
extensible framework
Number portability interworking between
ITU-T H.323 and switched circuit networks
Circuit maps within H.323 systems
Call priority designation and
country/international network of call
origination identification for H.323 priority
calls
H.225.0 transport of multiple Q.931
information elements of the same type
Extended Fast Connect feature
Digit maps within ITU-T H.323 systems
Querying for alternate routes within
H.323 systems
70 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.460.9 (11/2002)
29.11.2002
ITU-T H.460.9 (2002) Amd. 1
(03/2004)
ITU-T H.460.10 (03/2004)
ITU-T H.460.11 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.460.12 (03/2004)
ITU-T H.460.13 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.460.14 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.460.15 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T H.460.16 (01/2005)
08.01.2005
ITU-T H.460.17 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T H.460.18 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.460.19 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.460.20 (09/2005)
ITU-T H.460.21 (05/2006)
ITU-T H.460.22 (01/2007)
13.09.2005
29.05.2006
13.01.2007
ITU-T H.460.22 (2007) Cor. 1
(06/2008)
ITU-T H.460.23 (12/2009)
13.06.2008
ITU-T H.460.23 (2009) Amd. 1
(05/2011)
ITU-T H.460.24 (12/2009)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.460.24 (2009) Amd. 1
(05/2011)
ITU-T H.460.24 (2009) Amd. 2
(03/2013)
ITU-T H.460.25 (09/2010)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.460.26 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.501 (03/2002)
29.03.2002
ITU-T H.510 (03/2002)
29.03.2002
ITU-T H.530 (03/2002)
29.03.2002
March 2015 Edition
15.03.2004
15.03.2004
14.12.2009
14.12.2009
16.03.2013
13.09.2010
Support for online QoS-monitoring
reporting within H.323 systems
New Annex B – Extended performance
metrics
Call party category within H.323 systems
Delayed call establishment within H.323
systems
Glare control indicator within H.323
Called user release control within H.323
systems
Support for Multi-Level Precedence and
Preemption (MLPP) within H.323 systems
Call signalling transport channel
suspension and redirection within H.323
Multiple-message release sequence
capability within H.323 systems
Using H.225.0 call signalling connection as
transport for H.323 RAS messages
Traversal of ITU-T H.323 signalling across
network address translators and firewalls
Traversal of ITU-T H.323 media across
network address translators and firewalls
Location number within H.323 systems
Message broadcast for H.323 systems
Negotiation of security protocols to
protect H.225.0 call signalling messages
Corrections to message flow
Network address translator and firewall
device determination in ITU-T H.323
Support for ITU-T H.460.24 Annex B
Point-to-point media through network
address translators and firewalls within
ITU-T H.323 systems
Improvements for NAT traversal without
intermediary entities
Support for ITU H.460.19 multiplex media
mode for point-to-point media
Transport of geographic information in
ITU-T H.323 systems
Using ITU-T H.225.0 call signalling
connection as transport for media
Protocol for mobility management and
intra/inter-domain communication in
multimedia systems
Mobility for H.323 multimedia systems
and services
Symmetric security procedures for H.323
mobility in H.510
71 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.530 (2002) Cor. 1
(07/2003)
ITU-T H.610 (07/2003)
14.07.2003
ITU-T H.611 (07/2003)
14.07.2003
ITU-T H.621 (08/2008)
06.08.2008
ITU-T H.621 (2008) Amd.1
(10/2014)
ITU-T H.622 (06/2008)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.622.1 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T H.625 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T H.626 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.626.1 (03/2013)
ITU-T H.627 (06/2012)
ITU-T H.641 (02/2012)
16.03.2013
29.06.2012
13.02.2012
ITU-T H.642.1 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.642.2 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.642.3 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.701 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.720 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T H.721 (03/2009)
ITU-T H.721 (2009) Amd.1
(07/2010)
ITU-T H.722 (01/2014)
ITU-T H.730 (06/2012)
16.03.2009
30.07.2010
ITU-T H.740 (03/2010)
ITU-T H.740 (2010) Amd. 1
(03/2011)
22.03.2010
25.03.2011
March 2015 Edition
14.07.2003
13.06.2008
13.01.2014
29.06.2012
Full service VDSL – System architecture
and customer premises equipment
Full-Service VDSL – Operations,
Administration Maintenance & Provision
aspects
Architecture of a system for multimedia
information access triggered by tag-based
identification
Supporting multiple air interfaces
A generic home network architecture with
support for multimedia services
Architecture and functional requirements
for home networks supporting IPTV
Architecture for network-based speech-tospeech translation services
Architectural requirements for visual
surveillance
Architecture for mobile visual surveillance
Signalling and protocols for visual
SNMP-based sensor network
management framework
Multimedia information access triggered
by tag-based identification - Identification
scheme
Multimedia information access triggered
by tag-based identification - Registration
procedures for identifiers
Information technology – Automatic
identification and data capture technique Identifier resolution protocol for
multimedia information access triggered
by tag-based identification
Content delivery error recovery for IPTV
services
Overview of IPTV terminal devices and
end systems
IPTV terminal devices: Basic model
New Appendix II on terminal device
implementation example
IPTV terminal device: Full-fledged model
Web-based terminal middleware for IPTV
services
Application event handling for IPTV
New video handling sensor event scenario
in Appendix II
72 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.741.0 (03/2012)
22.03.2012
ITU-T H.741.1 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.741.2 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.741.2 (2012) Amd. 1
(11/2013)
08.11.2013
ITU-T H.741.3 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.741.4 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T H.750 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T H.751 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T H.760 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T H.761 (11/2014)
ITU-T H.762 (05/2011)
29.11.2014
14.05.2011
ITU-T H.763.1 (09/2010)
ITU-T H.764 (06/2012)
ITU-T H.770 (08/2009)
13.09.2010
29.06.2012
22.08.2009
ITU-T H.770 (2009) Amd.2
(09/2010)
ITU-T H.771 (05/2011)
ITU-T H.780 (06/2012)
13.09.2010
ITU-T H.785.0 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T H.810 (12/2013)
14.12.2013
ITU-T H.810 (2013) Erratum 1
(02/2014)
ITU-T H.821 (10/2014)
17.02.2014
ITU-T H.831 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.832 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
March 2015 Edition
14.05.2011
29.06.2012
29.10.2014
IPTV application event handling: Overall
aspects of audience measurement for
IPTV services
IPTV application event handling: Audience The published text of this
measurement operations for IPTV services Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
IPTV application event handling: Data
Rec. ITU-T H.741.1 (2012) Amd.
structures of audience measurement for
IPTV services
New Appendix I with XML schema on the
data structures of audience measurement
for IPTV services
IPTV application event handling: Audience
measurement for IPTV distributed content
services
IPTV application event handling: Transport
mechanisms for audience measurement
High-level specification of metadata for
IPTV services
Metadata for rights information
interoperability in IPTV services
Overview of multimedia application
frameworks for IPTV services
Nested context language (NCL) and GingaLightweight interactive multimedia
environment (LIME) for IPTV services
Cascading style sheets for IPTV services
IPTV services enhanced script language
Mechanisms for service discovery and
The published text of this
selection for IPTV services
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
Support of service discovery using
Rec. ITU-T H.770 (2009)
Broadband Forum TR-069
SIP-based discovery of IPTV services
Digital signage: Service requirements and
IPTV-based architecture
Digital signage: Requirements of disaster
information services
Interoperability design guidelines for
personal health systems
ITU-T H.810 personal health devices
conformance: Health record network
(HRN) interface
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
1: Web services interoperability: Sender
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
2: Web services interoperability: Receiver
73 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.833 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.834 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.835 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.836 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.837 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.838 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.840 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.841 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.842 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.843 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.844 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.1 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.2 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.3 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.4 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.5 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.6 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.7 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.8 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.9 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.11 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.12 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.845.13 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
March 2015 Edition
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
3: SOAP/ATNA: Sender
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
4: SOAP/ATNA: Receiver
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
5: PCD-01 HL7 Messages: Sender
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
6: PCD-01 HL7 Messages: Receiver
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
7: Consent Management: Sender
Conformance testing: WAN Interface Part
8: Consent Management: Receiver
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN: USB
host
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 1: Optimized Exchange
Protocol (IEEE Std 11073-20601a-2010):
Agent
Conformance
testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 2: Optimized exchange
protocol (IEEE 11073-20601a-2010):
Manager
Conformance
testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 3: Continua Design
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 4: Continua Design
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5A: Weighing scales
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5B: Glucose meter
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5C: Pulse oximeter
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5D: Blood pressure monitor
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5E: Thermometer
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5F: Cardiovascular fitness
and activity monitor
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5G: Strength fitness
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5H: Independent living
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5I: Adherence monitor
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5K: Peak expiratory flow
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5L: Body composition
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5M: Basic
74 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H.845.14 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.846 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.847 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.848 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.849 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.850 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T H.860 (04/2014)
13.04.2014
ITU-T H Suppl. 1 (05/1999)
27.05.1999
ITU-T H Suppl. 2 (12/2011)
02.12.2011
ITU-T H Suppl. 3 (05/2003)
30.05.2003
ITU-T H Suppl. 4 (12/2011)
02.12.2011
ITU-T H Suppl. 5 (11/2006)
24.11.2006
ITU-T H Suppl. 6 (04/2006)
13.04.2006
ITU-T H Suppl. 7 (05/2008)
02.05.2008
ITU-T H Suppl. 8 (05/2008)
02.05.2008
ITU-T H Suppl. 9 (05/2008)
02.05.2008
ITU-T H Suppl. 10 (05/2008)
02.05.2008
March 2015 Edition
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 5N: International
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 6: Device specializations:
Conformance testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Interface Part 7: Continua Design
Guidelines: Agent for Bluetooth Low
Energy (BLE) testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Conformance
Interface Part 8: Continua Design
Guidelines: Manager for Bluetooth Low
Energy (BLE) testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Conformance
Interface Part 9: Personal Health Devices
Transcoding: Agent for Bluetooth Low
Energy (BLE) testing: PAN/LAN/TAN
Conformance
Interface Part 10: Personal Health Devices
Transcoding: Manager
Multimedia e-health data exchange
services: Data schema and supporting
Application profile – Sign language and lip- This Supplement includes one
reading real-time conversation using low CD-ROM containing the video
bit rate video communication
clip "Irene" to be used as test
material for video coding of
sign language. Due to the data
volume, this Supplement is not
downloadable from ITU
website and should be
provided from Sales
ITU-T H.248.x sub-series packages guide – department (Email:
Release 15
Operator requirements for full-service
VDSL in ITU-T Recommendations H.610
Repository of generic parameters for ITUT H.460.x sub-series Recommendations
Gateway control protocol: Guidelines for
resource management of 'IP Address &
Port' resources for H.248 RTP
terminations
Control
load quantum for decomposed
gateways
Gateway control protocol: Establishment
procedures for the H.248 MGC-MG
control association
Gateway control protocol: Guidelines for
synchronized time in ITU-T H.248 domains
Gateway control protocol: Operation of
H.248 with H.225.0, SIP, and ISUP in
support of emergency
telecommunications service
(ETS)/international emergency preference
scheme (IEPS)
Proxy-aided
NAT/FW traversal scheme for
ITU-T H.323 multimedia systems
75 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T H Suppl. 11 (02/2009)
06.02.2009
ITU-T H Suppl. 12 (11/2013)
08.11.2013
ITU-T H Suppl. 13 (07/2014)
11.07.2014
ITU-T H Suppl. 14 (07/2014)
11.07.2014
ITU-T H Suppl. 17 (11/2014)
28.11.2014
ITU-T I.112 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.112 App.I (02/2002)
12.03.1993
01.02.2002
ITU-T I.113 (06/1997)
20.06.1997
ITU-T I.114 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.120 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.121 (04/1991)
ITU-T I.122 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.130 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
05.04.1991
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.140 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.141 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.150 (02/1999)
25.11.1988
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.200 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.210 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.211 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.220 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.221 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.230 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.231.1 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.231.2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.231.3 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.231.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Analysis of class-based home network QoS
solutions
Gateway control protocol: Priority traffic
treatment by ITU-T H.248 gateways
Gateway control protocol: Common ITU-T
H.248 terminology - Release 1
Gateway control protocol: SDP codepoints
for gateway control - Release 1
Guide for addressing accessibility in
This Supplement will be posted
standards
soon in accessible format.
Vocabulary of terms for ISDNs
General telecommunication terminology
and definitions
Vocabulary of terms for broadband
aspects of ISDN
Vocabulary of terms for universal personal
telecommunication
Integrated services digital networks
Broadband aspects of ISDN
Framework for frame mode bearer
Method for the characterization of
telecommunication services supported by
an ISDN and network capabilities of an
ISDN
Attribute
technique for the
characterization of telecommunication
services supported by an ISDN and
network
ISDN
network
capabilities
charging
of an
capabilities
ISDN
B-ISDN asynchronous transfer mode
functional characteristics
Guidance to the I.200-series of
Recommendations
Principles of telecommunication services
supported by an ISDN and the means to
describe them
B-ISDN service aspects
Common dynamic description of basic
telecommunication services
Common specific characteristics of
Definition of bearer service categories
Circuit-mode 64 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz
structured bearer service
Circuit-mode 64 kbit/s, 8 kHz structured
bearer service usable for speech
information transfer
Circuit-mode 64 kbit/s, 8 kHz structured
bearer service usable for 3.1 kHz audio
information transfer
Circuit-mode, alternate speech / 64 kbit/s
unrestricted, 8 kHz structured bearer
76 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.231.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.231.6 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T I.231.7 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T I.231.8 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T I.231.9 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.231.10 (08/1992)
04.08.1992
ITU-T I.232.1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.232.2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.232.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.233.1 Annex F
(07/1996)
ITU-T I.240 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.2 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.3 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.4 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.5 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.6 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.241.7 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.241.8 (10/1995)
ITU-T I.250 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.251.1 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.2 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.3 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.4 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.5 (02/1995)
12.03.1993
19.07.1996
ITU-T I.251.6 (02/1995)
21.02.1995
ITU-T I.251.7 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.8 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.251.9 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.251.10 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.252.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.252.2 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.252.3 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.252.4 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.252.5 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.252.6 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.252.7 (05/1997)
ITU-T I.253.1 (07/1990)
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
19.07.1996
19.07.1996
25.11.1988
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
25.11.1988
30.05.1997
02.07.1990
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
03.10.1995
25.11.1988
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
04.08.1992
21.02.1995
Circuit-mode 2 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted, 8
kHz structured bearer service
Circuit-mode 384 kbit/s unrestricted, 8
kHz structured bearer service
Circuit-mode 1536 kbit/s unrestricted, 8
kHz structured bearer service
Circuit-mode 1920 kbit/s unrestricted, 8
kHz structured bearer service
Circuit-mode 64 kbit/s 8 kHz structured
multi-use bearer service
Circuit-mode multiple-rate unrestricted 8
kHz structured bearer service
Virtual call and permanent virtual circuit
bearer service category
Connectionless bearer service category
Empty Recommendation. This
service has only been identified
and requires further study
User signalling bearer service category
Frame relay multicast
Definition of teleservices
Telephony
Teletex
Telefax 4
Mixed mode
Videotex
Telex
Telephony 7 kHz teleservice
Teleaction stage one service description
Definition of supplementary services
Direct-dialling-In
Multiple Subscriber Number
Calling Line Identification Presentation
Calling Line Identification Restriction
Connected Line Identification
Presentation (COLP)
Connected Line Identification Restriction
(COLR)
Malicious call Identification
Sub-addressing supplementary service
Calling name identification presentation
Calling name identification restriction
Call Transfer
Call Forwarding Busy
Call Forwarding No Reply
Call Forwarding Unconditional
Call Deflection
Line Hunting (LH)
Explicit call transfer
Call waiting (CW) supplementary service
77 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.253.2 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.253.3 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.253.4 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.254.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.254.2 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.254.5 (05/1997)
ITU-T I.255.1 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.255.2 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.255.3 (07/1990)
04.08.1992
19.07.1996
19.07.1996
25.11.1988
04.08.1992
30.05.1997
04.08.1992
19.07.1996
02.07.1990
ITU-T I.255.4 (07/1990)
ITU-T I.255.5 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.256.1 (11/1988)
02.07.1990
04.08.1992
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.256.2a (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.256.2b (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.256.2c (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.256.3 (08/1992)
ITU-T I.257.1 (10/1995)
ITU-T I.258.1 (10/1995)
ITU-T I.258.2 (02/1995)
ITU-T I.259.1 (07/1996)
ITU-T I.310 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.311 (08/1996)
ITU-T I.311 (1996) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T I.312/Q.1201 (10/1992)
04.08.1992
03.10.1995
03.10.1995
21.02.1995
19.07.1996
12.03.1993
27.08.1996
10.03.2000
ITU-T I.313 (09/1997)
ITU-T I.320 (11/1993)
ITU-T I.321 (04/1991)
19.09.1997
26.11.1993
05.04.1991
ITU-T I.322 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.324 (10/1991)
ITU-T I.325 (03/1993)
25.10.1991
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.326 (03/2003)
16.03.2003
ITU-T I.327 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.328/Q.1202 (09/1997)
12.03.1993
12.09.1997
ITU-T I.329/Q.1203 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T I.330 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.333 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
01.10.1992
Call Hold
Completion of calls to busy subscribers
Completion of calls on no reply
Conference calling (CONF)
Three-Party Supplementary Service
Meet-me conference
Closed User Group
Support of Private Numbering Plans
Multi-level precedence and preemption
service (MLPP)
Priority service
Outgoing call barring
Credit card calling (CRED)
Empty Recommendation. This
subject has only been identified
and is left for further study
Advice of charge: charging information at
call set-up time (AOC-S)
Advice of charge: charging information
during the call (AOC-D)
Advice of charge: charging information at
the end of the call (AOC-E)
Reverse charging
User-to-User Signalling (UUS)
Terminal portability (TP)
In-call modification (IM)
Address screening (ADS)
ISDN – Network functional principles
B-ISDN general network aspects
Principles of intelligent network
architecture
B-ISDN network requirements
ISDN protocol reference model
B-ISDN protocol reference model and its
application
Generic protocol reference model for
telecommunication networks
ISDN network architecture
Reference configurations for ISDN
connection types
Functional architecture of transport
networks based on ATM
B-ISDN functional architecture
Intelligent network – Service plane
architecture
Intelligent network – Global functional
plane architecture
ISDN numbering and addressing principles
Terminal selection in ISDN
This Recommendation is
published with the double
This Recommendation is
published with the double
This Recommendation is
published with the double
78 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.334 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.340 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.350 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.352 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.353 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.354 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.355 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T I.356 (03/2000)
ITU-T I.356 (2000) Amd. 1
(02/2004)
ITU-T I.357 (11/2000)
10.03.2000
12.02.2004
ITU-T I.358 (09/2003)
13.09.2003
ITU-T I.359 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.361 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.363.1 (08/1996)
26.02.1999
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.363.2 (11/2000)
ITU-T I.363.3 (08/1996)
24.11.2000
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.363.5 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.364 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.365.1 (11/1993)
26.11.1993
ITU-T I.365.2 (11/1995)
02.11.1995
ITU-T I.365.3 (11/1995)
02.11.1995
ITU-T I.365.4 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.366.1 (06/1998)
01.06.1998
ITU-T I.366.2 (11/2000)
24.11.2000
March 2015 Edition
24.11.2000
Principles relating ISDN numbers/subaddresses to the OSI reference model
network layer addresses
ISDN connection types
General aspects of quality of service and
network performance in digital networks,
including ISDNs
Network performance objectives for
connection processing delays in an ISDN
Reference events for defining ISDN and BISDN performance parameters
Network performance objectives for
packet-mode communication in an ISDN
ISDN 64 kbit/s connection type availability
performance
B-ISDN ATM layer cell transfer
New Appendix V – Support of Y.1541 QoS
classes 0 and 2 in ATM-based networks
B-ISDN semi-permanent connection
availability
Call processing performance for switched
virtual channel connections (VCCs) in a BAccuracy and dependability of ISDN 64
kbit/s circuit-mode connection types
B-ISDN ATM layer specification
Type 1 AAL
Results from the subdivision of
ITU-T Rec. I.363 (1993-03)
Type 2 AAL
Type 3/4 AAL
Results from the subdivision of
ITU-T Rec. I.363 (1993-03)
Type 5 AAL
Results from the subdivision of
ITU-T Rec. I.363 (1993-03)
Support of the broadband connectionless
data bearer service by the B-ISDN
Frame relaying service specific
convergence sublayer (FR-SSCS)
Service-specific coordination function to
provide the connection-oriented network
service
Service-specific coordination function to
provide the connection-oriented transport
service
Service-specific convergence sublayer for
HDLC applications
Segmentation and Reassembly Service
Specific Convergence Sublayer for the AAL
type 2
AAL type 2 service specific convergence
sublayer for narrow-band services
79 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.366.2 (2000) Cor. 1
(03/2002)
ITU-T I.370 (10/1991)
16.03.2002
ITU-T I.371 (03/2004)
29.03.2004
ITU-T I.372 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.373 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.375.1 (06/1998)
ITU-T I.375.2 (06/1998)
01.06.1998
01.06.1998
ITU-T I.375.3 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T I.376 (03/1995)
19.03.1995
ITU-T I.377 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T I.378 (12/2002)
14.12.2002
ITU-T I.378 (2002) Amd. 1
(08/2003)
ITU-T I.381 (03/2001)
ITU-T I.410 (11/1988)
01.08.2003
ITU-T I.411 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.412 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.413 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.414 (09/1997)
12.03.1993
19.09.1997
ITU-T I.420 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.421 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.430 (11/1995)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
02.11.1995
ITU-T I.431 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.431 (1993) Amd. 1
(06/1997)
ITU-T I.432.1 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.432.2 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.432.3 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.432.4 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.432.5 (06/1997)
20.06.1997
March 2015 Edition
25.10.1991
01.03.2001
25.11.1988
26.02.1999
26.02.1999
26.02.1999
26.02.1999
20.06.1997
Congestion management for the ISDN
frame relaying bearer service
Traffic control and congestion control in BISDN
Frame relaying bearer service network-tonetwork interface requirements
Network capabilities to support universal
personal telecommunication (UPT)
General aspects
Example of multimedia retrieval service
class – Video-on-demand service using an
ATM-based network
Example of multimedia distribution
service class – Switched digital
ISDN network capabilities for the support
of the teleaction service
Network requirements to support
charging and accounting in B-ISDN
Traffic control and congestion control at
the ATM Adaptation Layer type 2
New Appendix IV: Deriving AAL 2 traffic
parameters from AAL 2 link characteristics
ATM adaptation layer (AAL) Performance
General aspects and principles relating to
Recommendations on ISDN user-network
interfaces
ISDN user-network interfaces – Reference
configurations
ISDN user-network interfaces – Interface
structures and access capabilities
B-ISDN user-network interface
Overview of Recommendations on layer 1
for ISDN and B-ISDN customer accesses
Basic user-network interface
Primary rate user-network interface
Basic user-network interface – Layer 1
specification
Primary rate user-network interface –
Layer 1 specification
General characteristics
155 520 kbit/s and 622 080 kbit/s
1544 kbit/s and 2048 kbit/s operation
51 840 kbit/s operation
25 600 kbit/s operation
Results from the subdivision of
ITU-T Rec. I.432 (1993-03)
80 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.460 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.464 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.470 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.480 (03/2000)
25.11.1988
10.03.2000
ITU-T I.500 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.501 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.510 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.511 (11/1988)
ITU-T I.515 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.520 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.525 (08/1996)
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.530 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T I.555 (09/1997)
ITU-T I.570 (03/1993)
ITU-T I.571 (08/1996)
19.09.1997
12.03.1993
27.08.1996
ITU-T I.572 (03/2000)
ITU-T I.580 (11/1995)
10.03.2000
02.11.1995
ITU-T I.581 (09/1997)
19.09.1997
ITU-T I.601 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T I.610 (02/1999)
26.02.1999
ITU-T I.610 (1999) Cor. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T I.610 (1999) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T I.610 (1999) Amd. 2
(12/2006)
ITU-T I.630 (02/1999)
ITU-T I.630 (1999) Cor. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T I.630 (1999) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T I.731 (10/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T I.732 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
March 2015 Edition
Multiplexing, rate adaption and support of
existing interfaces
Multiplexing, rate adaption and support of
existing interfaces for restricted 64 kbit/s
transfer capability
Relationship of terminal functions to ISDN
1+1 protection switching for cell-based
physical layer
General structure of the ISDN
interworking Recommendations
Service interworking
Definitions and general principles for ISDN
interworking
ISDN-to-ISDN layer 1 internetwork
Parameter exchange for ISDN
General arrangements for network
interworking between ISDNs
Interworking between networks operating
at bit rates less than 64 kbit/s with 64
kbit/s-based ISDN and B-ISDN
Network interworking between an ISDN
and a public switched telephone network
Frame Relaying Bearer Service
Public/private ISDN interworking
Connection of VSAT based private
networks to the public ISDN
VSAT interconnection with the PSTN
General arrangements for interworking
between B-ISDN and 64 kbit/s based ISDN
General arrangements for B-ISDN
interworking
General maintenance principles of ISDN
subscriber access and subscriber
B-ISDN operation and maintenance
principles and functions
10.03.2000
22.12.2006
26.02.1999
10.03.2000
Measurement of round trip delay using
loopback cell
ATM protection switching
10.03.2000
06.10.2000
Types and general characteristics of ATM
equipment
Functional characteristics of ATM
81 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T I.733 (03/2009)
16.03.2009
ITU-T I.741 (07/1999)
02.07.1999
ITU-T I.751 (03/1996)
20.03.1996
ITU-T I.761 (03/2000)
ITU-T I.762 (03/2000)
ITU-T I Suppl. 1 (03/1998)
10.03.2000
10.03.2000
09.03.1998
ITU-T J.2 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.11 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.12 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.13 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.14 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.15 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.16 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.17 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.18 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.19 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.21 (08/1994)
22.08.1994
ITU-T J.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.24 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.25 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.26 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
Voice on ATM circuit multiplication
equipment
Interworking and interconnection
between ATM and switched telephone
networks for the transmission of speech,
voiceband data and audio signals
Asynchronous transfer mode
management of the network element
Inverse multiplexing for ATM (IMA)
ATM over fractional physical links
Generic service descriptions for ten
supplementary services defined in I.250Series Recommendations
Guidelines on the use of some ITU-T
Recommendations in the J series
Hypothetical reference circuits for soundprogramme transmissions
Types of sound-programme circuits
established over the international
telephone network
Definitions for international soundprogramme circuits
Relative levels and impedances on an
international sound-programme
Lining-up and monitoring an international
sound-programme connection
Measurement of weighted noise in soundprogramme circuits
Pre-emphasis used on sound-programme
circuits
Crosstalk in sound-programme circuits set
up on carrier systems
A conventional test signal simulating
sound-programme signals for measuring
interference in other channels
Performance characteristics of 15 kHztype sound-programme circuits – Circuits
for high quality monophonic and
stereophonic transmissions
Performance characteristics of 7 kHz type
(narrow bandwidth) sound-programme
circuits
Modulation of signals carried by soundprogramme circuits by interfering signals
from power supply sources
Estimation of transmission performance
of sound-programme circuits shorter or
longer than the hypothetical reference
circuit
Test
signals to be used on international
sound-programme connections
Formerly equivalent to CCIR
502-2
Formerly equivalent to CCIR
571-2
Formerly equivalent to CCIR
503
Former CCIR 474-1. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.24
Former CCIR 605-1. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.25
Former CCIR 645-1. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.26
82 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.27 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.41 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.42 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.51 (08/1994)
22.08.1994
ITU-T J.52 (07/1996)
11.07.1996
ITU-T J.52 (1996) Amd. 1
(09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.53 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.54 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.55 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.57 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.61 (1988) Amd. 1
(06/2007)
ITU-T J.62 (11/1988)
20.06.2007
ITU-T J.63 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.64 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.65 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T J.66 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
Signals for the alignment of international
sound-programme connections
Characteristics of equipment for the
coding of analogue high quality sound
programme signals for transmission on
384 kbit/s channels
Characteristics
of equipment for the
coding of analogue medium quality soundprogramme signals for transmission on
384-kbit/s channels
General principles and user requirements
for the digital transmission of high quality
sound programmes
Digital transmission of high-quality soundprogramme signals using one, two or
three 64 kbit/s channels per mono signal
(and up to six per stereo signal)
New Appendix II – Extracts from EBU
specification of an ISDN Codec capable of
delivering high-quality audio
Sampling frequencies to be used for the
digital transmission of studio-quality and
high-quality sound-programme signals
Transmission of analogue high-quality
sound-programme signals on mixed
analogue-and-digital circuits using 384
kbit/s channels
Digital
transmission of high-quality soundprogramme signals on distribution circuits
using 480 kbit/s (496 kbit/s) per audio
channel
Transmission
of digital studio quality
sound signals over H1 channels
Transmission performance of television
circuits designed for use in international
connections
Former CCIR 661-1. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.27
Single value of the signal-to-noise ratio for
all television systems
Insertion of test signals in the fieldblanking interval of monochrome and
colour television signals
Definitions of parameters for simplified
automatic measurement of television
insertion test signals
Standard test signal for conventional
loading of a television channel
Transmission of one sound programme
associated with analogue television signal
by means of time division multiplex in the
line synchronizing pulse
Identical to CCIR 568
Former CCIR 660. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.54
Former CCIR 718. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.55
Former CCIR 724. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.57
Identical to CCIR 567
Identical to CCIR 473
Identical to CCIR 569
Identical to CCIR 570
Identical to CCIR 572
83 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.67 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.68 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.80 (09/1993)
08.09.1993
ITU-T J.81 (09/1993)
08.09.1993
ITU-T J.81 (1993) Amd. 1
(10/1995)
24.10.1995
ITU-T J.81 (1993) Cor. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T J.81 (1993) Amd. 2
(03/1998)
ITU-T J.82 (07/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T J.83 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.84 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.85 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.86 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.87 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.88 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.89 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.90 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.91 (08/1994)
22.08.1994
March 2015 Edition
18.03.1998
11.07.1996
Test signals and measurement techniques
for transmission circuits carrying
MAC/packet signals
Hypothetical reference chain for television
transmissions over very long distances
Transmission of component-coded digital
television signals for contribution-quality
applications at bit rates near 140 Mbit/s
Transmission of component-coded digital
television signals for contribution-quality
applications at the third hierarchical level
of ITU-T Recommendation G.702
Appendix II to Annex A to
Recommendation J.81 – Guidelines for
implementation of a complete television
codec
Appendix IV to Annex A – Results of 34
Mbit/s codec interworking tests (February
Transport of MPEG-2 constant bit rate
television signals in B-ISDN
Digital multi-programme systems for
television, sound and data services for
cable distribution
Distribution of digital multi-programme
signals for television, sound and data
services through SMATV networks
Digital television transmission over long
distances – General principles
Mixed analogue-and-digital transmission
of analogue composite television signals
over long distances
Use of hybrid cable television links for the
secondary distribution of television into
the user's premises
Transmission of enhanced definition
television signals over digital links
Transport Mechanism for componentcoded digital television signals using
MPEG-2 4:2:2 P@ML including all service
elements for contribution and primary
distributionprogramme guides for delivery
Electronic
by digital cable television and similar
methods – Reference operating scenario
and requirements
Technical methods for ensuring privacy in
long-distance international television
transmission
Former CCIR 603. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.68
Approved by ITU-R Plennary
assembly in September 1993 as
ITU-R 721-2. Transferred to ITUT and published
Approved
by ITU-R
as J.80
Plennary
assembly in September 1993 as
ITU-R 723-1. Transferred to ITUT and published as J.81
Former CCIR 604-2. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.85
Former CCIR 658-1. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.86
84 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.92 (04/1997)
22.04.1997
ITU-T J.93 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
ITU-T J.94 (11/1998)
19.11.1998
ITU-T J.94 (1998) Amd. 1
(10/2000)
ITU-T J.94 (1998) Amd. 2
(03/2001)
ITU-T J.95 (09/1999)
06.10.2000
ITU-T J.96 (07/2002)
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.97 (07/2002)
ITU-T J.98 (05/2003)
29.07.2002
14.05.2003
ITU-T J.100 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.101 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T J.110 (04/1997)
22.04.1997
ITU-T J.111 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
ITU-T J.112 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
ITU-T J.112 Annex A
(03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.112 Annex C
(02/2002)
13.02.2002
ITU-T J.112 Annex B
(03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T J.113 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
March 2015 Edition
09.03.2001
17.09.1999
Recommended operating guidelines for
point-to-point transmission of television
programmes
Requirements for conditional access in the
secondary distribution of digital television
on cable television systems
Service information for digital
broadcasting in cable television systems
Annex B – Service information delivered
out of band for digital cable television
Revised Annex C – Service information for
digital multi-programme System C
Copy protection of intellectual property
for content delivered on cable television
Technical method for ensuring privacy in
long-distance international MPEG-2
television transmission conforming to ITUT Recommendation J.89
Metadata on cable networks
Metadata requirements for video-ondemand in cable networks
Tolerances for transmission time
differences between the vision and sound
components of a television signal
Measurement methods and test
procedures for teletext signals
Basic principles for a worldwide common
family of systems for the provision of
interactive television services
Network independent protocols for
interactive systems
Former CCIR 717. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.100
Former CCIR 720. Transferred
to ITU-T on 1993-03-12 as J.101
Guidelines for the
implementation of Rec. J.111
may be found in Supplement 3
Transmission systems for interactive cable Example
to J seriesof(1998)
linking options
television services
between annexes of Rec. J.112
and annexes of Rec. J.83 may
be found in Supplement 1 to J
series (1998). Guidelines for
the implementation of annex A
Digital Video Broadcasting: DVB
of Rec. J.112 may be found in
interaction channel for Cable TV (CATV)
distribution systems
Data-over-cable service interface
specifications: Radio-frequency interface
specification using QAM technique
Data-over-cable service interface
specifications: Radio-frequency interface
specification
Digital video broadcasting interaction
channel through the PSTN/ISDN
85 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.114 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.115 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.116 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.117 (09/1999)
ITU-T J.118 (05/2000)
17.09.1999
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.120 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.121 (02/2002)
ITU-T J.122 (12/2007)
13.02.2002
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.123 (07/2002)
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.124 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T J.125 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.126 (12/2007)
ITU-T J.127 (06/2004)
14.12.2007
29.06.2004
ITU-T J.128 (10/2008)
29.10.2008
ITU-T J.131 (03/1998)
ITU-T J.132 (03/1998)
ITU-T J.133 (07/2002)
18.03.1998
18.03.1998
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.140 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
ITU-T J.141 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.142 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.143 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.144 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T J.145 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
March 2015 Edition
Interaction channel using digital enhanced
cordless telecommunications
Interaction channel using the global
system for mobile communications
Interaction channel for local multipoint
distribution systems
Home digital network interface
Access systems for interactive services on
SMATV/MATV networks
Distribution of sound and television
This Recommendation includes
programs over the IP network
an electronic attachment
containing sample source code
Quality control protocol for webcasting
and some tools for
Second-generation transmission systems
for interactive cable television services –
IP cable modems
Multiplexing format for webcasting on the
TCP/IP network
Multiplexing format for multimedia
webcasting over TCP/IP networks
Link privacy for cable modem
implementations
Embedded Cable Modem device
Transmission protocol for multimedia
webcasting over TCP/IP networks
Set-top gateway specification for
transmission systems for interactive cable
television services
Transport of MPEG-2 signals in PDH
Transport of MPEG-2 signals in SDH
Measurement of MPEG-2 transport
streams in networks
Subjective picture quality assessment for
digital cable television systems
Performance indicators for data services
delivered over digital cable television
systems
Methods for the measurement of
parameters in the transmission of digital
cable television signals
User requirements for objective
perceptual video quality measurements in
digital cable television
Objective perceptual video quality
measurement techniques for digital cable
television in the presence of a full
reference
Measurement
and control of the quality
of service for sound transmission over
contribution and distribution networks
86 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.146 (07/2002)
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.147 (07/2002)
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.148 (05/2003)
14.05.2003
ITU-T J.149 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T J.150 (03/1998)
18.03.1998
ITU-T J.150 (1998) Amd. 1
(09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T J.150 (1998) Amd. 2
(03/2001)
ITU-T J.151 (10/2000)
ITU-T J.160 (11/2005)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.161 (06/2007)
20.06.2007
ITU-T J.162 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.163 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.164 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.166 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.167 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.170 (11/2005)
ITU-T J.171.0 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.171.1 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.171.2 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.172 (11/2005)
ITU-T J.173 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
29.11.2005
March 2015 Edition
06.10.2000
29.11.2005
Loop latency issues in contribution circuits
for conversational TV programmes
Objective picture quality measurement
method by use of in-service test signals
Requirements for an objective perceptual
multimedia quality model
Method for specifying accuracy and crosscalibration of Video Quality Metrics
Operational functionalities for the delivery
of digital multiprogramme television,
sound and data services through
multichannel, multipoint distribution
systems (MMDS)
Additions
to Recommendation J.150 to
also encompass local multipoint
distribution systems (LMDS)
RF remodulator interface for digital
Architectural framework for the delivery
of time-critical services over cable
television networks using cable modems
Audio and video codec requirements and
usage for the provision of bidirectional
audio services over cable television
networks using cable modems
Network call signalling protocol for the
delivery of time-critical services over cable
television networks using cable modems
Dynamic quality of service for the
provision of real-time services over cable
television networks using cable modems
Event message requirements for the
support of real-time services over cable
television networks using cable modems
IPCablecom Management Information
Base (MIB) framework
Media terminal adapter (MTA) device
provisioning requirements for the delivery
of real-time services over cable television
networks using cable modems
IPCablecom security specification
IPCablecom trunking gateway control
protocol (TGCP): Profiles overview
IPCablecom trunking gateway control
protocol (TGCP): Profile 1
IPCablecom trunking gateway control
protocol (TGCP): Profile 2
IPCablecom management event
IPCablecom embedded MTA primary line
support
ITU-T Rec. J.171 (2002) was
reorganized into J.171.0, .1 and
ITU-T Rec. J.171 (2002) was
reorganized into J.171.0, .1 and
ITU-T Rec. J.171 (2002) was
reorganized into J.171.0, .1 and
87 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.175 (11/2005)
ITU-T J.177 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.178 (11/2005)
ITU-T J.179 (11/2005)
ITU-T J.180 (05/2000)
29.11.2005
29.11.2005
18.05.2000
ITU-T J.181 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T J.181 (2014) Amd. 1
(09/2014)
ITU-T J.182 (03/2001)
12.09.2014
ITU-T J.183 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.184 (03/2001)
09.03.2001
ITU-T J.185 (06/2012)
13.06.2012
ITU-T J.186 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.187 (07/2002)
29.07.2002
ITU-T J.187 (2002) Cor. 1
(04/2003)
ITU-T J.188 (07/2002)
04.04.2003
ITU-T J.189 (07/2002)
ITU-T J.189 (2002) Cor. 1
(04/2003)
ITU-T J.190 (07/2007)
ITU-T J.191 (03/2004)
ITU-T J.192 (11/2005)
29.07.2002
04.04.2003
ITU-T J.193 (06/2004)
29.06.2004
March 2015 Edition
09.03.2001
29.07.2002
29.07.2007
15.03.2004
29.11.2005
Audio server protocol
IPCablecom CMS subscriber provisioning
specification
IPCablecom CMS to CMS signalling
IPCablecom support for multimedia
User requirements for statistical
multiplexing of several programmes on a
transmission channel
Digital program insertion cueing message
for cable television systems
New Appendix II: Recommended practices
for the implementation of ITU-T J.181
Parameter sets for analogue interface
specifications for the interconnection of
set-top boxes and presentation devices in
the home
Time-division multiplexing of multiple
MPEG-2 transport streams over cable
television systems
Digital broadband delivery system: Out-ofband transport
Transmission equipment for transferring
multi-channel television signals over
optical access networks by frequency
modulation conversion
Transmission equipment for multi-channel
television signals over optical access
networks by sub-carrier multiplexing
(SCM)
Transport
mechanism for componentcoded digital high-definition television
signals using MPEG-2 video coding
including all service elements for
contribution and primary distribution
A framework for an efficient parallel video
transmission system including codecs with
functions of failure detection and picture
quality evaluation
Seamless splicing for MPEG-2 bit streams
Architecture of MediaHomeNet
IP feature package to enhance cable
A residential gateway to support the
delivery of cable data services
Requirements for the next generation of
set-top-boxes
88 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.195.1 (03/2013)
01.03.2013
ITU-T J.195.2 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.195.3 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.197 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.199 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.200 (04/2010)
29.11.2006
29.04.2010
ITU-T J.201 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.202 (08/2010)
13.08.2010
ITU-T J.203 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.204 (06/2008)
ITU-T J.205 (01/2012)
13.06.2008
13.01.2012
ITU-T J.205 (2012) Cor. 1
(01/2013)
18.01.2013
ITU-T J.205 (2012) Cor. 2
(10/2014)
ITU-T J.206 (03/2013)
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.210 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.211 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.212 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.213 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.214 (07/2007)
ITU-T J.215 (12/2007)
ITU-T J.218 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
14.12.2007
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.222.0 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
March 2015 Edition
01.03.2013
Functional requirements for high speed
transmission over coaxial networks
connected with fibre to the building
Physical layer specification for high speed
transmission over coaxial networks
Medium Access Control layer specification
for high speed transmission over coaxial
networks
High level requirements for a Digital
Rights Management (DRM) bridge from a
cable access network to a home network
Battery backup for cable-based devices
Worldwide common core – Application
environment for digital interactive
television services
Harmonization of declarative content
format for interactive television
Harmonization of procedural content
formats for interactive TV applications
Common core for digital video recorder
platform
Metrics gathering specification
Requirements for an application control
framework using integrated broadcast and
broadband digital television
Requirements for an application control
framework using integrated broadcast and
broadband digital television
Architecture for an application control
framework using integrated broadcast and
broadband digital television
Downstream RF interface for cable
modem termination systems
Timing interface for cable modem
termination systems
Downstream external Physical layer
interface for modular cable modem
termination systems
Layer 2 virtual private networks for IP
cable modem systems
Cable modem TDM emulation interface
Client digital program insertion API
Cable modem IPv4 and IPv6 eRouter
specification
Third-generation transmission systems for
interactive cable television services – IP
cable modems: Overview
89 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.222.1 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.222.2 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.222.3 (11/2007)
02.11.2007
ITU-T J.240 (06/2004)
29.06.2004
ITU-T J.241 (04/2005)
06.04.2005
ITU-T J.242 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T J.243 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.244 (04/2008)
06.04.2008
ITU-T J.245 (08/2008)
13.08.2008
ITU-T J.246 (08/2008)
13.08.2008
ITU-T J.247 (08/2008)
13.08.2008
ITU-T J.248 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.249 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T J.260 (01/2005)
21.01.2005
ITU-T J.261 (10/2009)
30.10.2009
March 2015 Edition
Third-generation transmission systems for
interactive cable television services – IP
cable modems: Physical layer specification
Third-generation transmission systems for
interactive cable television services – IP
cable modems: MAC and Upper Layer
protocols
Third-generation
transmission systems for
interactive cable television services – IP
cable modems: Security services
Framework for remote monitoring of
transmitted picture signal-to-noise ratio
using spread-spectrum and orthogonal
transform
Quality
of service ranking and
measurement methods for digital video
services delivered over broadband IP
networks
A
method to reconstruct the received
video sequence seen at the receiver using
transmission error information to monitor
the perceptual video quality at the
receiver in digital cable television and
video telephony
Requirements
for operational monitoring
in television programme transmission
Full reference and reduced reference
calibration methods for video
transmission systems with constant
misalignment of spatial and temporal
domains with constant gain and offset
Subjective assessment method of picture
quality assessed in the home
Perceptual visual quality measurement
techniques for multimedia services over
digital cable television networks in the
presence of a reduced bandwidth
reference perceptual multimedia video
Objective
quality measurement in the presence of a
full reference
Requirements for operational monitoring
of video-to-audio delay in the distribution
of television programs
Perceptual video quality measurement
techniques for digital cable television in
the presence of a reduced reference
Requirements for preferential
telecommunications over IPCablecom
networks
Framework for implementing preferential
telecommunications in IPCablecom and
IPCablecom2 networks
90 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.262 (10/2009)
30.10.2009
ITU-T J.263 (10/2009)
30.10.2009
ITU-T J.280 (03/2013)
01.03.2013
ITU-T J.281 (03/2005)
01.03.2005
ITU-T J.282 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.283 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.284 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.285 (12/2007)
14.12.2007
ITU-T J.286 (03/2009)
22.03.2009
ITU-T J.287 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T J.290 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.291 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.292 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.293 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.294 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T J.295 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T J.296 (06/2012)
ITU-T J.301 (10/2014)
29.06.2012
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.340 (06/2010)
29.06.2010
ITU-T J.341 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
March 2015 Edition
Specifications for authentication in
preferential telecommunications over
IPCablecom2 networks
Specification for priority in preferential
telecommunications over IPCablecom2
networks
Digital program insertion: Splicing
application program interface
Requirements for multichannel video
signal transmission over IP-based fibre
Architecture of multi-channel video signal
distribution over IP-based networks
IP network architecture with network
layer route diversity providing resilient IP
multicast video distribution
Requirements and framework for
gathering electronic content over IP-based
Architecture for synchronised programme
transfer with pull operation over IP-based
networks
Seamless splicing for heterogeneous ITU-T
H.262 | ISO/IEC 13818-2 (MPEG-2 video)
and ITU-T H.264 | ISO/IEC 14496-10
bitstreams system to compression
Automation
system communications application
program interface
Next generation set-top box core
Next generation set-top-box cable
architecture
Next generation set-top box mediaindependent architecture
Component definition and interface
specification for the next generation settop box
Residential gateway requirements for the
support of broadcast and IP-based
interactive services over cable television
networks requirements for a hybrid cable
Functional
set-top box
Specifications for a hybrid cable set-top
Requirements of augmented reality smart
television systems
Reference algorithm for computing peak
signal to noise ratio of a processed video
sequence with compensation for constant
spatial shifts, constant temporal shift, and
constant luminance gain and offset
Objective perceptual multimedia video
quality measurement of HDTV for digital
cable television in the presence of a full
reference
91 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.342 (04/2011)
29.04.2011
ITU-T J.343 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.1 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.2 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.3 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.4 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.5 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.343.6 (11/2014)
29.11.2014
ITU-T J.360 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.360 (2006) Amd. 1
(06/2007)
ITU-T J.360 (2006) Amd. 2
(06/2008)
ITU-T J.361 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.362 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.363 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
20.06.2007
ITU-T J.365 (11/2006)
ITU-T J.366.0 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.366.1 (07/2007)
ITU-T J.366.2 (08/2010)
29.07.2007
29.08.2010
March 2015 Edition
13.06.2008
29.11.2006
29.11.2006
29.11.2006
Objective multimedia video quality
measurement of HDTV for digital cable
television in the presence of a reduced
reference signal
Hybrid perceptual bitstream models for
objective video quality measurements
Hybrid-NRe objective perceptual video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of encrypted bitstream data
Hybrid-NR objective perceptual video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of non-encrypted bitstream data
Hybrid-RRe objective perceptual video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of a reduced reference signal
and encrypted bitstream data
Hybrid-RR objective perceptual video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of a reduced reference signal
and non-encrypted bitstream data
Hybrid-FRe objective perceptual video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of a full reference signal and
encrypted objective
Hybrid-FR
bitstreamperceptual
data
video
quality measurement for HDTV and
multimedia IP-based video services in the
presence of a full reference signal and nonencrypted bitstream data
IPCablecom2 architecture framework
New appendix IV – Home subscriber
server (HSS)
Modification to provisioning
IPCablecom2 codec and media
IPCablecom2 control point discovery
IPCablecom2 data collection to support
accounting
IPCablecom2 application manager
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Delta Recommendations overview
Organization of subscriber data
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Session handling – IM call model –
Stage 2 specification
Published in English only
Published in English only
92 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.366.3 (08/2010)
29.08.2010
ITU-T J.366.4 (08/2010)
29.08.2010
ITU-T J.366.5 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.366.6 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.366.7 (08/2010)
29.08.2010
ITU-T J.366.8 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.366.9 (11/2006)
29.11.2006
ITU-T J.366.10 (07/2007)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.367 (06/2008)
ITU-T J.368 (06/2008)
ITU-T J.369 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
13.06.2008
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.370 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.380.1 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.2 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.3 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.4 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.5 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.6 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.7 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.380.8 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T J.381 (09/2012)
22.09.2012
March 2015 Edition
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Stage 2 specification
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and
Session Description Protocol (SDP) – Stage
3 specification
IP multimedia subsystem Cx and Dx
interfaces; Signalling flows and message
contents specification
Specification of the Cx and Dx interfaces
based on the Diameter protocol
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Access security for IP-based
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Network domain security
IPCablecom2 IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS): Generic authentication architecture
specification (3GPP TS 33.220)
Zh and Zn interfaces based on the
Diameter protocol; Stage 3 specification
IPCablecom2 presence specification
IPCablecom2 quality of service
IPCablecom2 E-UE provisioning
framework specification
IPCablecom2 embedded user equipment
provisioning data model specification
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces – Advertising systems
overview
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Core data elements
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Management
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Content information
service
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Placement
opportunity information service
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Subscriber
information service
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - Message transport
Digital program insertion - Advertising
systems interfaces - General information
service
Requirements for advanced digital cable
transmission technologies
Published in English only
Published in English only
Published in English only
Published in English only
Published in English only
Published in English only
Published in English only
93 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.382 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T J.388 (08/2010)
29.08.2010
ITU-T J.460.0 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.460.1 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.460.2 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.460.3 (09/2008)
19.09.2008
ITU-T J.460.4 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.600 (06/2004)
29.06.2004
ITU-T J.601 (11/2005)
29.11.2005
ITU-T J.601 (2005) Amd. 1
(07/2007)
ITU-T J.602 (06/2008)
29.07.2007
ITU-T J.603 (04/2011)
29.04.2011
ITU-T J.604 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T J.700 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T J.701 (10/2008)
ITU-T J.702 (10/2008)
29.10.2008
29.10.2008
ITU-T J.703 (03/2010)
ITU-T J.704 (12/2009)
01.03.2010
14.12.2009
ITU-T J.705 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T J.706 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
March 2015 Edition
13.06.2008
Advanced digital downstream
transmission systems for television, sound
and data services for cable distribution
Real-time video and audio transmission
system over IP networks
IPCablecom2 residential SIP telephony:
Feature definition
IPCablecom2 residential SIP telephony:
Feature specification
IPCablecom2 residential SIP telephony:
embedded digital voice adapter (E-DVA)
specification
IPCablecom2 residential SIP telephony:
Usage data recording
IPCablecom2 residential SIP telephony:
Embedded-user equipment provisioning
specification
Transport of Large Screen Digital Imagery
(LSDI) applications that employ MPEG-2
encoded HDTV signals
Transport of Large Screen Digital Imagery
(LSDI) applications for its expanded
Modification of required picture and
scanning characteristics
Network service operator's requirements
for real-time transmission of exLSDI
signals under parallel processing
functionality
Real-time
transmission system for signals
of an expanded hierarchy of large screen
digital imagery using spatial image
segmentation for parallel processing
Requirements for a scalable video
transmission system over cable networks
IPTV service requirements and framework
for secondary distribution
Broadcast-centric IPTV terminal
Enablement of current terminal devices
for the support of IPTV services
IPTV client control interface definition
Functional requirements of the service
provider interface for television primary
and secondary distribution and associated
interactive services
IPTV client provisioning, activation,
configuration and management interface
definition
Overview of the distribution of targetspecific content
94 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T J.707 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T J.800.0 (08/2008)
ITU-T J.800.1 (08/2008)
ITU-T J.800.2 (06/2008)
ITU-T J.900 (10/2014)
22.08.2008
22.08.2008
13.06.2008
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.901 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T J.902 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T J.1001 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T J.1002 (03/2013)
01.03.2013
ITU-T J.1003 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T J.1101 (06/2012)
13.06.2012
ITU-T J Suppl. 1 (11/1998)
19.11.1998
ITU-T J Suppl. 2 (11/1998)
19.11.1998
ITU-T J Suppl. 3 (11/1998)
19.11.1998
ITU-T J Suppl. 5 (09/1999)
17.09.1999
ITU-T K.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.6 (11/1988)
ITU-T K.7 (11/1988)
ITU-T K.8 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.9 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.10 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
Messages and protocols enabling the
distribution of target-specific content
within integrated broadband cable
networks
Cable
assigned names and numbers
Cable DHCP Registry
Cable definition MIB specification
Requirements for stereoscopic threedimensional television service over hybrid
fibre and coaxial based networks
Requirements for the free viewpoint
television (FTV) video transmission system
Multilayered data structure for scalable
view-range representation
Requirements for renewable conditional
access system
Pairing protocol specification for
renewable conditional access system
Specifications of network protocol for
renewable conditional access system
Functional requirements for IP-based
switched digital video using data over
cable service interface specifications
Example of linking options between
annexes of ITU-T Recommendation J.112
and annexes of ITU-T Recommendation
J.83
Guidelines
for the implementation of
annex A of Recommendation J.112,
"Transmission systems for interactive
cable television services" – Example of
digital video broadcasting (DVB)
interaction channel for cable television
distributionfor the implementation of
Guidelines
Recommendation J.111 "Network
independent protocols" – Example of
digital video broadcasting (DVB) systems
for interactive services
Guidelines on the use of some ITU-T
Recommendations in the J series
Joint use of poles for electricity
distribution and for telecommunications
Precautions at crossings
Protection against acoustic shock
Separation in the soil between
telecommunication cables and earthing
system of power facilities
Protection of telecommunication staff and
plant against a large earth potential due
to a neighbouring electric traction line
Low frequency interference due to
unbalance about earth of
95 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T K.11 (01/2009)
13.01.2009
ITU-T K.12 (05/2010)
29.05.2010
ITU-T K.13 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.14 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.18 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.19 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.20 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T K.21 (2011) Erratum 1
(05/2014)
ITU-T K.21 (11/2011)
12.05.2014
ITU-T K.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.24 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T K.26 (04/2008)
13.04.2008
ITU-T K.27 (05/1996)
08.05.1996
ITU-T K.28 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.29 (01/1992)
15.01.1992
ITU-T K.34 (07/2003)
29.07.2003
ITU-T K.35 (05/1996)
08.05.1996
ITU-T K.36 (05/1996)
ITU-T K.37 (02/1999)
08.05.1996
26.02.1999
March 2015 Edition
13.11.2011
Principles of protection against
overvoltages and overcurrents
Characteristics of gas discharge tubes for
the protection of telecommunications
installations
Induced voltages in cables with plasticinsulated conductors
Provision of a metallic screen in plasticsheathed cables
Calculation of voltage induced into
telecommunication lines from radio
station broadcasts and methods of
reducing interference
Joint use of trenches and tunnels for
telecommunication and power cables
Resistibility of telecommunication
equipment installed in a
telecommunications centre to
overvoltages and overcurrents
Resistibility of telecommunication
equipment installed in customer premises
to overvoltages and overcurrents
Types of induced noise and description of
noise voltage parameters for ISDN basic
user networks
Method for measuring radio-frequency
induced noise on telecommunications
Protection of telecommunication lines
against harmful effects from electric
power and electrified railway lines
Bonding configurations and earthing
inside a telecommunication building
Parameters of thyristor-based surge
protective devices for the protection of
telecommunication installations
Coordinated protection schemes for
telecommunication cables below ground
Classification of electromagnetic
environmental conditions for
telecommunication equipment – Basic
EMC Recommendation
Bonding configurations and earthing at
remote electronic sites
Selection of protective devices
Low and high frequency EMC mitigation
techniques for telecommunication
installations and systems – Basic EMC
Recommendation
96 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T K.38 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T K.39 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T K.40 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T K.42 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T K.43 (07/2009)
14.07.2009
ITU-T K.44 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.45 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T K.46 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.47 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.48 (09/2006)
22.09.2006
ITU-T K.49 (12/2005)
16.12.2005
ITU-T K.50 (02/2000)
25.02.2000
ITU-T K.51 (07/2009)
14.07.2009
ITU-T K.52 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T K.54 (12/2004)
14.12.2004
ITU-T K.55 (08/2002)
13.08.2002
ITU-T K.56 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T K.57 (09/2003)
06.09.2003
ITU-T K.58 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
March 2015 Edition
Radiated emission test procedure for
physically large systems
Risk assessment of damages to
telecommunication sites due to lightning
discharges
Protection against LEMP in
telecommunications centres
Preparation of emission and immunity
requirements for telecommunication
equipment – General principles
Immunity requirements for
telecommunication network equipment
Resistibility tests for telecommunication
equipment exposed to overvoltages and
overcurrents – Basic Recommendation
Resistibility of telecommunication
equipment installed in the access and
trunk networks to overvoltages and
overcurrents
Protection
of telecommunication lines
using metallic symmetric conductors
against lightning-induced surges
Protection of telecommunication lines
against direct lightning flashes
EMC requirements for telecommunication
equipment – Product family
Test requirements and performance
criteria for voice terminal telephones
subject to disturbance from digital mobile
telecommunications systems
Safe limits of operating voltages and
currents for telecommunication systems
powered over the network
Safety criteria for telecommunication
equipment
Guidance on complying with limits for
human exposure to electromagnetic fields
Conducted immunity test method and
level at fundamental power frequencies
Overvoltage and overcurrent
requirements for insulation displacement
connectors (IDC) terminations
Protection of radio base stations against
lightning discharges
Protection measures for radio base
stations sited on power line towers
EMC, resistibility and safety requirements
and guidance for determining
responsibility under co-located
information and communication
technology installations
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
ITU-T K.44 (2012) Cor.1
97 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T K.59 (07/2003)
29.07.2003
ITU-T K.60 (02/2008)
29.02.2008
ITU-T K.60 (2008) Amd.1
(05/2009)
ITU-T K.61 (02/2008)
29.05.2009
ITU-T K.62 (02/2004)
29.02.2004
ITU-T K.63 (02/2004)
29.02.2004
ITU-T K.64 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T K.65 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T K.66 (06/2011)
13.06.2011
ITU-T K.67 (02/2006)
13.02.2006
ITU-T K.68 (04/2008)
13.04.2008
ITU-T K.69 (10/2006)
ITU-T K.70 (06/2007)
29.10.2006
29.06.2007
ITU-T K.70 (2007) Amd.3
(02/2013)
ITU-T K.70 (2007) Amd.4
(12/2014)
ITU-T K.71 (06/2011)
07.02.2013
March 2015 Edition
29.02.2008
19.12.2014
13.06.2011
EMC, resistibility and safety requirements
and procedures for connection to
unbundled cables
Emission levels and test methods for
wireline telecommunication networks to
minimize electromagnetic disturbance of
radio servicesto scope
Clarification
Guidance on measurement and numerical
prediction of electromagnetic fields for
compliance with human exposure limits
for telecommunication installations
System level radiated emissions
compliance using mathematical modelling
Maintaining the suitability of production
telecommunications equipment to its
intended electromagnetic environment
Safe working practices for outside
equipment installed in particular
Overvoltage and overcurrent
requirements for termination modules
with contacts for test ports or surge
protective devices
Protection
of customer premises from
overvoltages
Expected surges on telecommunications
and signalling networks due to lightning
Operator responsibilities in the
management of electromagnetic
interference by power systems on
telecommunication
Maintenance
of protective
systemsmeasures
Mitigation techniques to limit human
This Recommendation contains
exposure to EMFs in the vicinity of
a software EMF-estimator that
radiocommunication stations
implements the methodology
described in ITU-T K.70, and
gives the possibility to calculate
the cumulative exposure for
the reference levels. It also
contains the library of the
radiation patterns of
transmitting antennas for a
wide range of
radiocommunication and
broadcast services. The EMFestimator is not appropriate for
Appendix I - New version v3.0.3 of the
the equipment certification in
software EMF estimator
Appendix I – New version v.5.0 of the
software EMF-estimator
Protection of customer antenna
98 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T K.72 (06/2011)
13.06.2011
ITU-T K.73 (04/2008)
13.04.2008
ITU-T K.74 (09/2008)
22.09.2008
ITU-T K.75 (04/2008)
13.04.2008
ITU-T K.76 (07/2008)
07.07.2008
ITU-T K.77 (01/2009)
13.01.2009
ITU-T K.77 (2009) Cor.1
(05/2011)
ITU-T K.77 (2009) Amd. 1
(12/2013)
ITU-T K.78 (06/2009)
05.05.2011
ITU-T K.79 (06/2009)
13.06.2009
ITU-T K.80 (07/2009)
14.07.2009
ITU-T K.81 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T K.82 (05/2010)
29.05.2010
ITU-T K.83 (03/2011)
09.03.2011
ITU-T K.83 (2011) Erratum 1
(09/2012)
ITU-T K.83 (2011) Amd.1
(07/2014)
ITU-T K.84 (01/2011)
25.09.2012
ITU-T K.84 (2011) Amd.1
(07/2014)
ITU-T K.85 (11/2011)
29.07.2014
ITU-T K.86 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T K.87 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
March 2015 Edition
13.12.2013
29.06.2009
29.07.2014
13.01.2011
13.11.2011
Protection of telecommunication lines
using metallic conductors against lightning
– Risk management
Shielding and bonding for cables between
buildings
EMC, resistibility and safety requirements
for home network devices
Classification of interface for application
of standards on resistibility and safety of
telecommunication equipment
EMC requirements for telecommunication
network equipment (9 kHz-150 kHz)
Characteristics of metal oxide varistors for
the protection of telecommunication
New Appendix III: Characterizing thermally
protected MOVs using a.c. step stress
High altitude electromagnetic pulse
immunity guide for telecommunication
Electromagnetic characterization of the
radiated environment in the 2.4 GHz ISM
EMC requirements for telecommunication
network equipment (1 GHz - 6 GHz)
High-power electromagnetic immunity
guide for telecommunication systems
Characteristics and ratings of solid-state,
self-restoring overcurrent protectors for
the protection of telecommunications
installations
Monitoring of electromagnetic field levels The edition posted on 25 July
2011 did not reflect the correct
title. That edition was removed
and a corrected edition was
posted ononly
Concerns
20 December
the Spanish
2011.
version
Updates to the Introduction and Appendix
I of ITU-T K.83
Test methods and guide against
information leaks through unintentional
electromagnetic emissions
Deletion of a bibliographic reference
Requirements for the mitigation of
lightning effects on home networks
installed in customer premises
Method for measuring longitudinal
conversion loss (9 kHz - 30 MHz)
Guide for the application of
electromagnetic security requirements 99 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T K.88 (11/2011)
13.11.2011
ITU-T K.89 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.90 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.91 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.92 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.93 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.94 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T K.95 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T K.96 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T K.96 (2014) Amd. 1
(12/2014)
ITU-T K.97 (02/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T K.98 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T K.99 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T K.100 (12/2014)
07.12.2014
ITU-T K.101 (12/2014)
ITU-T K.102 (08/2014)
07.12.2014
29.08.2014
ITU-T K Suppl. 1 (07/2014)
29.07.2014
ITU-T K Suppl. 2 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L.1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
13.02.2014
EMC requirements for next generation
network equipment
Protection of persons inside a structure
using telecommunication services
provided by metallic conductors against
lightning - Risk management
Evaluation techniques and working
procedures for compliance with exposure
limits of network operator personnel to
power-frequency electromagnetic fields
Guidance for assessment, evaluation and
monitoring of human exposure to radio
frequency electromagnetic fields
Conducted and radiated electromagnetic
environment in home networking
Immunity of home network devices to
electromagnetic disturbances
Mutual disturbance test method for
evaluating performance degradation of
converged terminal devices
Surge parameters of isolating
transformers used in telecommunication
devices and equipment
Surge protective components: Overview
of surge mitigation functions and
Appendix II - IEC 61000-4-5 Edition 3
impulse (surge) waveshape duration
Lightning protection of distributed base
stations
Overvoltage protection guide for
telecommunication equipment installed in
customer premises
Surge protective component application
guide - Gas discharge tubes
Measurement of radio frequency
electromagnetic fields to determine
compliance with human exposure limits
when a base station is put into service
Shielding factors for lightning protection
Parameters of fixed-voltage thyristor
overvoltage protector components used
for the protection of telecommunication
installations
ITU-T K.91 – Guide on electromagnetic
fields and health
ITU-T K.52 - Calculator for equivalent
isotropic radiated power as described in
Recommendation ITU-T K.52
Construction, installation and protection
of telecommunication cables in public
100 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L.2 (11/1988)
ITU-T L.3 (11/1988)
ITU-T L.4 (11/1988)
ITU-T L.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T L.6 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T L.7 (11/1988)
ITU-T L.8 (11/1988)
ITU-T L.9 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T L.10 (12/2002)
22.12.2002
ITU-T L.11 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T L.12 (03/2008)
ITU-T L.13 (04/2003)
08.03.2008
11.04.2003
ITU-T L.14 (07/1992)
31.07.1992
ITU-T L.17 (06/1995)
20.06.1995
ITU-T L.17 App. I (02/1997)
07.02.1997
ITU-T L.18 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.19 (05/2010)
29.05.2010
ITU-T L.20 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T L.21 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T L.22 (10/1996)
ITU-T L.23 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
18.10.1996
ITU-T L.24 (11/2009)
ITU-T L.25 (01/2015)
ITU-T L.26 (12/2002)
ITU-T L.27 (10/1996)
29.11.2009
13.01.2015
22.12.2002
18.10.1996
ITU-T L.28 (10/2002)
29.10.2002
ITU-T L.29 (01/2002)
13.01.2002
March 2015 Edition
Impregnation of wooden poles
Armouring of cables
Aluminium cable sheaths
Cable sheaths made of metals other than
lead or aluminium
Methods of keeping cables under gas
The electronic copy of this
pressure
Recommendation is freely
Application of joint cathodic protection
Corrosion caused by alternating current
Methods of terminating metallic cable
conductors
Optical fibre cables for duct and tunnel
application
Joint use of tunnels by pipelines and
telecommunication cables, and the
standardization of underground duct plans
Optical fibre splices
Performance requirements for passive
optical nodes: Sealed closures for outdoor
environments
Measurement method to determine the
tensile performance of optical fibre cables
under load
Implementation of connecting customers
into the public switched telephone
network (PSTN) via optical fibres
Examples of possible applications
Sheath closures for terrestrial copper
telecommunication cables
Multi-pair copper network cable
supporting shared multiple services such
as POTS, ISDN and xDSL
Creation of a fire security code for
telecommunication facilities
Fire detection and alarm systems,
detector and sounder devices
Fire protection
Fire extinction – Classification and
location of fire extinguishing installations
and equipment on premises
Classification of outside plant waste
Optical fibre cable network maintenance
Optical fibre cables for aerial application
Method for estimating the concentration
of hydrogen in optical fibre cables
External additional protection for
marinized terrestrial cables
As-laid report and maintenance/repair log
for marinized terrestrial cable installation
101 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L.30 (11/2007)
ITU-T L.31 (10/1996)
ITU-T L.32 (10/1998)
06.11.2007
18.10.1996
09.10.1998
ITU-T L.33 (10/1998)
09.10.1998
ITU-T L.34 (10/1998)
09.10.1998
ITU-T L.35 (10/1998)
09.10.1998
ITU-T L.35 (1998) Amd. 1
(11/2007)
ITU-T L.36 (01/2015)
ITU-T L.37 (02/2007)
23.11.2007
ITU-T L.38 (09/1999)
24.09.1999
ITU-T L.39 (05/2000)
12.05.2000
ITU-T L.40 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T L.41 (05/2000)
12.05.2000
ITU-T L.43 (12/2002)
ITU-T L.44 (10/2000)
22.12.2002
06.10.2000
ITU-T L.45 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T L.46 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T L.47 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T L.48 (03/2003)
ITU-T L.49 (03/2003)
ITU-T L.50 (07/2010)
29.03.2003
29.03.2003
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.51 (04/2003)
11.04.2003
ITU-T L.53 (05/2003)
14.05.2003
ITU-T L.54 (02/2004)
06.02.2004
ITU-T L.55 (11/2003)
28.11.2003
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2015
22.02.2007
Markers on marinized terrestrial cables
Optical fibre attenuators
Protection devices for through-cable
penetrations of fire-sector partitions
Periodic control of fire extinction devices
in telecommunication buildings
Installation of Optical Fibre Ground Wire
(OPGW) cable
Installation of optical fibre cables in the
access network
New Appendix II – Korean experience with
access network installation procedures
Single-mode fibre optic connectors
Optical branching components (nonwavelength selective)
Use of trenchless techniques for the
construction of underground
infrastructures for telecommunication
cable installation
Investigation
of the soil before using
trenchless techniques
Optical fibre outside plant maintenance
The text of this
support, monitoring and testing system
Recommendation includes
Maintenance wavelength on fibres
carrying signals
Optical fibre cables for buried application
Electric power supply for equipment
installed as outside plant
Minimizing the effect on the environment
from the outside plant in
telecommunication networks
Protection of telecommunication cables
and plant from biological attack
Access facilities using hybrid fibre/copper
networks
Mini-trench installation technique
Micro-trench installation technique
Requirements for passive optical nodes:
Optical distribution frames for central
office environments
Passive node elements for fibre optic
networks – General principles and
definitions for characterization and
performance evaluation
Optical fibre maintenance criteria for
access networks
Splice closure for marinized terrestrial
cables (MTC)
Digital database for marine cables and
pipelines
102 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L.56 (05/2003)
14.05.2003
ITU-T L.57 (05/2003)
ITU-T L.58 (03/2004)
14.05.2003
08.03.2004
ITU-T L.59 (01/2008)
ITU-T L.60 (09/2004)
ITU-T L.61 (07/2004)
08.01.2008
06.09.2004
29.07.2004
ITU-T L.62 (09/2004)
06.09.2004
ITU-T L.63 (10/2004)
ITU-T L.64 (10/2012)
07.10.2004
29.10.2012
ITU-T L.66 (05/2007)
18.05.2007
ITU-T L.67 (10/2006)
29.10.2006
ITU-T L.68 (10/2007)
22.10.2007
ITU-T L.69 (06/2007)
29.06.2007
ITU-T L.70 (11/2007)
06.11.2007
ITU-T L.71 (01/2008)
08.01.2008
ITU-T L.72 (01/2008)
08.01.2008
ITU-T L.73 (04/2008)
06.04.2008
ITU-T L.74 (04/2008)
ITU-T L.75 (05/2008)
06.04.2008
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.76 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.77 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.78 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.78 (2008) Amd. 1
(06/2010)
11.06.2010
ITU-T L.79 (07/2008)
07.07.2008
March 2015 Edition
Installation of optical fibre cables along
railways
Air-assisted installation of optical fibre
Optical fibre cables: Special needs for
access network
Optical fibre cables for indoor applications
Construction of optical/metallic hybrid
Optical fibre cable installation by floating
technique
Practical aspects of unbundling services by
multiple operators in copper access
Safety procedures for outdoor
ID tag requirements for infrastructure and
network elements management
Optical fibre cable maintenance criteria
for in-service fibre testing in access
Small count optical fibre cables for indoor
applications
Optical fibre cable maintenance support,
monitoring and testing system for optical
fibre cable networks carrying high total
optical power
Personal digital assistant requirements
and relevant data structure for
infrastructure and network elements
management
Managing
active electronics in the outside
plant
Design, construction, and installation of
network cables for broadband access
including metallic networks connected to
optical fibre networks
Databases for optical access network
infrastructure
Methods for inspecting and repairing
underground plastic ducts
Maintenance of cable tunnels
Test, acceptance and maintenance
methods of copper subscriber pairs
Copper loop requirements for various
technologies including indoor and
structured cabling
Installation of optical fibre cables inside
sewer ducts
Optical fibre cable construction for sewer
duct applications
New Appendix III – Italian experience:
Construction of special optical fibre cables
for extreme applications in sewer ducts
Optical fibre cable elements for microduct
blowing-installation application
103 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L.80 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T L.81 (11/2009)
ITU-T L.82 (07/2010)
13.11.2009
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.83 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.84 (07/2010)
ITU-T L.85 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.86 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.87 (07/2010)
ITU-T L.88 (07/2010)
29.07.2010
29.07.2010
ITU-T L.89 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T L.90 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T L.92 (10/2012)
29.10.2012
ITU-T L.93 (05/2014)
14.05.2014
ITU-T L.94 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T L.1000 (06/2011)
13.06.2011
ITU-T L.1001 (11/2012)
29.11.2012
ITU-T L.1005 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T L.1010 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T L.1100 (02/2012)
22.02.2012
ITU-T L.1101 (03/2014)
22.03.2014
ITU-T L.1200 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
March 2015 Edition
Operations support system requirements
for infrastructure and network elements
management using ID techonology
Monitoring systems for outside plant
Optical cabling shared with multiple
operators in buildings
Low impact trenching technique for FTTx
networks
Fast mapping of underground networks
Optical fibre identification for the
maintenance of optical access networks
Considerations on the installation site of
branching components in passive optical
networks for fibre to the home
Optical fibre cables for drop applications
Management of poles carrying overhead
telecommunication lines
Design of suspension wires,
telecommunication poles and guy-lines for
optical access networks
Optical access network topologies for
broadband services
Disaster management for outside plant
facilities
Optical fibre cable maintenance support,
monitoring and testing systems for optical
fibre trunk networks
Use of the Global Navigation Satellite
System (GNSS) to create a referenced
Universal power adapter and charger
solution for mobile terminals and other
hand-held ICT devices
External universal power adapter
solutions for stationary information and
communication technology devices
Test suites for assessment of the universal
charger solution
Green battery solutions for mobile phones
and other hand-held information and
communication technology devices
Procedure for recycling rare metals in
information and communication
technology goods
Measurement methods to characterize
rare metals in information and
communication technology goods
Direct current power feeding interface up
to 400 V at the input to
telecommunication and ICT equipment
104 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L.1201 (03/2014)
01.03.2014
ITU-T L.1300 (06/2014)
ITU-T L.1310 (08/2014)
29.06.2014
22.08.2014
ITU-T L.1320 (03/2014)
22.03.2014
ITU-T L.1340 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T L.1400 (02/2011)
22.02.2011
ITU-T L.1410 (12/2014)
07.12.2014
ITU-T L.1420 (02/2012)
06.02.2012
ITU-T L.1430 (12/2013)
13.12.2013
ITU-T L.1500 (06/2014)
22.06.2014
ITU-T L.1501 (12/2014)
22.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 1 (02/2013)
07.02.2013
ITU-T L Suppl. 2 (12/2013)
ITU-T L Suppl. 3 (12/2013)
13.12.2013
13.12.2013
ITU-T L Suppl. 4 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 5 (12/2014)
ITU-T L Suppl. 6 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 7 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 8 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
March 2015 Edition
Architecture of power feeding systems of
up to 400 VDC
Best practices for green data centres
Energy efficiency metrics and
measurement methods for
Energy efficiency metrics and
measurement for power and cooling
equipment for telecommunications and
data centresvalues on the energy
Informative
efficiency of telecommunication
Overview and general principles of
methodologies for assessing the
environmental impact of information and
communication technologies
Methodology for environmental life cycle
assessment (LCA) of information and
communication (ICT) goods, networks and
services
Methodology for energy consumption and
greenhouse gas emissions impact
assessment of information and
communication technologies in
organizations for assessment of the
Methodology
environmental impact of information and
communication technology greenhouse
gas and energy projects
Framework for information and
communication technologies and
adaptation to the effects of climate
change
Best
practices on how countries can utilize
ICTs to adapt to the effects of climate
ITU-T L.1310 – Supplement on energy
efficiency for telecommunication
ITU-T L.1410 – Case studies
ITU-T L.1430 – Guidance on practical
application of ITU-T L.1430 to a real-time
navigation service
Guidelines for developing a sustainable ewaste management system
Life-cycle management of ICT goods
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on Validation
test of a data centre cooling method using
renewable energy in a cold region
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on Rationale
for minimum data set for evaluating
energy efficiency and for controlling data
centre equipment in view of power saving
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on potential
for primary energy savings in TLC/ICT
centres through free cooling
105 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T L Suppl. 9 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 10 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 11 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T L Suppl. 12 (12/2014)
19.12.2014
ITU-T M.10 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.15 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.20 (10/1992)
25.11.1988
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.21 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.32 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.34 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.35 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.50 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.60 (03/1993)
ITU-T M.70 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.75 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.80 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.85 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.90 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.100 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.110 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.120 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.125 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.160 (11/1988)
05.10.1992
25.11.1988
05.10.1992
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on Case study
of reduction of air-conditioning energy by
optical fibre based thermometry
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on Verification
experiments related to increase of
efficiency of air-conditioning and control
technologies at a data centre
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on Verification
test and feasibility study of energy and
space efficient cooling systems for data
centres with high density ICT devices
ITU-T L.1300 - Supplement on
Experimental studies on plates and ducts
installed at equipment inlets and outlets
Scope and application of
Recommendations for maintenance of
telecommunication networks and services
Maintenance considerations for new
Maintenance philosophy for
telecommunication networks
Maintenance philosophy for
telecommunication services
Principles for using alarm information for
maintenance of international transmission
systems and equipment
Performance monitoring on international
transmission systems and equipment
Principles concerning line-up and
maintenance limits
Use of telecommunication terms for
maintenance
Former M.22 (1984)
Former M.24 (1984)
Former M.25 (1984)
For their dealings with their
colleagues in other countries,
personnel at operation centres
and other maintenance units
should refer to Fascicle I.3,
Terms and Definition, of
Volume I of Blue Book.
For maintenance technology,
Maintenance terminology and definitions the definitions given in
Guiding principles on the general
maintenance organization for telephonetype international circuits
Technical service
Control stations
Fault report points
Sub-control stations
Service circuits
Circuit testing
Access points for maintenance
Digital loopback mechanisms
Stability of transmission
106 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.320 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.330 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.340 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.350 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.380 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.390 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.400 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.410 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.450 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.460 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.470 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.475 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.495 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.496 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.500 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.510 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.520 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.525 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.530 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.535 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.540 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.556 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.560 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.562 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Numbering of the channels in a group
Numbering of groups within a supergroup
Numbering of supergroups within a
mastergroup
Numbering of mastergroups within a
supermastergroup
Numbering in coaxial systems
Numbering in systems on symmetric pair
cable
Numbering in radio-relay links or openwire line systems
Numbering of digital blocks in
transmission systems
Bringing a new international transmission
system into service
Bringing international group, supergroup,
etc., links into service
Setting up and lining up analogue channels
for international telecommunication
Setting up and lining up mixed
analogue/digital channels for international
telecommunication services
Transmission restoration and transmission
route diversity: Terminology and general
principles
Functional organization for automatic
transmission restoration
Routine maintenance measurements to
be made on regulated line sections
Readjustment to the nominal value of a
regulated line section (on a symmetric
pair line, a coaxial line or a radio-relay
link)
Routine
maintenance on international
group, supergroup, etc., links
Automatic maintenance procedures for
international group, supergroup, etc., links
Readjustment to the nominal value of an
international group, supergroup, etc., link
Special maintenance procedures for
multiple destination, unidirectional (MU)
group and supergroup links
Routine maintenance of carrier and pilot
generating equipment
Setting up and initial testing of digital
Former M.480 (1984)
channels on an international digital path
or block
International telephone circuits –
Principles, definitions and relative
Types of circuit and circuit section
107 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.565 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.570 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.580 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.585 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.590 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.600 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.605 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.610 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.620 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.630 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.650 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.660 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.665 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.670 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.675 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.710 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.715 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.716 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.717 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.718 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.719 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.720 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.721 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.722 (11/1980)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
21.11.1980
ITU-T M.723 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.724 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.725 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Access points for international telephone
circuits
Constitution of the circuit; preliminary
exchange of information
Setting up and lining up an international
circuit for public telephony
Bringing an international digital circuit
into service
Setting up and lining up a circuit fitted
with a compandor
Organization of routine maintenance
measurements on circuits
Routine maintenance schedule for
international public telephony circuits
Periodicity of maintenance measurements
on circuits
Methods for carrying out routine
measurements on circuits
Maintenance of circuits using control
chart methods
Routine line measurements to be made
on the line repeaters of audio-frequency
sections or circuits
Periodical in-station tests of echo
suppressors complying with
Recommendations G.161 and G.164
Testing of echo cancellers
Maintenance of a circuit fitted with a
compandor
Lining up and maintaining international
demand assignment circuits (SPADE)
General maintenance organization for the
international automatic and semiautomatic telephone service
Fault report point (circuit)
Fault report point (network)
Testing point (transmission)
Testing point (line signalling)
Testing point (switching and interregister
signalling)
Network analysis point
System availability information point
Network management point
The organization for
international network
management has been further
Circuit control station
developed and is specified
Circuit sub-control station
Restoration control point
108 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.726 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.727 (03/2011)
ITU-T M.729/V.51 (11/1988)
01.03.2011
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.730 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.731 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.732 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.733 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.734 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.760 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.762 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.800 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.810 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.820 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.830 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.850 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.880 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.900 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.910 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1010 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1012 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1013 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1014 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1015 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.1016 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Maintenance organization for the wholly
digital international automatic and semiautomatic telephone service
Planned outage notification point
Organization of the maintenance of
This Recommendation is also
international public switched telephone included but not published in V
circuits used for data transmission
series under alias number V.51
Maintenance methods
Subjective testing
Signalling and switching routine
maintenance tests and measurements
Transmission routine maintenance
measurements on automatic and semiautomatic telephone circuits
Exchange of information on incoming test
facilities at international switching centres
Transfer link for common channel
Signalling System No. 6
Maintenance of common channel
Signalling System No. 6
Use of circuits for voice-frequency
Setting up and lining up an international
voice-frequency telegraph link for public
telegraph circuits (for 50, 100 and 200
baud modulation rates)
Periodicity of routine tests on
international voice-frequency telegraph
Routine measurements to be made on
international voice-frequency telegraph
International time division multiplex
(TDM) telegraph systems
International phototelegraph transmission
Use of leased group and supergroup links
for wide-spectrum signal transmission
(data, facsimile, etc.)
Setting up and lining up an international
leased group link for wide-spectrum signal
transmission
Constitution and nomenclature of
international leased circuits
Circuit control station for leased and
special circuits
Sub-control station for leased and special
circuits
Transmission maintenance point
(international line) (TMP-IL)
Types of transmission on leased circuits
Assessment of the service availability
performance of international leased
109 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.1020 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T M.1025 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T M.1030 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1040 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1045 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.1050 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T M.1055 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1060 (11/1988)
ITU-T M.1130 (10/1992)
25.11.1988
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.1140 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.1150 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.1160 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.1170 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.1230 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.1235 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1300 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T M.1301 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T M.1320 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1340 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
March 2015 Edition
Characteristics of special quality
international leased circuits with special
bandwidth conditioning
Characteristics of special quality
international leased circuits with basic
bandwidth conditioning
Characteristics of ordinary quality
international leased circuits forming part
of private switched telephone networks
Characteristics of ordinary quality
international leased circuits
Preliminary exchange of information for
the provision of international leased
circuits and international data
transmission
Lining
up an international
systems
point-to-point
leased circuit with analogue presentation
to the user
Lining up an international multiterminal
leased circuit
Maintenance of international leased
General definitions and general principles
of operation/maintenance procedures to
be used in satellite mobile systems
Maritime mobile telecommunication
Replaces
services via satellite
M.1100+M.1110+M.1120
Maintenance aspects of maritime/land
mobile telecommunication store-andforward services (packet mode) via
satellite
Maintenance
aspects of aeronautical
mobile telecommunication service via
Maintenance aspects of mobile digital
telecommunication service via satellite
Method to improve the management of
operations and maintenance processes in
the international telephone network
Use of automatically generated test calls
for assessment of network performance
Maintenance of international data
transmission systems operating in the
range 2.4 kbit/s to 140 Mbit/s
General description and operational
procedures for international SDH leased
circuits
Numbering of channels in data
transmission systems
Performance objectives, allocations and
limits for international PDH leased circuits
and supporting data transmission links
and systems
110 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.1340 (2000) Cor. 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T M.1350 (11/1988)
13.08.2001
ITU-T M.1355 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T M.1370 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T M.1375 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T M.1380 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.1385 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.1400 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T M.1401 (07/2006)
14.07.2006
ITU-T M.1402 (05/2012)
ITU-T M.1403 (08/2007)
ITU-T M.1404 (08/2007)
14.05.2012
06.08.2007
06.08.2007
ITU-T M.1405 (08/2007)
06.08.2007
ITU-T M.1510 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.1520 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.1530 (03/1999)
ITU-T M.1532 (02/2000)
26.03.1999
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.1535 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.1537 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T M.1539 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T M.1540 (10/1994)
15.10.1994
ITU-T M.1541 (01/2011)
ITU-T M.1550 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.1560 (10/1992)
13.01.2011
05.10.1992
05.10.1992
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
Setting up, lining up and characteristics of
international data transmission systems
operating in the range 2.4 kbit/s to 14.4
kbit/s
Maintenance
of international data
transmission systems operating in the
range 2.4 to 14.4 kbit/s
Bringing-into-service of international data
transmission systems
Maintenance of international data
transmission systems
Bringing-into-service of international
leased circuits that are supported by
international data transmission systems
Maintenance of international leased
circuits that are supported by
international data transmission systems
Designations for interconnections among
operators' networks
Formalization of interconnection
designations among operators'
telecommunication networks
Formalization of data for service
Formalization of generic orders
Formalization of orders for
interconnections among operators'
Formalization of orders for service
management among operators
Exchange of contact point information for Former CCITT M.93 (1988)
the maintenance of international services
and the international network
Standardized information exchange
between Administrations
Network maintenance information
Network maintenance service
performance agreement (MSPA)
Principles for maintenance information to
be exchanged at customer contact point
Definition of maintenance information to
be exchanged at customer contact point
Management of the grade of network
maintenance services at the Maintenance
Service Customer Contact Point (MSCC)
Exchange of information for planned
Former M.490
outages of transmission systems
Planned outage notification to customers
Escalation procedure
Escalation procedure for international
leased circuits
111 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.2100 (04/2003)
13.04.2003
ITU-T M.2101 (06/2003)
13.06.2003
ITU-T M.2102 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.2110 (07/2002)
14.07.2002
ITU-T M.2120 (07/2002)
14.07.2002
ITU-T M.2130 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.2140 (02/2000)
ITU-T M.2201 (03/2001)
04.02.2000
15.03.2001
ITU-T M.2301 (07/2002)
14.07.2002
ITU-T M.2401 (12/2003)
14.12.2003
ITU-T M.3000 (02/2000)
ITU-T M.3010 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.3010 (2000) Amd. 1
(12/2003)
ITU-T M.3010 (2000) Amd. 2
(11/2005)
ITU-T M.3013 (02/2000)
14.12.2003
Performance limits for bringing-intoservice and maintenance of international
multi-operator PDH paths and
connections limits for bringing-intoPerformance
service and maintenance of international
multi-operator SDH paths and multiplex
sections
Maintenance
thresholds and procedures
for recovery mechanisms (protection and
restoration) of international SDH VC trails
(paths) and multiplex sections
Bringing into service international multioperator paths, sections and transmission
systems
International multi-operator paths,
sections and transmission systems fault
detection and localization procedures
Operational procedures for the
maintenance of the transport network
Transport network event correlation
Performance objectives, allocations and
limits for bringing-into-service and
maintenance of international ATM virtual
path and virtual channel connections
Performance objectives and procedures
for provisioning and maintenance of IPbased networks
Error performance limits and procedures
for bringing-into-service and maintenance
of multi-operator international paths and
sections within an optical transport
network of TMN Recommendations
Overview
Principles for a telecommunications
management network
TMN conformance and TMN compliance
13.11.2005
Additions and corrections
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.3016.0 (05/2005)
ITU-T M.3016.1 (04/2005)
22.05.2005
13.04.2005
Considerations for a telecommunications
management network
Security for the management plane:
Formerly ITU-T M.3016
Security for the management plane:
Security requirements
ITU-T M.3016.1 (2005) Cor. 1
(11/2005)
ITU-T M.3016.1 (2005) Amd.
1 (07/2011)
ITU-T M.3016.2 (04/2005)
13.11.2005
ITU-T M.3016.3 (04/2005)
13.04.2005
March 2015 Edition
14.07.2011
Authentication extension
13.04.2005
Security for the management plane:
Security services
Security for the management plane:
Security mechanism
112 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.3016.3 (2005) Amd.
1 (07/2011)
ITU-T M.3016.4 (04/2005)
14.07.2011
Redundant authentication extension
13.04.2005
ITU-T M.3016.4 (2005) Amd.
1 (07/2011)
ITU-T M.3017 (06/2003)
14.07.2011
Security for the management plane:
Profile proforma
Authentication extension
ITU-T M.3017 (2003) Amd. 1
(04/2005)
ITU-T M.3020 (07/2011)
13.04.2005
ITU-T M.3020 (2011) Amd. 1
(07/2014)
ITU-T M.3030 (08/2002)
14.07.2014
ITU-T M.3031 (07/2004)
14.07.2004
ITU-T M.3031 (2004) Cor. 1
(11/2005)
ITU-T M.3050.0 (03/2007)
13.11.2005
ITU-T M.3050.1 (03/2007)
29.03.2007
ITU-T M.3050.2 (03/2007)
29.03.2007
ITU-T M.3050.3 (03/2007)
29.03.2007
ITU-T M.3050.4 (03/2007)
29.03.2007
ITU-T M.3060/Y.2401
(03/2006)
ITU-T M.3100 (04/2005)
22.03.2006
ITU-T M.3101 (07/1995)
27.07.1995
ITU-T M.3102 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T M.3108.1 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T M.3108.1 (1999) Cor. 1
(01/2001)
ITU-T M.3108.2 (02/2000)
19.01.2001
March 2015 Edition
22.06.2003
14.07.2011
22.08.2002
29.03.2007
29.04.2005
04.02.2000
Framework for the integrated
management of hybrid circuit/packet
Additional options
Management interface specification
methodology
Indication of naming attribute in analysis
template
Telecommunications Markup Language
(tML) framework
Guidelines for Implementation
Conformance Statement proformas for
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – Introduction
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – The business process framework
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – Process decompositions and
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – Representative process flows
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – B2B integration: Using B2B interenterprise integration with the eTOM
Principles for the Management of Next
Generation Networks
Generic network information model
This edition includes the
modifications introduced by
M.3100 (2005) Cor.1 approved
Managed object conformance statements on 13 November 2005
for the generic network information
Unified generic management information
model for connection-oriented and
connectionless networks
Information model for management of
leased circuit and reconfigurable services
Information model for connection
management of preprovisioned service
link connections to form a reconfigurable
leased service
113 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.3108.3 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T M.3120 (10/2001)
07.10.2001
ITU-T M.3120 (2001) Amd. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T M.3120 (2001) Amd. 2
(03/2003)
ITU-T M.3160 (11/2008)
29.05.2002
ITU-T M.3170.0 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T M.3170.1 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T M.3170.2 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T M.3170.3 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T M.3180 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.3190 (07/2008)
ITU-T M.3200 (04/1997)
05.10.1992
14.07.2008
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.3207.1 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.3208.1 (10/1997)
ITU-T M.3208.1 (1997) Cor. 1
(02/2000)
ITU-T M.3208.2 (03/1999)
24.10.1997
04.02.2000
ITU-T M.3208.2 (1999) Cor. 1
(01/2001)
ITU-T M.3208.3 (02/2000)
ITU-T M.3210.1 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T M.3211.1 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.3300 (06/1998)
ITU-T M.3320 (04/1997)
26.06.1998
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.3340 (05/2009)
14.05.2009
ITU-T M.3341 (12/2003)
14.12.2003
ITU-T M.3342 (07/2006)
14.07.2006
March 2015 Edition
Information model for management of
virtual private network service
CORBA generic network and network
element level information model
Protection switching
29.03.2003
13.11.2008
26.03.1999
04.02.2000
19.01.2001
Generic, protocol-neutral management
information model
Multi-technology network management:
Introduction and supporting
Multi-technology network management:
Business agreement (TMF513)
Multi-technology network management:
Information agreement (TMF608)
Multi-technology network management:
CORBA IDL solution set (TMF814) with
implementation statement templates and
guidelines (TMF814A)
Catalogue of TMN management
Shared information and data model (SID)
TMN management services and
telecommunications managed areas:
overview
TMN management service: Maintenance
aspects of B-ISDN management
Leased circuit services
Connection management of preprovisioned service link connections to
form a leased circuit service
Virtual private network service
TMN management services for IMT-2000
security management
TMN management service: Fault and
performance management of the ISDN
TMN F interface requirements
Management requirements framework
for the TMN X-Interface
Framework for NGN service fulfilment and
assurance management across the
business to business and customer to
business interfaces
Requirements
for QoS/SLA management
over the TMN X-interface for IP-based
Guidelines for the definition of SLA
representation templates
114 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.3343 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T M.3344 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T M.3345 (05/2009)
ITU-T M.3347 (05/2012)
29.05.2009
14.05.2012
ITU-T M.3348 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T M.3349 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T M.3350 (05/2004)
07.05.2004
ITU-T M.3361 (01/2011)
13.01.2011
ITU-T M.3400 (02/2000)
ITU-T M.3410 (08/2008)
04.02.2000
06.08.2008
ITU-T M.3600 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.3602 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3603 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3604 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3605 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3610 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.3611 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.3620 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3621 (07/1995)
27.07.1995
ITU-T M.3640 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.3641 (10/1994)
15.10.1994
March 2015 Edition
Requirements and analysis for NGN
trouble administration across B2B and
Requirements and analysis for NGN
appointment management across the
business-to-business and customer-tobusiness interfaces
Principles for self-service management
Requirements for the NGN service
activation across the interface between
the network management system and the
element management system
Requirements of the NMS-EMS
management interface for NGN service
Requirements for service and product
lifecycle management across business to
business interfaces
TMN service management requirements
for information interchange across the
TMN X-interface to support provisioning
of Emergency Telecommunication Service
(ETS)
Requirements
for business-to-government
management interfaces - B2G interfaces Introduction
TMN management functions
Guidelines and requirements for security
management systems to support
telecommunications management
Principles for the management of ISDNs
Application of maintenance principles to
ISDN subscriber installations
Application of maintenance principles to
ISDN basic rate access
Application of maintenance principles to
ISDN primary rate access
Application of maintenance principles to
static multiplexed ISDN basic rate access
Principles for applying the TMN concept
to the management of B-ISDN
Test management of the B-ISDN ATM
layer using the TMN
Principles for the use of ISDN test calls,
systems and responders
Integrated management of the ISDN
customer access
Management of the D-channel – Data link
layer and network layer
Management information model for the
management of the data link and network
layer of the ISDN D-channel
Formerly ITU-T I.602
Formerly ITU-T I.603
Formerly ITU-T I.604
Formerly ITU-T I.605
115 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T M.3650 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T M.3660 (10/1992)
ITU-T M.3700 (01/2010)
05.10.1992
13.01.2010
ITU-T M.3701 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T M.3702 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T M.3703 (06/2010)
29.06.2010
ITU-T M.3704 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T M.3705 (03/2013)
16.03.2013
ITU-T M.3706 (11/2013)
13.11.2013
ITU-T M.3710 (11/2013)
13.11.2013
ITU-T M.4010 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.4030 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T M.4100 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M.4110 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T M Suppl. 7 (05/2008)
23.05.2008
ITU-T M.3050 Suppl. 1
(02/2007)
14.02.2007
ITU-T M.3050 Suppl. 2
(02/2007)
ITU-T M.3050 Suppl. 3
(05/2004)
ITU-T M.3050 Suppl. 4
(02/2007)
ITU-T N.1 (03/1993)
14.02.2007
March 2015 Edition
07.05.2004
14.02.2007
12.03.1993
Network performance measurements of
ISDN calls
ISDN interface management services
Common management services - Object
management - Protocol neutral
requirements and analysis
Common management services - State
management - Protocol neutral
requirements and analysis
Common management services Notification management - Protocol
neutral requirement and analysis
Common management services - Alarm
management – Protocol neutral
requirements and analysis
Common management service Performance management - Protocol
neutral requirements and analysis
Common management services - Log
management - Protocol neutral
requirements and analysis
Common management services - Test
Management - Protocol Neutral
Requirements and Analysis
Overview of an automated service test to
support cost-efficient telecom service
assurance
Inter-Administration agreements on
common channel Signalling System No. 6
Transmission characteristics for setting up
and lining up a transfer link for common
channel Signalling System N° 6 (analogue
version)
Maintenance
of common channel
Signalling System No. 7
Inter-Administration agreements on
common channel Signalling System No. 7
ITU-T M.1400-series – Supplement on
directory of external terminology schemas
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – Interim view of an interpreter's
guide for eTOM and ITIL practitioners
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – Public B2B Business Operations
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – eTOM to M.3400 mapping
Enhanced Telecom Operations Map
(eTOM) – An eTOM primer
Definitions for application to international
sound-programme and television-sound
transmission
116 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T N.2 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.3 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.10 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T N.11 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.12 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.13 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.15 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.16 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.17 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.18 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.51 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.52 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.54 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.55 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T N.60 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T N.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.62 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T N.63 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T N.64 (11/1988)
ITU-T N.67 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
Different types of sound-programme
Control circuits
Definition and duration of the line-up
period and the preparatory period
Sound-programme control, sub-control
and send reference stations
Limits for the lining-up of international
sound-programme links and connections
Essential transmission performance
objectives for international soundprogramme centres (ISPC)
Measurements to be made during the lineup period that precedes a soundprogramme transmission
Measurements to be made by the
broadcasting organizations during the
preparatory period
Maximum permissible power during an
international sound-programme
Identification signal
Monitoring the transmission
Monitoring for charging purposes,
Limits and procedures for the lining-up of
a sound-programme circuit
Maintenance measurements to be made
on international sound-programme
Definitions for application to international
television transmissions
Multiple destination television
transmissions and coordination centres
Definition and duration of the line-up
period and the preparatory period
Organization, responsibilities and
functions of control and sub-control
international television centres and
control and sub-control stations for
international television connections, links,
circuits and
Nominal
amplitude
circuit sections
of video signals at
video interconnection points
Measurements to be made before the lineup period that precedes a television
transmission
Tests to be made during the line-up
period that precedes a television
Test signals to be used by the
broadcasting organizations during the
Quality and impairment assessment
Monitoring television transmissions – Use
of the field blanking interval
117 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T N.73 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.1 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T O.3 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T O.6 (11/1988)
ITU-T O.9 (03/1999)
25.11.1988
26.03.1999
ITU-T O.11 (10/1992)
ITU-T O.22/Q.49 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
05.10.1992
ITU-T O.27 (11/1988)
ITU-T O.33 (07/1995)
25.11.1988
27.07.1995
ITU-T O.41 (10/1994)
15.10.1994
ITU-T O.42 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.62 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.71/V.55 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.81 App.I (1998)
Erratum 1 (05/2000)
ITU-T O.81 App.I (06/1998)
25.05.2000
ITU-T O.81 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.82 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.91 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.95 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.111 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.131 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.132 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
26.06.1998
Maintenance of permanent international
television circuits, links and connections
Scope and application of measurement
equipment specifications covered in the Oseries Recommendations
Climatic conditions and relevant tests for
measuring equipment
1020 Hz reference test frequency
Measuring arrangements to assess the
degree of unbalance about earth
Maintenance access lines
CCITT automatic transmission measuring Q.49 was an alias name of ITUand signalling testing equipment ATME
T O.22. Only this alias name
No. 2
was suppressed. ITU-T O.22
In-station echo canceller test equipment remains valid
Automatic equipment for rapidly
measuring stereophonic pairs and
monophonic sound-programme circuits,
links and connections
Psophometer
for use on telephone-type This Recommendation is also
circuits
included but not published in P
series under alias number P.53
Equipment to measure non-linear
distortion using the 4-tone
Simple equipment to measure
interruptions on telephone-type circuits
Sophisticated equipment to measure
interruptions on telephone-type circuits
Impulsive noise measuring equipment for This Recommendation is also
telephone-type circuits
included but not published in V
series under alias number V.55
A measuring signal (multitone test signal) Formerly published as
for fast measurement of amplitude and
Supplement 3.7 in the Blue
phase for telephone type circuits
Book (1988), Fascicle IV.4, and
then renumbered on 26 June
Group-delay measuring equipment for
1998 as Appendix I to ITU-T
telephone-type circuits
Group-delay measuring equipment for the
range 5 to 600 kHz
Phase jitter measuring equipment for
telephone-type circuits
Phase and amplitude hit counters for
telephone-type circuits
Frequency shift measuring equipment for
use on carrier channels
Quantizing distortion measuring
equipment using a pseudo-random noise
Quantizing distortion measuring
equipment using a sinusoidal test signal
118 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T O.133 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T O.150 (05/1996)
12.05.1996
ITU-T O.150 (1996) Cor. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T O.151 (10/1992)
29.05.2002
ITU-T O.151 (1992) Cor. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T O.152 (10/1992)
29.05.2002
ITU-T O.153 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T O.161 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.162 (10/1992)
05.10.1992
ITU-T O.163 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T O.171 (04/1997)
19.04.1997
ITU-T O.172 (04/2005)
13.04.2005
ITU-T O.172 (2005) Erratum 1
(10/2005)
ITU-T O.172 (2005) Amd. 1
(06/2008)
ITU-T O.172 (2005) Amd. 2
(07/2010)
03.10.2005
ITU-T O.173 (02/2012)
13.02.2012
ITU-T O.174 (11/2009)
13.11.2009
ITU-T O.174 (2009) Cor. 1
(07/2010)
ITU-T O.174 (2009) Amd. 1
(04/2011)
ITU-T O.174 (2009) Cor. 2
(02/2012)
ITU-T O.175 (10/2012)
29.07.2010
March 2015 Edition
05.10.1992
05.10.1992
Equipment for measuring the
performance of PCM encoders and
General requirements for instrumentation
for performance measurements on digital
transmission equipment
Error performance measuring equipment
operating at the primary rate and above
Error performance measuring equipment
for bit rates of 64 kbit/s and N x 64 kbit/s
Basic parameters for the measurement of
error performance at bit rates below the
primary rate
In-service code violation monitors for
digital systems
Equipment to perform in-service
monitoring on 2048, 8448, 34 368 and
Equipment to perform in-service
monitoring on 1544 kbit/s signals
Timing jitter and wander measuring
equipment for digital systems which are
based on the plesiochronous digital
hierarchy (PDH)
Jitter and wander measuring equipment
for digital systems which are based on the
synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
Applies to English version only
29.06.2008
29.07.2010
Alternative clock and jitter generation and
a new verification method for STM-256
reference transmitter intrinsic jitter
Jitter measuring equipment for digital
systems which are based on the optical
transport network
Jitter and wander measuring equipment
for digital systems which are based on
synchronous Ethernet technology
13.04.2011
13.02.2012
29.10.2012
Jitter measuring equipment for digital
systems based on XG-PON
119 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T O.181 (05/2002)
29.05.2002
ITU-T O.182 (07/2007)
22.07.2007
ITU-T O.182 (2007) Amd. 1
(01/2009)
ITU-T O.191 (02/2000)
13.01.2009
ITU-T O.201 (07/2003)
22.07.2003
ITU-T O.211 (01/2006)
13.01.2006
ITU-T O.220 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T P.10/G.100 (07/2006)
14.07.2006
ITU-T P.10/G.100 (2006)
Amd. 2 (07/2008)
ITU-T P.10/G.100 (2006)
Amd. 3 (12/2011)
ITU-T P.11 (03/1993)
ITU-T P.16 (11/1988)
14.07.2008
ITU-T P.32 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.48 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.50 App. I (02/1998)
27.02.1998
ITU-T P.50 (09/1999)
ITU-T P.50 (1999) Erratum 1
(05/2000)
ITU-T P.51 (08/1996)
ITU-T P.52 (03/1993)
ITU-T P.54 (11/1988)
30.09.1999
25.05.2000
Artificial voices
30.08.1996
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.55 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.56 (12/2011)
14.12.2011
Artificial mouth
Volume meters
Sound level meters (apparatus for the
objective measurement of room noise)
Apparatus for the measurement of
impulsive noise
Objective measurement of active speech
level
ITU-T P.57 (12/2011)
ITU-T P.58 (05/2013)
ITU-T P.59 (03/1993)
14.12.2011
14.05.2013
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
04.02.2000
14.12.2011
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
Equipment to assess error performance
on STM-N interfaces
Equipment to assess error performance
on Optical Transport Network interfaces
An additional evaluation procedure
Equipment to measure the cell transfer
performance of ATM connections
Q-factor test equipment to estimate the
transmission performance of optical
Test and measurement equipment to
perform tests at the IP layer
Framework for end-to-end QoS
measurement and supervision for leasedVocabulary for performance and quality of
service
New definitions for inclusion in
Recommendation ITU-T P.10/G.100
New definitions for inclusion in
Recommendation ITU-T P.10/G.100
Effect of transmission impairments
Subjective effects of direct crosstalk;
thresholds of audibility and intelligibility
Evaluation of the efficiency of telephone
booths and acoustic hoods
Specification for an intermediate
reference system
Test signals
Artificial ears
Head and torso simulator for
Artificial conversational speech
Replaces former G.100 (2001)
and P.10 (1998)
This Amendment supersedes
Amendment 1
This Appendix includes an
electronic attachment
containing the speech database
for telephonometry
applications. Due to volume
constraints, this database is
only available on CD-ROM. The
text of the appendix remains
This edition includes the
material that was approved in
March 2011 and in December
2011.
120 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P.61 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.64 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T P.75 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.76 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P.78 (02/1996)
06.02.1996
ITU-T P.79 Annex G (11/2001)
29.11.2001
ITU-T P.79 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T P.85 (06/1994)
21.06.1994
ITU-T P.85 (1994) Amd. 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T P.300 (11/2001)
28.03.2013
ITU-T P.310 (06/2009)
22.06.2009
ITU-T P.311 (03/2011)
01.03.2011
ITU-T P.313 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T P.330 (03/2003)
16.03.2003
ITU-T P.330 (2003) Amd. 1
(09/2003)
ITU-T P.340 (05/2000)
30.09.2003
ITU-T P.340 (2000) Cor. 1
(03/2004)
ITU-T P.340 (2000) Amd. 1
(10/2014)
ITU-T P.341 (03/2011)
31.03.2004
ITU-T P.342 (06/2009)
22.06.2009
ITU-T P.350 (03/2001)
ITU-T P.360 (07/2006)
29.03.2001
14.07.2006
ITU-T P.370 (08/1996)
30.08.1996
March 2015 Edition
29.11.2001
18.05.2000
29.10.2014
01.03.2011
Methods for the calibration of condenser
microphones
Determination of sensitivity/frequency
characteristics of local telephone systems
Standard conditioning method for
handsets with carbon microphones
Determination of loudness ratings;
fundamental principles
Subjective testing method for
determination of loudness ratings in
accordance with Recommendation P.76
Wideband loudness rating algorithm
Calculation of loudness ratings for
telephone sets
A method for subjective performance
assessment of the quality of speech voice
output devices
New Appendix I – Evaluation of speech
output for audiobook reading tasks
Transmission performance of group audio Formerly ITU-T P.30
terminals (GATs)
Transmission characteristics for narrowband digital handset and headset
Transmission characteristics for wideband
digital handset and headset telephones
Transmission characteristics for cordless
and mobile digital terminals
Speech processing devices for acoustic
enhancement
Transmission characteristics and speech
quality parameters of hands-free
New Annex B: Objective test methods for
multi-talker scenarios
Transmission characteristics for wideband
digital loudspeaking and hands-free
telephony terminals
Transmission characteristics for narrowband digital loudspeaking and hands-free
telephony terminals
Handset dimensions
Formerly ITU-T P.35
Efficiency of devices for preventing the
occurrence of excessive acoustic pressure
by telephone receivers and assessment of
daily noise exposure of telephone users
Coupling hearing aids to telephone sets
Formerly Rec. P.37,
121 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P.380 (11/2003)
ITU-T P.381 (02/2014)
13.11.2003
13.02.2014
ITU-T P.501 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T P.501 (2012) Amd. 2
(10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T P.502 (2000) Erratum 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T P.502 (05/2000)
27.07.2001
ITU-T P.502 (2000) Amd. 1
(05/2010)
ITU-T P.502 (2000) Amd. 2
(09/2014)
ITU-T P.505 (11/2005)
27.05.2010
ITU-T P.505 (2005) Amd. 1
(06/2012)
ITU-T P.505 (2005) Amd. 2
(12/2013)
ITU-T P.561 App. III (02/1998)
07.06.2012
ITU-T P.561 (07/2002)
14.07.2002
ITU-T P.562 (05/2004)
14.05.2004
ITU-T P.563 (05/2004)
14.05.2004
ITU-T P.563 (2004) Erratum 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T P.564 (11/2007)
11.10.2007
ITU-T P.581 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T P.800 (08/1996)
30.08.1996
ITU-T P.800.1 (07/2006)
14.07.2006
March 2015 Edition
18.05.2000
11.09.2014
29.11.2005
12.12.2013
27.02.1998
13.11.2007
Electro-acoustic measurements on
Technical requirements and test methods
for the universal wired headset or
headphone interface of digital mobile
terminals
Test
signals for use in telephonometry
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
New Annex C - Speech files prepared for ITU-T P.501 (2012) Amd.1
use with ITU-T P.800 conformant
applications and perceptual-based
objective speech quality prediction
Objective test methods for speech
communication systems using complex
test signals
New Appendix III – Automated double talk
analysis procedure
Updated Appendix III - Automated double
talk analysis procedure
One-view visualization of speech quality
measurement results
New Appendix II - Online tool for quality
pie charts
New Appendix III: ITU-T P.505 online
application
Digital speech recordings
This Appendix includes a CDROM containing digital speech
recordings for INMD devices
testing. Due to the quantity of
data, this publication is only
In-service non-intrusive measurement
available as paper plus CD-ROM
device – Voice service measurements
Analysis and interpretation of INMD voiceservice measurements
Single-ended method for objective speech This Recommendation includes
quality assessment in narrow-band
an electronic attachment
telephony applications
containing an ANSI-C reference
implementation and
conformance testing data
Conformance testing for voice over IP
transmission quality assessment models
This Recommendation includes
an electronic attachment
containing the test vectors for
conformance testing of voice
Use of head and torso simulator for hands- over IP transmission quality
free and handset terminal testing
Methods for subjective determination of Former Rec. P.80
transmission quality
Mean Opinion Score (MOS) terminology
122 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P.800.2 (05/2013)
14.05.2013
ITU-T P.805 (04/2007)
22.04.2007
ITU-T P.806 (02/2014)
13.02.2014
ITU-T P.810 (02/1996)
06.02.1996
ITU-T P.830 (02/1996)
06.02.1996
ITU-T P.831 (12/1998)
03.12.1998
ITU-T P.832 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T P.833 (02/2001)
23.02.2001
ITU-T P.833.1 (04/2009)
29.04.2009
ITU-T P.834 (07/2002)
14.07.2002
ITU-T P.834 (2002) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T P.834.1 (04/2009)
27.01.2005
ITU-T P.835 (2003) Erratum 1
(05/2008)
ITU-T P.835 (11/2003)
30.05.2008
ITU-T P.835 (2003) Amd. 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T P.835 (2003) Cor. 1
(01/2011)
ITU-T P.840 (11/2003)
11.10.2007
ITU-T P.851 (11/2003)
13.11.2003
ITU-T P.862 (02/2001)
23.02.2001
March 2015 Edition
29.04.2009
13.11.2003
Mean opinion score interpretation and
reporting
Subjective evaluation of conversational
quality
A subjective quality test methodology
using multiple rating scales
Modulated noise reference unit (MNRU)
Corresponding ANSI-C code is
available in the MNRU module
of the ITU-T G.191 Software
Tools Library
Subjective performance assessment of
telephone-band and wideband digital
Subjective performance evaluation of
network echo cancellers
Subjective performance evaluation of
hands-free terminals
Methodology for derivation of equipment
impairment factors from subjective
listening-only tests
Methodology for the derivation of
equipment impairment factors from
subjective listening-only tests for
wideband speech
Methodology
for the
codecs
derivation of
This Recommendation includes
equipment impairment factors from
an electronic attachment
Published as a covering note
Extension of the methodology for the
derivation of equipment impairment
factors from instrumental models for
wideband speech codecs
Applies to French version only
Subjective test methodology for
evaluating speech communication
systems that include noise suppression
algorithm
New
Appendix III – Additional provisions
for nonstationary noise suppressors
27.01.2011
13.11.2003
Subjective listening test method for
evaluating circuit multiplication
Subjective quality evaluation of telephone
services based on spoken dialogue
Perceptual evaluation of speech quality
(PESQ): An objective method for end-toend speech quality assessment of narrowband telephone networks and speech
codecs
Former ITU-T P.84
This Recommendation included
an electronic attachment
containing the reference
implementation of PESQ and
corresponding conformance
data. This electronic
attachment was superseded on
123 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P.862 (2001) Amd. 2
(11/2005)
29.11.2005
ITU-T P.862 (2001) Cor. 1
(10/2007)
ITU-T P.862.1 (11/2003)
11.10.2007
ITU-T P.862.2 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T P.862.3 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T P.862.3 (2007) Cor. 1
(11/2011)
ITU-T P.863 (09/2014)
09.11.2011
ITU-T P.863.1 (09/2014)
11.09.2014
ITU-T P.880 (05/2004)
14.05.2004
ITU-T P.910 (04/2008)
06.04.2008
ITU-T P.911 (12/1998)
03.12.1998
ITU-T P.911 (1998) Cor. 1
(09/1999)
ITU-T P.912 (08/2008)
30.09.1999
ITU-T P.913 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T P.920 (05/2000)
18.05.2000
ITU-T P.930 (08/1996)
30.08.1996
ITU-T P.931 (12/1998)
03.12.1998
ITU-T P.1010 (07/2004)
07.07.2004
ITU-T P.1100 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T P.1110 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T P.1201 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
March 2015 Edition
13.11.2003
11.09.2014
13.08.2008
Revised Annex A – Reference
This amendment includes an
implementations and conformance testing electronic attachment
for ITU-T Recs P.862, P.862.1 and P.862.2 containing reference
implementation and
conformance data that
supersedes previous software
Mapping function for transforming P.862
raw result scores to MOS-LQO
Wideband extension to Recommendation
P.862 for the assessment of wideband
telephone networks and speech codecs
Application guide for objective quality
measurement based on
Recommendations P.862, P.862.1 and
P.862.2
Perceptual objective listening quality
assessment
Application guide for Recommendation
ITU-T P.863
Continuous evaluation of time-varying
speech quality
Subjective video quality assessment
methods for multimedia applications
Subjective audiovisual quality assessment
methods for multimedia applications
Subjective video quality assessment
methods for recognition tasks
Methods for the subjective assessment of
video quality, audio quality and
audiovisual quality of Internet video and
distribution quality television in any
environment
Interactive
test methods for audiovisual
communications
Principles of a reference impairment
system for video
Multimedia communications delay,
synchronization and frame rate
Fundamental voice transmission
objectives for VoIP terminals and
Narrow-band hands-free communication
in motor vehicles
Wideband hands-free communication in
motor vehicles
Parametric non-intrusive assessment of
The published text of this
audiovisual media streaming quality
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
P.1201 (2012) Amd.1 (2013).
124 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P.1201 (2012) Amd. 2
(12/2013)
12.12.2013
ITU-T P.1201.1 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T P.1201.1 (2012) Amd. 1
(12/2013)
12.12.2013
ITU-T P.1201.2 (2012) Erraum
1 (02/2015)
ITU-T P.1201.2 (10/2012)
18.02.2015
ITU-T P.1201.2 (2012) Amd. 2
(12/2013)
12.12.2013
ITU-T P.1201.2 (2012) Cor. 1
(04/2014)
ITU-T P.1202 (10/2012)
29.04.2014
ITU-T P.1202.1 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T P.1202.2 (05/2013)
14.05.2013
ITU-T P.1301 (07/2012)
14.07.2012
ITU-T P.1302 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T P.1311 (12/2014)
22.12.2014
ITU-T P.1401 (07/2012)
14.07.2012
ITU-T P.1401 (2012) Cor. 1
(10/2014)
ITU-T P.1501 (02/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T P Suppl. 10 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T P Suppl. 16 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
14.10.2012
14.10.2012
13.02.2014
Amendment 2: New Appendix III - Use of
P.1201 for non-adaptive, progressive
download type media streaming
Parametric non-intrusive assessment of
audiovisual media streaming quality –
Lower resolution application area
New Appendix I - Use of ITU-T P.1201.1
internal model parameters for diagnostic
purposes
Parametric non-intrusive assessment of
audiovisual media streaming quality –
Higher resolution application area
New Appendix I - Use of ITU-T P.1201.2
internal model parameters for diagnostic
purposes.
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
P.1201.2 (2012) Amd.1 (2013).
Parametric non-intrusive bitstream
assessment of video media streaming
quality
Parametric non-intrusive bitstream
assessment of video media streaming
quality – Lower resolution application
area
Parametric
non-intrusive bitstream
assessment of video media streaming
quality – Higher resolution application
area
Subjective
quality evaluation of audio and
audiovisual multiparty telemeetings
Subjective method for simulated
conversation tests addressing speech and
audiovisual call quality
Method for determining the intelligibility
of multiple concurrent talkers
Methods, metrics and procedures for
statistical evaluation, qualification and
comparison of objective quality prediction
models
Corrections to equations 7-2 and 7-29
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
P.1202 (2012) Amd.1 (2013).
Subjective testing methodology for web
browsing
Considerations relating to transmission
characteristics for analogue handset
telephones
Guidelines for placement of microphones Former G Suppl. 25 (1984)
and loudspeakers in telephone conference
rooms and for group audio terminals
(GATs)
125 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T P Suppl. 20 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T P Suppl. 23 (02/1998)
27.02.1998
ITU-T P Suppl. 24 (10/2005)
21.10.2005
ITU-T P Suppl. 25 (01/2011)
27.01.2011
ITU-T P Suppl. 26 (06/2012)
07.06.2012
ITU-T Q.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.7 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.8 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.9 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.14 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.20 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.22 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.24 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.25 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.26 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.27 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.28 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.29 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Examples of measurements of handset
receive-frequency responses: dependence
on earcap leakage losses
ITU-T coded-speech database
This Supplement includes 3 CDROMs containing the ITU-T
coded speech database for 8
kbit/s codec tests. Due to the
data volume, this Supplement
is not downloadable from the
ITU website and should be
provided from the ITU Sales
service. Only the Supplement
Parameters describing the interaction
text is downloadable free of
with spoken dialogue systems
Parameters describing the interaction
with multimodal dialogue systems
Scenarios for the subjective quality
evaluation of audio and audiovisual
multiparty telemeetings
Signal receivers for manual working
Signal receivers for automatic and semiautomatic working, used for manual
Automatic switching functions for use in
national networks
Signalling systems to be used for
international automatic and semiautomatic telephone working
Signalling systems to be used for
international manual and automatic
working on analogue leased circuits
Vocabulary of switching and signalling
Means to control the number of satellite
links in an international telephone
Comparative advantages of "in-band" and
"out-band" systems
Systems recommended for out-band
signalling
Frequencies to be used for in-band
Technical features of push-button
telephone sets
Multifrequency push-button signal
Splitting arrangements and signal
recognition times in "in-band" signalling
Direct access to the international network
from the national network
Transmission of the answer signal
Determination of the moment of the
called subscriber's answer in the
Causes of noise and ways of reducing
noise in telephone exchanges
126 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.30 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.31 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.32 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.33 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.44 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.45 (10/1984)
25.11.1988
19.10.1984
ITU-T Q.45 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.48 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.50 (07/2001)
25.11.1988
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.50 (2001) Erratum 1
(08/2006)
ITU-T Q.50.1 (07/2001)
24.08.2006
ITU-T Q.50.2 (12/2002)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.52 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.55 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.56 (05/2001)
25.05.2001
ITU-T Q.65 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.68 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.71 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.72 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.76 (02/1995)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.80 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
13.07.2001
Improving the reliability of contacts in
speech circuits
Noise in a national 4-wire automatic
Reduction of the risk of instability by
switching means
Protection against the effects of faulty
transmission on groups of circuits
Attenuation distortion
Transmission characteristics of an
analogue international exchange
Transmission characteristics of an
analogue international exchange
Demand assignment signalling systems
Signalling between Circuit Multiplication
Equipment (CME) and International
Switching Centres (ISC)
Q.45 bis is consistent with
Q.551-Q.554 (1988). There are
no changes in Q.45 bis of Q.45
technical substance. Q.45
(1984) is adequate for
Signalling between International Switching
Centres (ISC) and Digital Circuit
Multiplication Equipment (DCME)
including the control of
compression/decompression
Signalling
between International Switching
Centres (ISC) and Digital Circuit
Multiplication Equipment (DCME)
including the control of
compression/decompression over an IP
network between international switching
Signaling
centers and stand-alone echo control
Signalling between signal processing
network equipments (SPNE) and
international switching centres (ISC)
Signalling between signal processing
network equipment (SPNE) and
international switching centres (ISC) over
an IPunified
The
network
functional methodology for
the characterization of services and
network capabilities including alternative
object oriented techniques
Overview of methodology for developing
management services
ISDN circuit mode switched bearer
Stage 2 description for packet mode
Service procedures for Universal Personal
Telecommunication – Functional
modelling and information flows
Introduction to stage 2 service
descriptions for supplementary services
127 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.81.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.81.2 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.81.3 (09/1991)
25.11.1988
04.02.1992
10.09.1991
ITU-T Q.81.5 (09/1991)
10.09.1991
ITU-T Q.81.7 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.81.8 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.82.1 (11/1988)
05.06.1997
04.02.1992
25.11.1988
Direct dialling-in
Multiple subscriber number
Calling line identification presentation
(CLIP) and calling line identification
restriction (CLIR)
Connected line identification,
presentation and restriction (COLP) and
Malicious call identification (MCID)
Sub-addressing (SUB)
Call transfer
ITU-T Q.82.2 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.82.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.82.4 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.82.7 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.83.1 (09/1991)
ITU-T Q.83.2 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.83.3 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
09.07.1996
10.09.1991
04.02.1992
25.11.1988
Call forwarding
Call deflection
Line hunting
Explicit call transfer
Call waiting (CW)
Call hold
Completion of call to busy subscriber
ITU-T Q.84.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.84.2 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.85.1 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.85.3 (02/1992)
12.03.1993
17.10.1995
04.02.1992
04.02.1992
ITU-T Q.85.6 (02/1995)
ITU-T Q.85.6 Annex A
(07/1996)
ITU-T Q.86.1 (11/1988)
07.02.1995
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.86.2 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.86.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.86.4 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.86.7 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
12.03.1993
05.06.1997
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.87.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.87.2 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.101 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.102 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.103 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.104 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.105 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.106 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
Conference calling (CONF)
Three-party service
Closed user group
Published with ITU-T Q.85.3
Multi-level precedence and preemption Published with ITU-T Q.85.1
(MLPP)
Global Virtual Network Service (GVNS)
Service procedures and information flows
based on intelligent network CS-1
Credit card call
Empty Recommendation. This
service has only been identified
and requires further study
Advice of charge (AOC)
Reverse charging (REV)
International Freephone Service (IFS)
International Telecommunication Charge
Card (ITCC)
User-to-user signalling (UUS)
User signalling bearer services
Empty Recommendation. This
service has only been identified
and requires further study
Facilities provided in international semiautomatic working
Facilities provided in international
automatic working
Numbering used
Language digit or discriminating digit
National (significant) number
The sending-finished signal
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
Published with ITU-T Q.81.8
Published with ITU-T Q.81.5
Published with ITU-T Q.81.3
Published with ITU-T Q.81.2
Empty Recommendation. This
service has only been identified
and requires further study
Published with ITU-T Q.82.3
Published with ITU-T Q.82.2
Published with ITU-T Q.83.4
Empty Recommendation. This
service has only been identified
and requires further study
128 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.107 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.107 bis (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.108 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.109 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.110 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.112 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.113 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.114 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.115.0 (12/2002)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.115.0 (2002) Erratum
1 (09/2003)
ITU-T Q.115.0 (2002) Cor. 1
(06/2007)
ITU-T Q.115.1 (12/2002)
03.09.2003
ITU-T Q.115.2 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T Q.116 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.117 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.118 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.118 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.120-Q.139 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.140-Q.180 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.251-Q.300 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.310-Q.332 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Standard sending sequence of forward
address information
Analysis of forward address information
for routing
One-way or both-way operation of
international circuits
Transmission of the answer signal in
international exchanges
General aspects of the utilization of
standardized CCITT signalling systems on
PCM links
Signal levels and signal receiver sensitivity
Connection of signal receivers in the
Typical transmission requirements for
signal senders and receivers
Protocols for the control of signal
processing network elements and
13.06.2007
29.12.2002
Logic for the control of echo control
Formerly Rec. Q.115
devices and functions
Logic for the control of voice
enhancement devices and functions
Indication given to the outgoing operator
or calling subscriber in case of an
abnormal condition
Alarms for technical staff and
arrangements in case of faults
Abnormal conditions – Special release
arrangements
Indication of congestion conditions at
transit exchanges
Specifications of signalling system No. 4
Initially published in Blue Book
Fascicle VI.2 (1988). Available
now in electronic format only
Specifications of Signalling System No. 5 Initially published in Blue Book
Fascicle VI.2 (1988). Available
now in electronic format only.
This set includes the
amendments introduced on 12
Specifications of Signalling System No. 6 Initially
March 1993
published
on Q.141
in Blue
andBook
Fascicle VI.3 (1988). Available
now in electronic format only
Specifications of Signalling System R1
Initially published in Blue Book
Fascicle VI.4 (1988). Available
now in electronic format only
129 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.400-Q.490 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
Specifications of Signalling System R2
ITU-T Q.500 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.511 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.512 (02/1995)
25.11.1988
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.513 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.521 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.522 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.541 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.542 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.543 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.544 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.551 (01/2002)
25.11.1988
06.01.2002
ITU-T Q.552 (11/2001)
29.11.2001
ITU-T Q.553 (11/2001)
29.11.2001
ITU-T Q.554 (11/1996)
11.11.1996
ITU-T Q.601 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.602 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.603 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.604 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.605 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.606 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.607 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.608 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.611 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.612 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.613 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.614 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.615 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
Digital local, combined, transit and
international exchanges – Introduction
and field of application
Exchange interfaces towards other
Digital exchange interfaces for subscriber
access
Digital exchange interfaces for operations,
administration and maintenance
Digital exchange functions
Digital exchange connections, signalling
and ancillary functions
Digital exchange design objectives –
Digital exchange design objectives –
Operations and maintenance
Digital exchange performance design
objectives
Digital exchange measurements
Transmission characteristics of digital
exchanges
Transmission characteristics at 2-wire
analogue interfaces of digital exchanges
Transmission characteristics at 4-wire
analogue interfaces of digital exchanges
Transmission characteristics at digital
interfaces of digital exchanges
Interworking of signalling systems –
Interworking of signalling systems –
Introduction
Events
Interworking of signalling systems –
Information analysis tables
Drawing conventions
Logic procedures
Interworking requirements for new
signalling systems
Miscellaneous interworking aspects
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system No. 4
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system No. 5
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system No. 6
Logic procedures for incoming Signalling
System No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system R1
March 2015 Edition
Initially published in Blue Book
Fascicle VI.4 (1988). Available
now in electronic format only
Replaces Q.501 (1984) and
Q.511 (1984)
Replaces Q.502 (1984) and
Replaces Q.503 (1984) and
Q.513 (1984)
Replaces Q.505 (1984) and
130 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.616 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.617 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.621 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.622 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.623 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.624 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.625 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.626 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.627 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.634 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.642 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.643 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.644 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.645 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.646 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.652 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.653 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.654 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.655 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.656 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.662 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.663 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.664 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.665 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system R2
Logic procedures for incoming signalling
system No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for outgoing signalling
system No. 4
Logic procedures for outgoing signalling
system No. 5
Logic procedures for outgoing signalling
system No. 6
Logic procedures for outgoing Signalling
System No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for outgoing signalling
system R1
Logic procedures for outgoing signalling
system R2
Logic procedures for outgoing Signalling
System No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 4 to R2
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 5 to No. 6
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 5 to No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 5 to R1
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 5 to R2
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 5 to Signalling
System No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 6 to No. 5
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 6 to No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 6 to R1
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 6 to R2
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 6 to Signalling
System No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to No. 5
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to No. 6
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to No. 7
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to R1
131 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.666 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.667 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.671 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.672 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.673 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.674 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.675 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.681 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.682 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.683 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.684 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.685 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.686 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.690 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.691 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.692 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.694 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.695 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.696 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.698 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.699 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
March 2015 Edition
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to R2
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 7 (TUP) to Signalling
System No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R1 to No. 5
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R1 to No. 6
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R1 to No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R1 to R2
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System R1 to Signalling System
No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R2 to No. 4
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R2 to No. 5
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R2 to No. 6
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R2 to No. 7 (TUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system R2 to R1
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System R2 to Signalling System
No. 7 (ISUP)
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP) to No. 5
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP) to No. 6
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP) to No. 7
Logic procedures for interworking of
signalling system No. 7 (ISUP) to R1
Logic procedures for interworking of
Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP) to R2
Interworking between the Signalling
System No. 7 ISDN User Part (ISUP) and
Signalling Systems No. 5, R2 and Signalling
System No. 7 TUP
Interworking of Signalling System No. 7
ISUP, TUP and Signalling System No. 6
using arrow diagrams
Interworking between ISDN access and
non-ISDN access over ISDN User Part of
Signalling System No. 7
132 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.699 (1997) Add. 1
(12/1999)
ITU-T Q.699.1 (05/1998)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.700 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.701 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.702 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.703 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.704 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.705 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.706 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.707 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.708 (03/1999)
25.11.1988
09.07.1996
09.07.1996
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.709 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.710 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.711 (03/2001)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.712 (07/1996)
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.713 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.714 (05/2001)
ITU-T Q.715 (04/2002)
ITU-T Q.716 (03/1993)
25.05.2001
13.04.2002
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.721 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.722 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.723 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.723 (1988) Amd. 1
(03/1993)
ITU-T Q.724 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.724 (1988) Amd. 1
(03/1993)
ITU-T Q.725 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.730 (12/1999)
ITU-T Q.731.1 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.731.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.731.4 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.731.5 (03/1993)
03.12.1999
09.07.1996
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.731.6 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.731.7 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
March 2015 Edition
15.05.1998
DSS1-SS7 interworking for call completion
on no reply
Interworking between ISDN access and
non-ISDN access over ISDN user part of
signalling system No. 7: Support of VPN
applications with PSS1 information flows
Introduction to CCITT Signalling System
Functional description of the message
transfer part (MTP) of Signalling System
Signalling data link
Signalling link
Signalling network functions and
Signalling network structure
Message transfer part signalling
Testing and maintenance
Assignment procedures for international
signalling point codes
Hypothetical signalling reference
Simplified MTP version for small systems
Functional description of the signalling
connection control part
Definition and function of Signalling
connection control part messages
Signalling connection control part formats
and codes
Signalling connection control part
Signalling connection control part user
Signalling System No. 7 – Signalling
connection control part (SCCP)
Functional description of the Signalling
System No. 7 Telephone User Part (TUP)
General function of telephone messages
and signals
Telephone user part formats and codes
Published as a covering note
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
Telephone user part signalling procedures
12.03.1993
Signalling performance in the telephone
application
ISDN User Part supplementary services
Direct-dialling-in (DDI)
Calling line identification presentation
Calling line identification restriction (CLIR)
Connected line identification presentation
(COLP)
Connected line identification restriction
(COLR)
Malicious call identification (MCID)
Published as a covering note
133 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.731.8 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.732.2-5 (12/1999)
04.02.1992
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.732.2-5 (1999) Amd.
1 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.732.7 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.733.1 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.733.2 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.733.3 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.733.3 (1997) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.733.4 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.733.5 (12/1999)
ITU-T Q.734.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.734.2 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.735.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.735.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.735.6 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.736.1 (10/1995)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.736.3 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.737.1 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.750 (06/1997)
17.10.1995
05.06.1997
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.751.1 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.751.2 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.751.3 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.751.4 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.752 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.753 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.754 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.755 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.755.1 (05/1998)
ITU-T Q.755.2 (09/1997)
12.03.1993
15.05.1998
12.09.1997
March 2015 Edition
Sub-addressing (SUB)
Call diversion services:
- Call forwarding busy
- Call forwarding no reply
- Call forwarding unconditional
- Call deflection
09.07.1996
04.02.1992
12.03.1993
05.06.1997
13.07.2001
Explicit call transfer
Call waiting (CW)
Call hold (HOLD)
Completion of calls to busy subscriber
12.03.1993
03.12.1999
12.03.1993
09.07.1996
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
09.07.1996
17.10.1995
Terminal portability (TP)
Completion of calls on no reply
Conference calling
Three-party service
Closed user group (CUG)
Multi-level precedence and preemption
Global virtual network service (GVNS)
International Telecommunication Charge
Card (ITCC)
Reverse charging (REV)
User-to-user signalling (UUS)
Overview of Signalling System No. 7
management
Network element management
information model for the Message
Network element management
information model for the Signalling
Connection Control Part
Network element information model for
MTP accounting
Network element information model for
SCCP accounting and accounting
Monitoring and measurements for
Signalling System No. 7 networks
Signalling System No. 7 management
functions MRVT, SRVT and CVT and
definition of the OMASE-user
Signalling System No. 7 management
application service element (ASE)
Signalling System No. 7 protocol tests
MTP protocol tester
Transaction capabilities test responder
Published with ITU-T Q.731.1
Call diversion Recommendation
groups four services the stage 3
descriptions of which are
similar:
Q.732.2 – Call Forwarding
Busy (CFB)
Q.732.3 – Call Forwarding No
Reply (CFNR)
Q.732.4 – Call Forwarding
Published with ITU-T Q.733.4
Published with ITU-T Q.733.2
Published with ITU-T Q.734.2
134 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.756 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.761 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.761 (1999) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.761 (1999) Amd. 2
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.761 (1999) Amd. 3
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.761 (1999) Amd. 4
(10/2009)
ITU-T Q.762 (12/1999)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Add. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Amd. 2
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Amd. 3
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Amd. 4
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.762 (1999) Amd. 5
(10/2009)
ITU-T Q.763 (12/1999)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 1
(03/2001)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Cor. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 2
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 3
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 4
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 5
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.763 (1999) Amd. 6
(10/2009)
ITU-T Q.764 (12/1999)
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.764 (1999) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.764 (1999) Amd. 2
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.764 (1999) Amd. 3
(04/2004)
13.07.2001
March 2015 Edition
29.12.2002
27.01.2006
29.10.2009
03.12.1999
29.12.2002
Guidebook to Operations, Maintenance
and Administration Part (OMAP)
Signalling System No. 7 – ISDN User Part
functional description
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Support for the customized alerting tone
(CAT) service
Signalling System No. 7 – ISDN User Part
general functions of messages and signals
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
27.01.2006
13.09.2006
29.10.2009
03.12.1999
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Support for the customized alerting tone
(CAT) service
Signalling System No. 7 – ISDN User Part
formats and codes
Coding of the Application Transport
Parameter
Supersedes Q.763 (1999) Add.1
13.07.2001
29.12.2002
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
27.01.2006
13.09.2006
29.10.2009
03.12.1999
29.12.2002
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Support for the customized alerting tone
(CAT) service
Signalling System No. 7 – ISDN User Part
signalling procedures
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
135 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.764 (1999) Amd. 4
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.764 (1999) Amd. 5
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.765 (06/2000)
27.01.2006
ITU-T Q.765 bis (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.765.1 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.765.1 bis (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.765.1 bis (1999)
Amd. 1 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.765.4 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.765.5 (04/2004)
13.04.2004
ITU-T Q.766 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.767 (02/1991)
15.02.1991
ITU-T Q.767 (1991) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.768 (10/1995)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.769.1 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.771 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.772 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.773 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.774 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.775 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.780 (10/1995)
05.06.1997
05.06.1997
05.06.1997
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.781 (04/2002)
ITU-T Q.782 (04/2002)
13.04.2002
13.04.2002
March 2015 Edition
13.09.2006
15.06.2000
17.10.1995
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Signalling system No. 7 – Application
transport mechanism
Signalling system No. 7 – Application
transport mechanism: Test suite structure
and test purposes (TSS & TP)
Signalling system No. 7 – Application
transport mechanism: Support of VPN
applications with PSS1 information flows
Abstract test suite for the APM support of This Recommendation includes
VPN applications
an electronic attachment
containing the ATS for ISUP'97
for APM support of VPN in
machine
This
amendment
processable
is published
form andin
English only. It includes an
electronic attachment
containing the ATS for support
Signalling system No. 7 – Application
of VPN applications
transport mechanism: Support of the
generic addressing and transport protocol
Signalling system No. 7 – Application
transport mechanism: Bearer
Independent Call Control (BICC)
Performance objectives in the integrated
services digital network application
Application of the ISDN User Part of CCITT
signalling system No. 7 for international
ISDN interconnections
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Signalling interface between an
international switching centre and an
ISDN satellite subnetwork
Signalling system No. 7 – ISDN user part
enhancements for the support of number
portability
Functional description of transaction
capabilities
Transaction capabilities information
element definitions
Transaction capabilities formats and
Transaction capabilities procedures
Guidelines for using transaction
Signalling System No. 7 test specification –
General description
MTP level 2 test specification
MTP level 3 test specification
136 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.783 (11/1988)
ITU-T Q.784 (02/1991)
ITU-T Q.784 Annex A
(03/1993)
ITU-T Q.784.1 (07/1996)
25.11.1988
15.02.1991
12.03.1993
TUP test specification
ISUP basic call test specification
TTCN version of Recommendation Q.784
09.07.1996
ISUP basic call test specification:
Validation and compatibility for ISUP'92
and Q.767 protocols
ITU-T Q.784.1 (1996) Cor. 1
(12/1999)
ITU-T Q.784.2 (06/1997)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.784.3 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.784.3 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.785 (09/1991)
10.09.1991
ITU-T Q.785.2 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.785.2 (1999) Erratum
1 (02/2002)
26.02.2002
ITU-T Q.785.2 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2000)
06.12.2000
New Appendix I – Additional test
configuration for ISUP'97 supplementary
services
ITU-T Q.786 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.787 (09/1997)
ITU-T Q.788 (06/1997)
12.03.1993
12.09.1997
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.811 (02/2004)
13.02.2004
ITU-T Q.812 (02/2004)
13.02.2004
ITU-T Q.813 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T Q.814 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T Q.815 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
SCCP test specification
Transaction capabilities (TC) test
User-network-interface to user-networkinterface compatibility test specifications
for ISDN, non-ISDN and undetermined
accesses interworking over international
ISUP layer protocol profiles for the Q
Lower
and X interfaces
Upper layer protocol profiles for the Q
and X interfaces
Security transformations application
service element for remote operations
service element (STASE-ROSE)
Specification of an electronic data
interchange interactive agent
Specification of a security module for
whole message protection
March 2015 Edition
05.06.1997
ISUP basic call test specification: Abstract
test suite for ISUP'92 basic call control
procedures
ISUP basic call test specification: ISUP '97
basic call control procedures – Test suite
structure and test purposes (TSS & TP)
ISUP protocol test specification for
supplementary services
ISUP'97 supplementary services – Test
suite structure and test purposes (TSS &
TP)
This Recommendation includes
1 diskette containing Annex D
ISUP '92 ATS for Basic Call in
graphical
This
Recommendation
and in machine
includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ATS for ISUP'97
basic call control procedures in
machine
This
amendment
processable
is published
form andin
English only. It includes an
electronic attachment
containing the ATS for for
ISUP'97 basic call control
This Recommendation includes
1 CD-ROM containing the
ISUP'97 ATS for Supplementary
Services in machine
processable
This
Erratumform
includes
andan
in
electronic attachment
containing the ISUP'97 ATS for
Supplementary
This
amendmentServices
includesversion
an
electronic attachment
containing the ISUP'97 ATS for
Supplementary Services for
Appendix I configuration
137 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.816 (01/2001)
ITU-T Q.816 (2001) Cor. 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T Q.816 (2001) Amd. 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T Q.816 (2001) Amd. 2
(05/2002)
ITU-T Q.816 (2001) Cor. 2
(08/2002)
ITU-T Q.816.1 (08/2001)
19.01.2001
13.08.2001
CORBA-based TMN services
13.08.2001
OMG services profile
29.05.2002
User Guide for local name resolution
ITU-T Q.816.2 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
ITU-T Q.817 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
ITU-T Q.818 (05/2012)
ITU-T Q.818 (2012) Cor. 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T Q.821 (02/2000)
14.05.2012
16.03.2013
ITU-T Q.821.1 (09/2001)
ITU-T Q.822 (04/1994)
29.09.2001
07.04.1994
ITU-T Q.822 (1994) Amd. 1
(03/2003)
ITU-T Q.822.1 (10/2001)
29.03.2003
ITU-T Q.822.1 (2001) Amd. 1
(03/2003)
ITU-T Q.823 (07/1996)
29.03.2003
ITU-T Q.823.1 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T Q.824.0 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.824.1 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.824.2 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.824.3 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.824.4 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.824.5 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T Q.824.5 (1997) Cor. 1
(02/2000)
ITU-T Q.824.6 (06/1998)
ITU-T Q.824.7 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
March 2015 Edition
06.08.2002
13.08.2001
04.02.2000
07.10.2001
09.07.1996
26.06.1998
04.02.2000
CORBA-based TMN services: Extensions to
support coarse-grained interfaces
CORBA-based TMN services: Extensions to
support service-oriented interfaces
TMN PKI – Digital certificates and
certificate revocation lists profiles
Web service-based management services
Stage 2 and Stage 3 description for the Q3
interface – Alarm Surveillance
CORBA-based TMN alarm surveillance
Stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 description
for the Q3 interface – Performance
Generic transport performance
management
CORBA-based TMN performance
management service
Generic transport performance
management
Stage 2 and stage 3 functional
specifications for traffic management
Management Conformance Statement
Proformas
Common information
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
basic and primary rate access
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
supplementary services
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
optional user facilities
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
teleservices
Configuration management of V5
interface environments and associated
customer profiles
Broadband Switch Management
Enhanced broadband switch management
138 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.825 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T Q.826 (02/2000)
ITU-T Q.827.1 (10/2004)
04.02.2000
07.10.2004
ITU-T Q.827.1 (2004) Amd. 1
(03/2007)
ITU-T Q.831 (10/1997)
16.03.2007
ITU-T Q.831 (1997) Cor. 1
(03/2001)
ITU-T Q.831.1 (02/2000)
ITU-T Q.832.1 (06/1998)
ITU-T Q.832.1 (1998) Cor. 1
(03/2001)
ITU-T Q.832.2 (03/1999)
ITU-T Q.832.3 (01/2001)
ITU-T Q.833.1 (01/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.834.1 (06/2004)
13.06.2004
ITU-T Q.834.3 (06/2004)
13.06.2004
ITU-T Q.834.4 (07/2003)
07.07.2003
ITU-T Q.834.4 (2003) Amd. 1
(01/2004)
ITU-T Q.835 (03/1999)
13.01.2004
ITU-T Q.835 (1999) Cor. 1
(03/2001)
ITU-T Q.836.1 (02/2000)
ITU-T Q.837.1 (02/2004)
01.03.2001
ITU-T Q.837.2 (10/2007)
14.10.2007
ITU-T Q.838.1 (10/2004)
07.10.2004
ITU-T Q.840.1 (03/2007)
16.03.2007
March 2015 Edition
24.10.1997
Specification of TMN applications at the
Q3 interface: call detail recording
Routing management model
Requirements and analysis for the
common management functions of NMSEMS interfaces
Addition of a common managed entity
EMS
Fault and performance management of V5
interface environments and associated
customer profiles
04.02.2000
26.06.1998
01.03.2001
Access Management for V5
VB5.1 Management
26.03.1999
19.01.2001
19.01.2001
VB5.2 Management
Broadband access coordination
Asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL)
– Network element management: CMIP
ATM-PON requirements and managed
entities for the network and network
element views
A UML description for management
interface requirements for Broadband
Passive Optical Networks
A CORBA interface specification for
Broadband Passive Optical Networks
based on UML interface requirements
26.03.1999
04.02.2000
13.02.2004
This edition includes the
modifications introduced by
Q.834.4 (2003) Cor.1 approved
on 13 January 2004
Line and line circuit test management of
ISDN and analogue customer accesses
SSF management information model
SDH-DLC functional requirements for the
network and network element views
Use case descriptions and analysis for SDHDLC network level management interface
Requirements and analysis for the
management interface of Ethernet Passive
Optical Networks (EPON)
Requirements and analysis for NMS-EMS
management interface of Ethernet over
Transport and Metro Ethernet Network
(EoT/MEN)
139 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.850 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.850 (1998) Add. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.850 (1998) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.860 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.920 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.920 (1993) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.921 (09/1997)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.921 (1997) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.921 bis (03/1993)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.922 (02/1992)
04.02.1992
ITU-T Q.923 (02/1995)
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.930 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.931 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.931 (1998) Erratum 1
(02/2003)
ITU-T Q.931 (1998) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.932 (05/1998)
14.02.2003
ITU-T Q.932 (1998) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.933 (02/2003)
15.06.2000
March 2015 Edition
Usage of cause and location in the Digital
Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 and the
Signalling System No. 7 ISDN user part
13.07.2001
15.06.2000
12.09.1997
12.03.1993
29.12.2002
15.05.1998
13.02.2003
Integrated services digital network (ISDN)
and broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) generic addressing and
transport (GAT) protocol
ISDN user-network interface data link
This Recommendation is also
layer – General aspects
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.440
ISDN user-network interface – Data link
layer specification
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.441
Abstract test suite for LAPD conformance This Recommendation includes
testing
5 diskettes containing
postscript files of ATS for
testing conformance of basic
ISDN data link layer specification for frame rate user side equipment to
mode bearer services
Specification of a synchronization and
coordination function for the provision of
the OSI connection-mode network service
in an ISDN environment
ISDN user-network interface layer 3 –
This Recommendation is also
General aspects
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.450
ISDN user-network interface layer 3
This Recommendation is also
specification for basic call control
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.451
Extensions for the support of digital
multiplexing equipment
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 1 –
Generic procedures for the control of
ISDN supplementary services
ISDN Digital Subscriber Signalling System
No. 1 (DSS1) – Signalling specifications for
frame mode switched and permanent
virtual connection control and status
monitoring
140 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.933 bis (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.939 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.940 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.941 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.950 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.951.1 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.951.2 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.951.3 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.951.4 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.951.5 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.951.6 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.951.7 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.951.8 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.952 (03/1993)
04.02.1992
04.02.1992
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
05.06.1997
04.02.1992
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.952.7 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.953.1 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.953.2 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.953.3 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.953.4 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.953.5 (12/1999)
04.02.1992
12.03.1993
05.06.1997
17.10.1995
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.954.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T Q.954.2 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.955.1 (02/1992)
ITU-T Q.955.3 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
17.10.1995
04.02.1992
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.956.2 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.956.3 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.957.1 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.1001 (11/1988)
17.10.1995
17.10.1995
09.07.1996
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.1100 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1101 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.1102 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Abstract test suite – Signalling
specification for frame mode basic call
control conformance testing for
permanent virtual connections (PVCs)
Typical DSS1 service indicator codings for
ISDN telecommunications services
ISDN user-network interface protocol for
management – General aspects
ISDN user-network interface protocol
profile for management
Supplementary services protocols,
structure and general principles
Direct-dialling-in (DDI)
Multiple subscriber number (MSN)
Calling line identification presentation
Calling line identification restriction
Connected line identification presentation
Connected line identification restriction
Malicious call identification (MCID)
Sub-addressing (SUB)
Stage 3 description for call offering
supplementary services using DSS1 –
Diversion supplementary services
Stage 3 description for call offering
supplementary services using DSS1:
Explicit call transfer (ECT)
Call waiting
Call hold
Completion of calls to busy subscribers
Terminal Portability (TP)
Call Completion on No Reply (CCNR)
This Recommendation includes
1 diskette containing Abstract
test suites Section II
corresponding to additional
procedures for PVCs as per
Q.951 parts 1, 2 and 8
Q.951 parts 1, 2 and 8
Q.951 parts 3-6 published
Q.951 parts 3-6 published
Q.951 parts 3-6 published
Q.951 parts 3-6 published
Q.951 parts 1, 2 and 8
This Recommendation includes
1 diskette containing the SDL
process diagrams of DSS1 CCNR
in machine processable form
Conference calling
Three-party service (3PTY)
Closed user group
Multi-level precedence and preemption
(MLPP)
Advice of charge
Reverse charging
User-to-user signalling (UUS)
General aspects of public land mobile
networks
Structure of the Recommendations on the
INMARSAT mobile satellite systems
General requirements for the
Formerly Q.60 (1984)
interworking of the terrestrial telephone
network and INMARSAT Standard A
system
Interworking
between Signalling System Formerly Q.61 (1984)
R2 and INMARSAT Standard A system
141 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1103 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q.1111 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1112 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1151 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1152 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1200 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1204 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1205 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1208 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1210 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1211 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1213 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1214 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1215 (10/1995)
ITU-T Q.1218 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1218 (1995) Add. 1
(09/1997)
ITU-T Q.1219 (04/1994)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1220 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1221 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1222 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1223 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1224 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
March 2015 Edition
07.04.1994
Interworking between Signalling System Formerly Q.62 (1984)
No. 5 and INMARSAT Standard A system
Interfaces between the INMARSAT
Standard B system and the international
public switched telephone network/ISDN
Procedures for interworking between
INMARSAT Standard-B system and the
international public switched telephone
network/ISDN
Interfaces for interworking between the
INMARSAT aeronautical mobile-satellite
system and the international public
switched telephone network/ISDN
Procedures for interworking between
INMARSAT aeronautical mobile satellite
system and the international public
switched telephone network/ISDN
General series Intelligent Network
Recommendation structure
Intelligent network distributed functional
plane architecture
Intelligent network physical plane
architecture
General aspects of the intelligent network
application protocol
Q.1210-series intelligent network
Recommendation structure
Introduction to intelligent network
capability set 1
Global functional plane for intelligent
network CS-1
Distributed functional plane for intelligent
network CS-1
Physical plane for intelligent network CS-1
Interface Recommendation for intelligent
network CS-1
Definition for two new contexts in the SDF
data model
Intelligent network user's guide for
Capability Set 1
Q.1220-Series intelligent network
Capability Set 2 Recommendation
Introduction to intelligent network
Capability Set 2
Service plane for intelligent network
Capability Set 2
Global functional plane for intelligent
network Capability Set 2
Distributed functional plane for intelligent This Recommendation is
network Capability Set 2
published in three fascicles
142 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1225 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1228 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1229 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.1231 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.1236 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.1237 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.1 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.2 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.3 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.4 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.5 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.6 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1238.7 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1241 (07/2001)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1244 (07/2001)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1248.1 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.2 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.3 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.4 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.5 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.6 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1248.7 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.1290 (05/1998)
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
13.07.2001
15.05.1998
March 2015 Edition
Physical plane for intelligent network
Capability Set 2
Interface Recommendation for intelligent This Recommendation includes
network Capability Set 2
3 diskettes containing Q.1228
SDL diagrams in SDT source
Intelligent Network user's guide for
format and in PDF format
Capability Set 2
Introduction to Intelligent Network
Capability Set 3
Intelligent Network Capability Set 3 –
Management Information Model
Requirements and Methodology
Extensions to Intelligent Network
Capability Set 3 in support of B-ISDN
Common aspects
This Recommendation includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
SCF-SSF interface
definitions
This
Recommendation
for the IN CS-3
includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
definitions and the SDL
SCF-SRF interface
diagrams
This
Recommendation
in machine includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
SCF-SDF interface
definitions
This
Recommendation
for the IN CS-3
includes
SCFan electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
SDF-SDF interface
definitions
This
Recommendation
for the IN CS-3
includes
SCFan electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
SCF-SCF interface
definitions
This
Recommendation
for the IN CS-3
includes
SDFan electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
SCF-CUSF interface
definitions
This
Recommendation
for the IN CS-3
includes
SCFan electronic attachment
containing the ASN.1
Introduction to Intelligent Network
definitions for the IN CS-3 SCFCapability Set 4
Distributed functional plane for Intelligent
Network Capability Set 4
Common aspects
SCF-SSF interface
SCF-SRF interface
SCF-SDF interface
SDF-SDF interface
SCF-SCF interface
SCF-CUSF interface
Glossary of terms used in the definition of
intelligent networks
143 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1300 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1301 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1302 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1303 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.1400 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Q.1400 (1993) Add. 1
(02/1995)
ITU-T Q.1521 (06/2000)
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.1531 (06/2000)
ITU-T Q.1541 (05/1998)
15.06.2000
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.1542 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1551 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.1600 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.1600 bis (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.1600 bis (1999) Amd.
1 (12/2000)
ITU-T Q.1601 (12/1999)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.1701 (03/1999)
ITU-T Q.1702 (06/2002)
15.03.1999
29.06.2002
ITU-T Q.1703 (05/2004)
29.05.2004
ITU-T Q.1704 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1706/Y.2801
(11/2006)
06.11.2006
March 2015 Edition
15.06.2000
03.12.1999
Telecommunication applications for
switches and computers (TASC) – General
Telecommunication applications for
switches and computers (TASC) – TASC
Telecommunication applications for
switches and computers (TASC) – TASC
functional services
Telecommunication applications for
switches and computers (TASC) – TASC
Management: Architecture, methodology
and requirements
Architecture
framework for the
development of signalling and OA&M
protocols using OSI concepts
Requirements on underlying networks and
signalling protocols to support UPT
UPT security requirements for Service Set
UPT stage 2 for Service Set 1 on IN CS-1 –
Procedures for universal personal
telecommunication: Functional modelling
and information flows
UPT stage 2 for Service Set 1 on IN CS-2 –
Procedures for universal personal
telecommunication: Functional modelling
and information flows
Application of Intelligent Network
Application Protocols (INAP) CS-1 for UPT
service set 1
Signalling System No. 7 – Interaction
between ISUP and INAP
Signalling system No. 7 – Interaction
between ISDN user part ISUP '97 and INAP
CS-1: Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS & TP)
This Recommendation includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ATS in machine
processable form and in pdf
formamendment
This
for ISUP'97/INAP
is published
CS-1 in
English only
Signalling system No. 7 – Interaction
between N-ISDN and INAP CS-2
Framework for IMT-2000 networks
Long-term vision of network aspects for
systems beyond IMT-2000
Service and network capabilities
framework of network aspects for
systems beyond IMT-2000
Functional network architecture for IMTAdvanced
Mobility management requirements for
NGN
144 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1707/Y.2804
(02/2008)
ITU-T Q.1708/Y.2805
(10/2008)
ITU-T Q.1709/Y.2806
(10/2008)
ITU-T Q.1711 (03/1999)
ITU-T Q.1721 (06/2000)
29.02.2008
ITU-T Q.1731 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1741.1 (04/2002)
29.04.2002
ITU-T Q.1741.2 (12/2002)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1741.3 (09/2003)
13.09.2003
ITU-T Q.1741.4 (10/2005)
29.10.2005
ITU-T Q.1741.5 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1741.6 (10/2009)
29.10.2009
ITU-T Q.1741.7 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Q.1741.8 (04/2013)
13.04.2013
ITU-T Q.1742.1 (12/2002)
14.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1742.2 (07/2003)
29.07.2003
ITU-T Q.1742.2 (2003)
Erratum 1 (03/2004)
ITU-T Q.1742.3 (01/2004)
17.03.2004
ITU-T Q.1742.4 (04/2005)
29.04.2005
ITU-T Q.1742.5 (09/2006)
13.09.2006
ITU-T Q.1742.6 (08/2007)
13.08.2007
March 2015 Edition
14.10.2008
14.10.2008
15.03.1999
15.06.2000
10.01.2004
Generic framework of mobility
management for next generation
Framework of location management for
NGN
Framework of handover control for NGN
Network functional model for IMT-2000
Information flows for IMT-2000 capability
set 1
Radio-technology independent
requirements for IMT-2000 layer 2 radio
IMT-2000 references to release 1999 of
GSM evolved UMTS core network with
UTRAN access network
IMT-2000 references to release 4 of GSM
evolved UMTS core network with UTRAN
access network
IMT-2000 references to release 5 of GSM
evolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to release 6 of GSM
evolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to Release 7 of GSMevolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to Release 8 of GSMevolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to Release 9 of GSMevolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to Release 10 of
GSM-evolved UMTS core network
IMT-2000 references to ANSI-41 evolved
core network with cdma2000 access
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 11
July 2002) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 30
June 2003) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 30
June 2004) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 31
December 2005) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 31
December 2006) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
145 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1742.7 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1742.8 (06/2010)
13.06.2010
ITU-T Q.1742.9 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Q.1742.10 (04/2013)
13.04.2013
ITU-T Q.1742.11 (04/2014)
13.04.2014
ITU-T Q.1751 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.1761 (01/2004)
10.01.2004
ITU-T Q.1762/Y.2802
(09/2007)
ITU-T Q.1763/Y.2803
(10/2007)
21.09.2007
ITU-T Q.1901 (06/2000)
ITU-T Q.1901 (2000) Cor. 1
(04/2002)
ITU-T Q.1902.1 (07/2001)
15.06.2000
13.04.2002
ITU-T Q.1902.1 (2001) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.1902.1 (2001) Amd. 2
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.1 (2001) Amd. 3
(10/2009)
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (07/2001)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (2001) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (2001) Amd. 2
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (2001) Amd. 3
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (2001) Amd. 4
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.2 (2001) Amd. 5
(10/2009)
29.12.2002
March 2015 Edition
29.10.2007
02.07.2001
27.01.2006
29.10.2009
02.07.2001
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 30
June 2008) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 31
January 2010) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 31
December 2010) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT-2000 references (approved as of 31
December 2011) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
IMT 2000 references (approved as of 31
December 2012) to ANSI-41 evolved core
network with cdma2000 access network
Internetwork signalling requirements for
IMT-2000 capability set 1
Principles and requirements for
convergence of fixed and existing IMTFixed-mobile convergence general
requirements
FMC service using legacy PSTN or ISDN as
the fixed access network for mobile
network users
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
This Recommendation was
reposted on 27.01.2015 in
order to correct an editorial
issue.
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
(Capability Set 2): Functional description
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Support for the customized alerting tone
service
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
(Capability Set 2) and Signalling System
No.7 ISDN User Part: General functions of
messages and parameters
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
27.01.2006
13.09.2006
29.10.2009
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Support for the customized alerting tone
(CAT) service
146 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (2001) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (2001) Amd. 2
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (2001) Amd. 3
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (2001) Amd. 4
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.3 (2001) Amd. 5
(10/2009)
ITU-T Q.1902.4 (07/2001)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1902.4 (2001) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.1902.4 (2001) Amd. 2
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.1902.4 (2001) Amd. 3
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.4 (2001) Amd. 4
(09/2006)
ITU-T Q.1902.5 (07/2001)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1902.6 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1902.6 (2001) Amd. 1
(04/2004)
ITU-T Q.1912.1 (07/2001)
13.04.2004
ITU-T Q.1912.2 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1912.3 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1912.4 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1912.5 (03/2004)
12.03.2004
March 2015 Edition
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
(Capability Set 2) and Signalling System
No.7 ISDN User Part: Formats and codes
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
27.01.2006
13.09.2006
29.10.2009
02.07.2001
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Support for the customized alerting tone
(CAT) service
Bearer independent call control protocol
(Capability Set 2): Basic call procedures
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
13.04.2004
27.01.2006
13.09.2006
02.07.2001
02.07.2001
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Transport of Voice Enhancement Device
related information
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
(Capability Set 2): Exceptions to the
Application transport mechanism in the
context of BICC
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
(Capability Set 2): Generic signalling
procedures for the support of the ISDN
User Part supplementary services and for
bearer redirection
Interworking between Signalling System
No. 7 ISDN user part and the Bearer
Independent Call Control protocol
Interworking between selected signalling
systems (PSTN access, DSS1, C5, R1, R2,
TUP) and the Bearer Independent Call
Control protocol
Interworking between H.323 and the
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
Interworking between Digital Subscriber
Signalling System No. 2 and the Bearer
Independent Call Control protocol
Interworking between Session Initiation
Protocol (SIP) and Bearer Independent
Call Control protocol or ISDN User Part
147 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.1912.5 B (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1912.5 C (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1912.5 D (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1912.5 E (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.1912.5 F (03/2011)
16.03.2011
ITU-T Q.1922.2 (07/2001)
02.07.2001
ITU-T Q.1922.4 (12/2002)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1930 (04/2002)
ITU-T Q.1950 (12/2002)
13.04.2002
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.1950 (2002) Amd. 1
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.1970 (09/2006)
ITU-T Q.1980.1 (12/2004)
27.01.2006
ITU-T Q.1990 (07/2001)
ITU-T Q.2010 (02/1995)
02.07.2001
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.2100 (07/1994)
29.07.1994
ITU-T Q.2110 (07/1994)
29.07.1994
March 2015 Edition
13.09.2006
10.12.2004
Interworking between session initiation
protocol (SIP) and bearer independent call
control protocol (BICC) or ISDN user part
(ISUP): Protocol implementation
conformance statement (PICS)
Interworking between session initiation
protocol (SIP) and bearer independent call
control protocol (BICC) or ISDN user part
(ISUP): Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS&TP) for profiles A and B
Interworking between session initiation
protocol (SIP) and bearer independent call
control protocol (BICC) or ISDN user part
(ISUP): Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS&TP) for profile C
Interworking between session initiation
protocol (SIP) and bearer independent call
control protocol (BICC) or ISDN user part
(ISUP): Abstract test suite (ATS) and
partial protocol implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) for profiles
A and B
Interworking
between session initiation
protocol (SIP) and bearer independent call
control protocol (BICC) or ISDN user part
(ISUP): Abstract test suite (ATS) and
partial protocol implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) for profile C
Interaction between the Intelligent
Network Application Protocol Capability
Set 2 and the Bearer Independent Call
Control protocol
Interaction
between the Intelligent
Network application CS-4 protocol and the
Bearer Independent Call Control protocol
BICC access network protocol
Bearer independent call bearer control
protocol
New Annex G – Call bearer control –
International Emergency Preference
BICC IP bearer control protocol
The Narrowband Signalling Syntax (NSS) –
Syntax definition
BICC Bearer Control Tunnelling Protocol
Broadband integrated services digital
network overview – Signalling capability
set 1, release 1
B-ISDN signalling ATM adaptation layer
(SAAL) – Overview description
B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer – Service
specific connection oriented protocol
148 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2111 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2111 (1999) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T Q.2111 (1999) Amd. 2
(04/2002)
ITU-T Q.2111 (1999) Amd. 2
Erratum 1 (03/2004)
ITU-T Q.2111 (1999) Amd. 3
(10/2003)
ITU-T Q.2111 (1999) Amd. 3
Erratum 1 (07/2004)
ITU-T Q.2119 (07/1996)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Q.2120 (02/1995)
ITU-T Q.2130 (07/1994)
07.02.1995
29.07.1994
ITU-T Q.2140 (02/1995)
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.2140 (1995) Erratum
1 (03/2004)
ITU-T Q.2144 (10/1995)
12.03.2004
ITU-T Q.2150.0 (05/2001)
ITU-T Q.2150.1 (05/2001)
15.05.2001
15.05.2001
ITU-T Q.2150.2 (05/2001)
15.05.2001
ITU-T Q.2150.3 (12/2002)
ITU-T Q.2210 (07/1996)
29.12.2002
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.2220 (12/2002)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.2610 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2630.1 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2630.1 Annex B
(03/2001)
ITU-T Q.2630.2 (12/2000)
01.03.2001
March 2015 Edition
13.04.2002
B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer – Service
specific connection oriented protocol in a
multilink and connectionless environment
(SSCOPMCE)
API for SSCOPMCE over Ethernet
17.03.2004
14.10.2003
API for SSCOPMCE over Ethernet and UDP
port number
30.07.2004
09.07.1996
17.10.1995
06.12.2000
B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer –
Convergence function for SSCOP above
the frame relay core service
B-ISDN meta-signalling protocol
B-ISDN signalling ATM adaptation layer –
Service specific coordination function for
support of signalling at the user-network
interface (SSCF at UNI)
B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer – Service
specific coordination function for
signalling at the network node interface
(SSCF at NNI)
B-ISDN signalling ATM adaptation layer –
Layer management for the SAAL at the
network node interface
Generic signalling transport service
Signalling transport converter on MTP3
and MTP3b
Signalling transport converter on SSCOP
and SSCOPMCE
Signalling transport converter on SCTP
Message transfer part level 3 functions
and messages using the services of ITU-T
Recommendation Q.2140
Transport-Independent Signalling
Connection Control Part (TI-SCCP)
Usage of cause and location in B-ISDN
user part and DSS2
AAL type 2 signalling protocol – Capability
Set 1
SDL definition of the AAL type 2 signalling
protocol CS-1
AAL type 2 signalling protocol – Capability
Set 2
149 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2630.2 Annex D
(04/2002)
ITU-T Q.2630.3 (10/2003)
13.04.2002
ITU-T Q.2630.3 (2003) Amd. 1
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.2631.1 (10/2003)
27.01.2006
ITU-T Q.2632.1 (10/2003)
14.10.2003
ITU-T Q.2650 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2660 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2722.1 (07/1996)
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.2722.1 (1996) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.2724.1 (07/1996)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.2726.2 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.2726.3 (07/1996)
09.07.1996
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.2726.4 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.2730 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2735.1 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.2751.1 (09/1997)
ITU-T Q.2761 (12/1999)
05.06.1997
12.09.1997
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2761 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.2762 (12/1999)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.2762 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.2763 (12/1999)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.2763 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
ITU-T Q.2764 (12/1999)
29.12.2002
ITU-T Q.2764 (1999) Amd. 1
(12/2002)
29.12.2002
March 2015 Edition
14.10.2003
14.10.2003
09.07.1996
03.12.1999
03.12.1999
03.12.1999
SDL definition of the AAL type 2 signalling
protocol CS-2
AAL type 2 signalling protocol – Capability
Set 3
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
IP connection control signalling protocol –
Capability Set 1
Interworking between AAL type 2
signalling protocol Capability Set 2 and IP
connection control signalling protocol
Capability Setbetween
Interworking
1
signalling system
No. 7 broadband ISDN User Part (B-ISUP)
and digital subscriber signalling system
No. 2 (DSS2) between signalling system
Interworking
No. 7 broadband ISDN user part (B-ISUP)
and narrow-band ISDN user part (N-ISUP)
B-ISDN user part – Network node
interface specification for point-tomultipoint call/connection control
B-ISDN user part – Look-ahead without
state change for the network node
B-ISDN user part – Call priority
B-ISDN user part – Network generated
session identifier
Extensions to the B-ISDN User Part –
Application generated identifiers
Signalling system No. 7 B-ISDN user part
(B-ISUP) – Supplementary services
Closed User Group (CUG)
Extension of Q.751.1 for SAAL signalling
Functional description of the B-ISDN user
part (B-ISUP) of signalling system No. 7
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
General functions of messages and signals
of the B-ISDN User Part (B-ISUP) of
Signalling System No. 7
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Signalling System No. 7 B-ISDN User Part
(B-ISUP) – Formats and codes
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Signalling System No. 7 B-ISDN User Part
(B-ISUP) – Basic call procedures
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
150 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2765 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2766.1 (05/1998)
ITU-T Q.2766.1 (1998) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.2767.1 (06/2000)
ITU-T Q.2769.1 (06/2000)
15.05.1998
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.2920 (12/2003)
22.12.2003
ITU-T Q.2931 (02/1995)
07.02.1995
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1997)
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd. 2
(03/1999)
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd. 3
(03/1999)
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd. 4
(12/1999)
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd.
2/Cor. 1 (06/2000)
ITU-T Q.2931 (1995) Amd. 5
(01/2006)
ITU-T Q.2931 B (12/2000)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.2931 C (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2931 D (12/2000)
06.12.2000
March 2015 Edition
15.06.2000
15.06.2000
Signalling System No. 7 B-ISDN User Part
(B-ISUP) – Application transport
mechanism (APM)
Switched virtual path capability
Soft PVC capability
Support of number portability information
across B-ISUP
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital Subscriber
Signalling System No. 2 (DSS 2):
Call/connection control for the support of
ATM-MPLS
Digital
Subscriber
network
Signalling
interworking
System No. 2 Modified by ITU-T Q.2971
– User-Network Interface (UNI) layer 3
(10/1995)
specification for basic call/connection
control
15.03.1999
15.03.1999
03.12.1999
15.06.2000
27.01.2006
06.12.2000
Support for the International Emergency
Preference Scheme
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Usernetwork interface (UNI) layer 3
specification for basic call/connection
control: Protocol implementation
conformance
Broadband
integrated
statement
services
(PICS) digital
proforma
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Usernetwork interface (UNI) layer 3
specification for basic call/connection
control: Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS
Broadband
integrated
& TP) forservices
the userdigital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Usernetwork interface (UNI) layer 3
specification for basic call/connection
control: Abstract Test Suite (ATS) and
partial Protocol Implementation eXtra
Information for Testing (PIXIT) proforma
ITU-T Q.2931 B was previously
numbered as Q.2931 bis during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
ITU-T Q.2931 C was previously
numbered as Q.2931 ter during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
ITU-T Q.2931 D was previously
numbered as Q.2931 quater
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
151 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2931 E (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2931 F (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2932.1 (07/1996)
ITU-T Q.2933 (07/1996)
09.07.1996
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.2934 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.2939.1 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.2941.1 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.2941.2 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2941.3 (06/2000)
15.06.2000
ITU-T Q.2951.1 (1995) Cor. 1
(05/1998)
ITU-T Q.2951.9 (12/1999)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.2955.1 (06/1997)
ITU-T Q.2957.1 (02/1995)
ITU-T Q.2957.1 (1995) Amd. 1
(12/1999)
ITU-T Q.2959 (07/1996)
05.06.1997
07.02.1995
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2961 B (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2961 C (12/2000)
06.12.2000
March 2015 Edition
03.12.1999
09.07.1996
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Usernetwork interface (UNI) layer 3
specification for basic call/connection
control: Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS
Broadband
integrated
& TP) forservices
the network
digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Usernetwork interface (UNI) layer 3
specification for basic call/connection
control: Abstract Test Suite (ATS) and
partial Protocol Implementation eXtra
Information
Core
functions
for Testing (PIXIT) proforma
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Signalling specification for frame relay
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Switched virtual path capability
Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2
– Application of DSS2 service-related
information elements by equipment
supporting B-ISDN services
Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2
– Generic identifier transport
Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2
– Generic identifier transport extensions
Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2
– Generic identifier transport extension
for support of bearer independent call
control
ITU-T Q.2931 E was previously
numbered as Q.2931 quinquies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2931 F was previously
numbered as Q.2931 sexies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
Support of ATM end system addressing
format by Number identification
supplementary services
Closed User Group (CUG)
User-to-user signalling (UUS)
Modified by ITU-T Q.2971
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Call priority
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2
(DSS2) – Additional traffic parameters:
Protocol implementation conformance
statement (PICS) proforma
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2
(DSS2) – Additional traffic parameters:
Test suite structure and test purposes (TSS
& TP) for the user
ITU-T Q.2961 B was previously
numbered as Q.2961 bis during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
ITU-T Q.2961 C was previously
numbered as Q.2961 ter during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
152 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2961 D (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2961 E (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2961 F (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2961.1 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.2961.2 (06/1997)
05.06.1997
ITU-T Q.2961.2 (1997) Cor. 1
(03/1999)
ITU-T Q.2961.3 (09/1997)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.2961.4 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.2961.5 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.2961.6 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.2962 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.2962 B (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2962 C (12/2000)
06.12.2000
March 2015 Edition
12.09.1997
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2
(DSS2) – Additional traffic parameters:
Abstract test suite (ATS) and partial
protocol implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) proforma
for the subscriber
Digital
user
signalling system No. 2
(DSS2) – Additional traffic parameters:
Test suite structure and test purposes (TSS
& TP) for the network
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2
(DSS2) – Additional traffic parameters:
Abstract test suite (ATS) and partial
protocol implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) proforma
for the Network
Additional
signalling capabilities to
support traffic parameters for the tagging
option and the sustainable cell rate
parameter
Support
of ATM
set Transfer capability in the
broadband bearer capability information
element
Signalling capabilities to support traffic
parameters for the available bit rate (ABR)
ATM transfer capability
Signalling capabilities to support traffic
parameters for the ATM Block Transfer
(ABT) ATM transfer capability
Additional traffic parameters for cell delay
variation tolerance indication
Additional signalling procedures for the
support of the SBR2 and SBR3 ATM
transfer capabilities
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Digital
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase: Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS & TP) for the user
ITU-T Q.2961 D was previously
numbered as Q.2961 quater
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2961 E was previously
numbered as Q.2961 quinquies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2961 F was previously
numbered as Q.2961 sexies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2962 B was previously
numbered as Q.2962 bis during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
ITU-T Q.2962 C was previously
numbered as Q.2962 ter during
the approval process. It is
published in English only
153 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2962 D (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2962 E (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2962 F (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.1 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2963.1 B (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.1 C (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.1 D (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.1 E (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.1 F (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2963.2 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q.2963.3 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q.2964.1 (07/1996)
09.07.1996
ITU-T Q.2965.1 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q.2965.1 (1999) Amd. 1
(06/2000)
ITU-T Q.2965.1 B (12/2000)
15.06.2000
March 2015 Edition
06.12.2000
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase: Abstract test suite (ATS) and partial
protocol implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) proforma
for the subscriber
Digital
user
signalling system No. 2 –
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase: Test suite structure and test
purposes (TSS & TP) for the network
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Connection characteristics negotiation
during call/connection establishment
phase: Abstract test suite (ATS) and partial
protocol Implementation extra
information for testing (PIXIT) proforma
for the
Peak
cell
network
rate modification by the
connection owner
Peak cell rate modification by the
connection owner: Protocol
implementation conformance statement
(PICS)cell
Peak
proforma
rate modification by the
connection owner: Test suite structure
and test purposes (TSS & TP) for the user
Peak cell rate modification by the
connection owner: Abstract test suite
(ATS) and partial protocol implementation
extra information for testing (PIXIT)
proforma
Peak
cell rate
for the
modification
user
by the
connection owner: Test suite structure
and test purposes (TSS & TP) for the
network
Peak
cell rate modification by the
connection owner: Abstract test suite
(ATS) and partial protocol implementation
extra information for testing (PIXIT)
proforma for procedures
Modification
the networkfor sustainable
cell rate parameters
ATM traffic descriptor modification with
negotiation by the connection owner
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Basic look-ahead
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Support of Quality of Service classes
ITU-T Q.2962 D was previously
numbered as Q.2962 quater
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2962 E was previously
numbered as Q.2962 quinquies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2962 F was previously
numbered as Q.2962 sexies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2963 B was previously
numbered as Q.2963.1 bis
during the approval process. It
is published
ITU-T
Q.2963inCEnglish
was previously
only
numbered as Q.2963.1 ter
during the approval process. It
is published
ITU-T
Q.2963inDEnglish
was previously
only
numbered as Q.2963.1 quater
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
ITU-T Q.2963 E was previously
numbered as Q.2963.1
quinquies during the approval
process.
ITU-T
Q.2963
It is published
F was previously
in
numbered as Q.2963.1 sexies
during the approval process. It
is published in English only
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 – ITU-T Q.2965 B was previously
Support of Quality of Service classes:
numbered as Q.2965.1 bis
Protocol Implementation Conformance
during the approval process
Statement (PICS) proforma
154 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2965.2 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2965.2 B (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q.2971 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q.2971 (1995) Cor. 1
(12/1999)
ITU-T Q.2971 C (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2971 D (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2971 E (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2971 F (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2981 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2982 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2983 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2984 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
March 2015 Edition
03.12.1999
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Signalling of individual Quality of Service
parameters
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
Signalling of individual Quality of Service
parameters: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
User-network interface layer 3
specification for point-to-multipoint
call/connection control
Digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
User-network interface layer 3
specification for point-to-multipoint
call/connection control: Test Suite
Structure and Test Purposes (TSS & TP) for
the user
Digital
subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
User-network interface layer 3
specification for point-to-multipoint
call/connection control: Abstract Test
Suite (ATS) and partial Protocol
Implementation eXtra information for
testingsubscriber
Digital
(PIXIT) proforma
signalling
for system
the userNo. 2 –
User-network interface layer 3
specification for point-to-multipoint
call/connection control: Test Suite
Structure and Test Purposes (TSS & TP) for
the network
Digital
subscriber signalling system No. 2 –
User-network interface layer 3
specification for point-to-multipoint
call/connection control: Abstract Test
Suite (ATS) and partial Protocol
Implementation eXtra Information for
Testing (PIXIT)
Broadband
integrated
proforma
services
for thedigital
network
network (B-ISDN) and broadband private
integrated services network (B-PISN) – Call
control protocol
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Q.2931based separated call control protocol
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) – Bearer
control protocol
Broadband
integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) and broadband private
integrated services network (B-PISN) –
Prenegotiation
ITU-T Q.2965 B was previously
numbered as Q.2965.2 bis
during the approval process
Modifies ITU-T Q.2931, Q.2951
and Q.2957
ITU-T Q.2971 C was previously
numbered as Q.2971 ter during
the approval process
ITU-T Q.2971 D was previously
numbered as Q.2971 quater
during the approval process
ITU-T Q.2971 E was previously
numbered as Q.2971 quinquies
during the approval process
ITU-T Q.2971 F was previously
numbered as Q.2971 sexies
during the approval process
155 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.2991.1 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.2991.2 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q.3030 (02/2008)
29.02.2008
ITU-T Q.3040 (08/2010)
ITU-T Q.3050 (08/2012)
06.08.2010
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3201 (10/2007)
29.10.2007
ITU-T Q.3202.1 (05/2008)
22.05.2008
ITU-T Q.3203 (08/2011)
06.08.2011
ITU-T Q.3220 (06/2010)
13.06.2010
ITU-T Q.3221 (10/2008)
14.10.2008
ITU-T Q.3222 (04/2010)
30.04.2010
ITU-T Q.3223 (06/2009)
29.06.2009
ITU-T Q.3230 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3232 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Q.3300 v2 (03/2010)
01.03.2010
March 2015 Edition
TSS & TP
This Recommendation includes
an electronic attachment
containing Test Purpose list for
ICS & IXIT and ATS
network
This
Recommendation
integration testing
includes
an electronic attachment
containing the ATS in machine
processable form and in pdf
Signalling architecture for the NGN service form for network integration
control plane
Signalling architecture for IPTV control
Description of signalling protocols
supporting next generation network
EAP-based security signalling protocol
architecture for network attachment
Authentication protocols based on EAPAKA for interworking among 3GPP,
WiMax, and WLAN in NGN
Signalling requirements and architecture
of network attachment control functions
to support IP mobility
Architectural framework for NACF
signalling interface Recommendations
Requirements and protocol at the
interface between the service control
entity and the transport location
management physical entity (S-TC1
interface)
Requirements
and protocol at the
interface between transport location
management physical entities (Ng
interface)
Requirements
and protocol for the
interface between a transport location
management physical entity and a policy
decision physical entity (Ru Interface)
Signalling requirements and protocol at
the M13 interface between the transport
location management and network
information distribution physical entities
Signalling Requirements and Protocol at
the Nc interface between the transport
location management physical entity and
the transport authentication and
authorization physical entity
Architectural framework for the Q.330x
This text was first approved
series of Recommendations
and published as
Recommendation ITU-T Q.3320
and then renumbered as ITU-T
Q.3300 v2 on 2011-10-21
without further modification. It
was republished on 2013-06-20
156 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.3301.1 v3 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Q.3302.1 v2 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T Q.3303.0 (11/2007)
06.11.2007
ITU-T Q.3303.1 v2 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3303.1 v2 (2012) Cor.
1 (07/2014)
ITU-T Q.3303.2 v2 (03/2014)
16.07.2014
ITU-T Q.3303.3 v3 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Q.3304.1 v2 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
ITU-T Q.3304.1 v2 (2012) Cor.
1 (07/2014)
ITU-T Q.3304.2 v2 (08/2012)
16.07.2014
ITU-T Q.3305.1 v2 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
ITU-T Q.3306.1 (10/2009)
29.10.2009
March 2015 Edition
29.03.2014
13.08.2012
Resource control protocol No. 1, version 3
– Protocol at the Rs interface between
service control entities and the policy
decision physical entity
Resource control protocol No. 2 (rcp2) – This Recommendation was
Protocol at the Rp interface between
approved and pre-published as
transport resource control physical
ITU-T Q.3322.
entities control protocol No. 3 –
Resource
Protocols at the Rw interface between a
policy decision physical entity (PD-PE) and
a policy enforcement physical entity (PEPE): Overview
Resource control protocol No. 3 –
Protocol at the interface between a Policy
Decision Physical Entity (PD-PE) and a
Policy Enforcement Physical Entity (PEPE): COPS alternative version 2
Corrections to Annex A
Resource control protocol No. 3 –
Protocol at the interface between a policy
decision physical entity (PD-PE) and a
policy enforcement physical entity (PE-PE)
(Rw interface): ITU-T H.248 alternative
version 2 control protocol No. 3 –
Resource
Protocols at the Rw interface between a
policy decision physical entity (PD-PE) and
a policy enforcement physical entity (PEPE): Diameter profile version 3
Resource control protocol No. 4 (rcp4) Protocols at the Rc interface between a
transport resource control physical entity
and a transport physical entity: COPS
alternative to Annex A
Corrections
Resource control protocol No. 4 (rcp4) –
Protocols at the Rc interface between a
transport resource control physical entity
and a transport physical entity: SNMP
alternativecontrol protocol No. 5 (rcp5) –
Resource
Protocol at the interface between
transport resource control physical entity
and policy decision physical entity (Rt
interface): Diameter-based
Resource control protocol No. 6 (rcp6) Protocol at the interface between intradomain policy decision physical entities
(PD-PE) (Rd interface)
157 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.3307.1 (06/2009)
29.06.2009
ITU-T Q.3307.1 (2009) Amd. 1
(03/2012)
ITU-T Q.3308.1 (03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T Q.3308.1 (2012) Cor. 1
(07/2014)
ITU-T Q.3309 (10/2009)
ITU-T Q.3311 (10/2010)
16.07.2014
ITU-T Q.3312 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T Q.3313 (02/2012)
22.02.2012
ITU-T Q.3314 (05/2012)
22.05.2012
ITU-T Q.3315 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Q.3401 (03/2007)
ITU-T Q.3401 (2007) Amd. 1
(02/2008)
ITU-T Q.3402 (02/2008)
ITU-T Q.3610 (05/2009)
09.03.2007
29.02.2008
ITU-T Q.3611 (06/2009)
29.06.2009
ITU-T Q.3612 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
ITU-T Q.3613 (05/2012)
22.05.2012
ITU-T Q.3614 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T Q.3900 (09/2006)
29.09.2006
March 2015 Edition
29.03.2012
29.10.2009
14.10.2010
29.02.2008
07.05.2009
Resource control protocol No.7 - Protocol
at the interface between inter-domain
policy decision physical entities (Ri
interface)
Resource control protocol No. 8 - Protocol
at the interface between a policy decision
physical entity and a customer premises
network gateway policy enforcement
physical entity (Rh interface): COPS
alternative to Annex A
Corrections
QoS coordination protocol
Enhancement of resource and admission
control protocols to use pre-congestion
notification
Use of the access node control protocol
on the Rp interface
Signalling protocols and procedures
relating to flow state aware QoS control in
a bounded subnetwork of a next
generation network
Requirements
and protocol at the
interface between the mobile location
management physical entity used as a
proxy and the central instance of the
mobile location management physical
entity (M9requirements
Signalling
interface) for flexible
network service combination on
broadband network gateway
NGN NNI signalling profile (protocol set 1)
Extensions of NGN NNI signalling profile
including video and data services
NGN UNI signalling profile (Protocol set 1)
Signalling requirements and protocol
profiles for customized ring-back tone
Signalling requirements and protocol
profiles for NGN customized ringing tone
Signalling requirements and protocol
profiles for IP Centrex service
Signalling requirements for touch screen
terminal-based interactive voice response
services
Originating identification presentation and
originating identification restriction
protocol specification as next-generation
network supplementary service
Methods of testing and model network
architecture for NGN technical means
testing as applied to public
telecommunication networks
158 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.3901 (01/2008)
23.01.2008
ITU-T Q.3902 (01/2008)
23.01.2008
ITU-T Q.3903 (10/2008)
ITU-T Q.3904 (06/2010)
14.10.2008
13.06.2010
ITU-T Q.3906.1 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T Q.3909 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Q.3910 (06/2010)
ITU-T Q.3911 (06/2010)
13.06.2010
13.06.2010
ITU-T Q.3912 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3913 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Q.3925 (03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T Q.3930 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3931.1 (03/2011)
16.03.2011
ITU-T Q.3931.2 (03/2011)
16.03.2011
ITU-T Q.3931.3 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Q.3940 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3941.1 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
ITU-T Q.3941.2 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
March 2015 Edition
Testing topology for networks and
services based on NGN technical means
Operational parameters to be monitored
when implementing NGN technical means
in public telecommunication networks
Formalized presentation of testing results
Testing principles for IMS model
networks, and identification of relevant
conformance, interoperability and
functionality
Test
scenariostests
and catalogue for testing
fixed-broadband access networks using a
model network - Part I
The framework and overview of NGN
conformance and interoperability testing
Parameters for monitoring NGN protocols
Parameters for monitoring voice services
in NGN
Set of parameters for monitoring next
generation network streaming services
Set of parameters for monitoring Internet
of things devices
Traffic flow types for testing quality of
service parameters on model networks
Performance testing of distributed
systems - Concepts and terminology
Performance benchmark for the
PSTN/ISDN emulation subsystem of an IP
multimedia system - Part 1: Core concepts
Performance benchmark for the
PSTN/ISDN emulation subsystem of an IP
multimedia system - Part 2: Subsystem
configurations and benchmarks
Performance benchmark for the
PSTN/ISDN emulation subsystem of an IP
multimedia system - Part 3: Traffic sets
and trafficinterconnection
NGN/IMS
profiles
tests between
network operators at the IMS 'Ic' interface
and NGN NNI / SIP-I
Network integration testing between SIP
and ISDN/PSTN network signalling
protocols – Part 1: Test suite structure
and test purposes for SIP-ISDN
Network integration testing between SIP
and ISDN/PSTN network signalling
protocols – Part 2: Abstract test suite and
partial protocol implementation extra
information for testing proforma
specification for SIP-ISDN
159 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.3941.3 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
ITU-T Q.3941.4 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
ITU-T Q.3942.1 (04/2013)
29.04.2013
ITU-T Q.3943.1 (04/2013)
29.04.2013
ITU-T Q.3943.2 (04/2013)
29.04.2013
ITU-T Q.3943.3 (04/2013)
29.04.2013
ITU-T Q.3945 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Q.3946.1 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Q.3946.2 (04/2013)
29.04.2013
ITU-T Q.3946.3 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Q.3948 (06/2011)
29.06.2011
March 2015 Edition
Network integration testing between SIP
and ISDN/PSTN network signalling
protocols – Part 3: Test suite structure
and test purposes for SIP-SIP
Network integration testing between SIP
and ISDN/PSTN network signalling
protocols – Part 4: Abstract test suite and
partial protocol implementation extra
information for testing proforma
specification for
Conformance
test
SIP-SIP
specification for the
terminating identification restriction using
IP multimedia core network subsystem –
Part 1: Protocol implementation
conformance statement
Conformance tests specification for the
originating identification presentation and
originating identification restriction using
the IP multimedia core network
subsystem – Part 1: Protocol
Conformance tests specification for the
originating identification presentation and
originating identification restriction using
the IP multimedia core network
subsystem – Part 2: Network side – Test
suite structure and test purposes
Conformance tests specification for the
originating identification presentation and
originating identification restriction using
the IP multimedia core network
subsystem – Part 3: User side – Test suite
structure and test purposes
Test specifications for next generation
network services on model networks Test set 1
Conformance Tests Specification for the
session initiation protocol - Part 1:
Protocol implementation conformance
statement proforma
Conformance test specification for the
session initiation protocol – Part 2: Test
suite structure and test purposes
Conformance Tests Specification for the
session initiation protocol - Part 3:
Abstract Test Suite (ATS) and partial
Protocol Implementation eXtra
Information for Testing (PIXIT) proforma
Service testing framework for VoIP at the
user-to-network interface of next
generation networks
160 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q.3949 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T Q.3950 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Q Suppl. 1 (10/1995)
17.10.1995
ITU-T Q Suppl. 2 (09/1997)
12.09.1997
ITU-T Q Suppl. 3 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q Suppl. 4 (05/1998)
15.05.1998
ITU-T Q Suppl. 5 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 7 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 8 (03/1999)
15.03.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 9 (03/2004)
12.03.2004
ITU-T Q Suppl. 10 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 11 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 12 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 13 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 14 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 15 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 16 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
March 2015 Edition
Real-time multimedia service testing
framework at the user-to-network
interface of next generation networks
Testing and model network architecture
for tag-based identification systems and
functions
Signalling System No.7 testing and
planning tools
Intelligent network user's guide:
Supplement for IN CS-1
Number portability – Scope and capability
set 1 architecture
Number portability – Capability set 1
requirements for service provider
portability (All call query and Onward
routing) portability – Capability set 2
Number
requirements for service provider
portabilty (Query on release and
Dropback)Report TRQ.2001: General
Technical
aspects for the development of unified
signalling requirements
Technical Report TRQ.2400: Transport
control signalling requirements –
Signalling requirements for AAL Type 2
link control capability set 1
Technical Report TRQ.2000: Roadmap for
the TRQ.2xxx-series Technical Reports
Technical Report TRQ.2002: Information
flow elements
Technical Report TRQ.2010: B-ISDN
signalling interworking requirements
Technical Report TRQ.2100: Coordinated
call control and bearer control signalling
requirements – Root-party coordinated
call and bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.2110: Coordinated
call control and bearer control signalling
requirements – Leaf-party coordinated
call and bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.2120: Coordinated
call control and bearer control signalling
requirements – Third-party coordinated
call and bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.2130: Coordinated
call control and bearer control signalling
requirements for leaf initiated join service
Technical Report TRQ.2140: Signalling
requirements for the support of
narrowband services via broadband
transport technologies
Formerly Supplement 1 to
Q.780 series
Formerly Supplement 1 to ITUT Rec. Q.1219
161 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q Suppl. 17 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 18 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 19 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 20 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 21 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 22 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 23 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 24 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 25 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 26 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 27 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 28 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 29 (12/1999)
03.12.1999
ITU-T Q Suppl. 30 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
March 2015 Edition
Technical Report TRQ.2200: Call control
signalling requirements – Party call
Technical Report TRQ.2230: Call control
signalling requirements – Join call service
Technical Report TRQ.2300: Bearer
control signalling requirements – Rootparty bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.2310: Bearer
control signalling requirements – Leafparty bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.2320: Bearer
control signalling requirements – Thirdparty bearer control
Technical Report TRQ.3000: Operation of
the bearer independant call control (BICC)
protocol with digital subscriber signalling
system No. 2 (DSS2)
Supplement to ITU-T Q.1901
Recommendation – Technical Report
TRQ.3010: Operation of the bearer
independant call control (BICC) protocol
with AAL type 2 signalling protocol (CS-1)
Technical Report TRQ.3020: Operation of
the bearer independant call control (BICC)
protocol with broadband integrated
services digital network user part (B-ISUP)
for AAL Type 1 adaptation
Supplement to ITU-T Q.2900 series
Recommendations: Broadband integrated
services digital network (B-ISDN) – Digital
subscriber signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) –
User-network interface layer 3 – Overview
of B-ISDN DSS2 signalling capabilities
Broadband integrated services digital
network (B-ISDN) – Digital subscriber
signalling system No. 2 (DSS2) and
signalling system No. 7 (B-ISUP) – Support
of services over IP-based networks
Technical Report – Overview of Signalling
and Protocol Framework for an Emerging
Environment (SPFEE)
Technical Report: Signalling and protocol
framework for an emerging environment
(SPFEE) – Specifications for service access
Service Modelling: Evolution to the use of
object oriented techniques
Supplement to ITU-T Recommendation
Q.1701 – Roadmap to IMT-2000
Recommendations, Standards and
Technical Specifications
162 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q Suppl. 31 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q Suppl. 32 (11/2002)
22.11.2002
ITU-T Q Suppl. 33 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q Suppl. 34 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q Suppl. 35 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q Suppl. 36 (12/2000)
06.12.2000
ITU-T Q Suppl. 37 (07/2006)
28.07.2006
ITU-T Q Suppl. 38 (05/2001)
25.05.2001
ITU-T Q Suppl. 39 (03/2002)
01.03.2002
ITU-T Q Suppl. 40 (11/2002)
22.11.2002
ITU-T Q Suppl. 41 (11/2002)
22.11.2002
ITU-T Q Suppl. 42 (09/2003)
12.09.2003
ITU-T Q Suppl. 43 (09/2003)
12.09.2003
ITU-T Q Suppl. 44 (09/2003)
12.09.2003
March 2015 Edition
Technical Report TRQ.2141.0: Signalling
requirements for the support of narrowband services over broadband transport
technologies – Capability set 2 (CS-2)
Technical Report TRQ.2141.1: Signalling
requirements for the support of
narrowband services via broadband
transport technologies – CS-2 signalling
flows
Technical
Report TRQ.2401: Transport
control signalling requirements –
Signalling requirements for AAL type 2 link
control capability set 2
Technical Report TRQ.2410: Signalling
Requirements Capability Set 1 for the
support of IP Bearer Control in BICC
networks Report TRQ.2500: Signalling
Technical
Requirements for the support of the call
bearer control interface (CS-1)
Technical Report TRQ.3030: Operation of
the bearer independent call control (BICC)
protocol (CS-2) with IP bearer control
protocol (IPBCP)
DSS1 and DSS2 messages and information
element identifiers
Technical Report TRQ.2600: BICC
signalling transport requirements –
Technical Report TRQ.2700: Requirements
for signalling in access networks that
support BICC
Technical Report: Reference document
on API/object interface between network
control and application layer
Technical Report TRQ.2003: Roadmap to
the BICC protocol Recommendations, BICC
interworking Recommendations, and BICC
requirement Supplements
Technical Report TRQ.2402: Transport
control signalling requirements –
Signalling requirements for AAL type 2 link
control Capability Set 3
Technical Report TRQ.2415: Transport
control signalling requirements –
Signalling requirements for IP connection
control in radio access networks
Capability Report
Technical
Set 1 TRQ.2800: Transport
control signalling requirements –
Signalling requirements for AAL type 2 to
IP interworking Capability Set 1
163 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q Suppl. 45 (09/2003)
12.09.2003
ITU-T Q Suppl. 46 (09/2003)
12.09.2003
ITU-T Q Suppl. 47 (11/2003)
21.11.2003
ITU-T Q Suppl. 48 (03/2004)
12.03.2004
ITU-T Q Suppl. 49 (02/2014)
21.02.2014
ITU-T Q Suppl. 50 (03/2004)
12.03.2004
ITU-T Q Suppl. 51 (12/2004)
10.12.2004
ITU-T Q Suppl. 52 (12/2004)
16.12.2004
ITU-T Q Suppl. 53 (09/2005)
09.09.2005
ITU-T Q Suppl. 54 (04/2007)
27.04.2007
ITU-T Q Suppl. 55 (04/2007)
27.04.2007
ITU-T Q Suppl. 56 (04/2007)
27.04.2007
ITU-T Q Suppl. 57 (01/2008)
23.01.2008
ITU-T Q Suppl. 58 (01/2008)
23.01.2008
ITU-T Q Suppl. 59 (01/2008)
23.01.2008
ITU-T Q Suppl. 60 (01/2010)
28.01.2010
ITU-T Q Suppl. 61 (04/2010)
30.04.2010
ITU-T Q Suppl. 62 (02/2014)
21.02.2014
March 2015 Edition
Technical Report TRQ.2815: Requirements
for interworking BICC/ISUP network with
originating/destination networks based on
Session Initiation Protocol and Session
Description Protocol
Technical Report TRQ.2830: ATM-MPLS
network interworking signalling
Emergency services for IMT-2000
networks – Requirements for
harmonization and convergence
Guideline document for specifying
API/object interface between network
control and application layer
Signalling requirements to support IP
telephony
Technical Report TRQ.2145: Requirements
for a Narrow-band Signalling Syntax (NSS)
Signalling requirements for IP-QoS
NNI mobility management requirements
for systems beyond IMT-2000
Signalling requirements to support the
International Emergency Preference
Scheme (IEPS)
Signalling requirements at the interface
between SUP-FE and I/S-CSC-FE
Signalling requirements at the interface
between AS-FE and S-CSC-FE
Organization of NGN service user data
Signalling requirements to support the
emergency telecommunications service
(ETS) in IP networks
Organization of NGN transport user data
Signalling flows and parameter mapping
for resource control
Supplement to Recommendations ITU-T
Q.3610 and ITU-T Q.3611 - Service flows
for customized multimedia ring-back tone
(CRBT) and customized multimedia ringing
tone (CRT) services
Evaluation of signalling protocols to
support ITU-T Y.2171 admission control
Overview of the work of standards
development organizations and other
organizations on the emergency
telecommunications service
164 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Q Suppl. 63 (06/2013)
21.06.2013
ITU-T Q Suppl. 64 (02/2014)
21.02.2014
ITU-T Q Suppl. 65 (07/2014)
16.07.2014
ITU-T Q Suppl. 66 (07/2014)
18.07.2014
ITU-T Q-500 series Suppl. 1
(11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Q-500 series Suppl. 2
(11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.2 (11/1988)
ITU-T R.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.5 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.9 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.11 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.20 (11/1988)
ITU-T R.21 (08/1996)
25.11.1988
16.08.1996
ITU-T R.22 (08/1996)
16.08.1996
ITU-T R.30 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.31 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.35 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.35 bis (11/1988)
ITU-T R.36 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.37 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Signalling protocol mappings in support of
the Emergency Telecommunications
Service in IP networks
Physical realization of next generation
networks
Cloud computing interoperability activities
Supplement on scenarios and
requirements in terms of services and
deployments for IMT and IMS in
developingofcountries
Definition
relative levels, transmission
loss and attenuation/frequency distortion
for digital exchanges with complex
impedances at Z interfaces
Impedance strategy for telephone
instruments and digital local exchanges in
the British Telecom Network
Element error rate
Methods for the separate measurements
of the degrees of various types of
telegraph distortion
Observation conditions recommended for
routine distortion measurements on
international telegraph circuits
How the laws governing distribution of
distortion should be arrived at
Calculation of the degree of distortion of a
telegraph circuit in terms of the degrees
of distortion of the component links
Telegraph modem for subscriber lines
9600 bit/s modem standardized for use in
the telegraph TDM system
Data over voice 19 200 bit/s modem
standardized for use on telephone
network subscriber lines
Transmission characteristic for
international VFT links
Standardization of AMVFT systems for a
modulation rate of 50 bauds
Standardization of FMVFT systems for a
modulation rate of 50 bauds
50-baud wideband VFT systems
Coexistence of 50-baud/120-Hz channels,
100-baud/240-Hz channels, 200-baud/360Hz or 480-Hz channels on the same voicefrequency telegraph system
Standardization of FMVFT systems for a
modulation rate of 100 bauds
165 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T R.38 A (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.38 B (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.39 (11/1988)
ITU-T R.40 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.43 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.44 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.49 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.50 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.51 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.51 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.52 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.53 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.54 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.55 (03/1993)
ITU-T R.56 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.57 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.58 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Standardization of FMVFT system for a
modulation rate of 200 bauds with
channels spaced at 480 Hz
Standardization of FMVFT systems for a
modulation rate of 200 bauds with
channels spaced at 360 Hz usable on long
intercontinental bearer circuits generally
used with a 3-kHz spacing
Voice-frequency telegraphy on radio
Coexistence in the same cable of
telephony and super-telephone
Simultaneous communication by
telephone and telegraph on a telephonetype circuit
6-unit synchronous time-division 2-3channel multiplex telegraph system for
use over FMVFT channels spaced at 120
Hz for connection to standardized
teleprinter networks
Interband telegraphy over open-wire 3channel carrier systems
Tolerable limits for the degree of
isochronous distortion of codeindependent 50-baud telegraph circuits
Standardized text for distortion testing of
the code-independent elements of a
complete circuit
Standardized text for testing the elements
of a complete circuit
Standardization of international texts for
the measurement of the margin of startstop equipment
Permissible limits for the degree of
distortion on an international 50baud/120-Hz VFT channel (frequency and
amplitude modulation)
Conventional degree of distortion
tolerable for standardized start-stop 50Conventional degree of distortion
Telegraph distortion limits to be quoted in
Recommendations for equipment and
transmission plans
Standard limits of transmission quality for
planning code-independent international
point-to-point telegraph communications
and switched networks using 50-baud
start-stop equipment
Standard limits of transmission quality for
the gentex and telex networks
H.32 was an alias name of ITUT R.43. Only this alias name
was suppressed. ITU-T R.43
remains valid
Incorporates former S.33
(1984)
166 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T R.58 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.59 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.60 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.62 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.70 (11/1988)
ITU-T R.70 bis (11/1988)
ITU-T R.71 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.72 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.73 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.74 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.75 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.75 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.76 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.77 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.78 (11/1988)
ITU-T R.79 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.80 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.81 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.82 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.83 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.90 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.91 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Limits on signal transfer delay for
telegraph, telex and gentex networks
Interface requirements for 50-baud startstop telegraph transmission in the
maritime mobile satellite service
Conditions to be fulfilled by regenerative
repeaters for start-stop signals of
International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2
Siting of regenerative repeaters in
international telex circuits
Designation of international telegraph
Numbering of international VFT channels
Organization of the maintenance of
international telegraph circuits
Periodicity of maintenance measurements
to be carried out on the channels of
international VFT systems
Maintenance measurements to be carried
out on VFT systems
Choice of type of telegraph distortionmeasuring equipment
Maintenance measurements on codeindependent international sections of
international telegraph circuits
Maintenance measurements of character
error rate on international sections of
international telegraph circuits
Reserve channels for maintenance
measurements on channels of
international VFT systems
Use of bearer circuits for voice-frequency
telegraphy
Pilot channel for AMVFT systems
Automatic tests of transmission quality on Incorporates R.79 bis (1984)
telegraph circuits between switching
Causes of disturbances to signals in VFT
channels and their effect on telegraph
distortion
Maximum acceptable limit for the
duration of interruption of telegraph
channels arising from failure of the normal
power supplies
Appearance
of false calling and clearing
signals in circuits operated by switched
teleprinter services
Changes of level and interruptions in VFT
channels
Organization for locating and clearing
faults in international telegraph switched
General maintenance aspects for the
maritime satellite telex service
167 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T R.100 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.101 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.102 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.103 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.105 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.106 (08/1995)
29.08.1995
ITU-T R.111 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.112 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.113 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.114 (03/1993)
ITU-T R.115 (03/1993)
ITU-T R.116 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.117 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.118 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T R.120 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.121 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.122 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.140 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T R.150 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Transmission characteristics of
international TDM links
Code and speed dependent TDM system
for anisochronous telegraph and data
transmission using bit interleaving
4800 bit/s code and speed dependent and
hybrid TDM systems for anisochronous
telegraph and data transmission using bit
interleaving
Code and speed-dependent TDM 600 bit/s
system for use in point-to-point or branchline muldex configurations
Duplex muldex concentrator, connecting a
group of gentex and telex subscribers to a
telegraph exchange by assigning virtual
channels to time slots of a bit-interleaved
TDM system
Muldex unit for telegraph and low speed
data transmission using TDM bit
interleaving with an aggregate bit rate
higherand
Code
than
speed
4800independent
bit/s
TDM system
for anisochronous telegraph and data
transmission
TDM hybrid system for anisochronous
telegraph and data transmission using bit
interleaving
Combined muldex for telegraphy and
synchronous data transmission
Numbering of international TDM channels
Maintenance loops for TDM-systems
Maintenance tests to be carried out on
international TDM systems
End-to-end error performance for
telegraph, telex and gentex connections
involving regenerative equipment
Performance and availability monitoring in
regenerative TDM
Tolerable limits for the degree of
isochronous distortion of codeindependent telegraph circuits operating
at modulation rates of 75, 100 and 200
bauds limits of transmission quality for
Standard
start-stop user classes of service 1 and 2
on anisochronous data networks
Summary of transmission plans for rates
up to 300 bauds
Definitions of essential technical terms in
the field of telegraph transmission
Automatic protection switching of dual
diversity bearers
168 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T S.1 (03/1993)
ITU-T S.2 (11/1988)
12.03.1993
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.3 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.4 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.6 (11/1988)
ITU-T S.7 (11/1988)
ITU-T S.8 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.9 (11/1988)
ITU-T S.10 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.11 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.12 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.13 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.14 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.15 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.16 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.17 (11/1988)
ITU-T S.18 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.19 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.20 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.21 (03/1993)
ITU-T S.22 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2
Coding scheme using International
Telegraph Alphabet No. 2 (ITA2) to allow
the transmission of capital and small
letters
Transmission
characteristics of the local
end with its termination (ITA2)
Special use of certain characters of the
International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2
Standardization of page-printing start-stop
equipment and cooperation between
page-printing and tape-printing start-stop
equipment (ITA2)
Characteristics of answerback units (ITA2)
Control of teleprinter motors
Intercontinental standardization of the
modulation rate of start-stop apparatus
and of the use of combination No. 4 in
figure-shiftequipment of start-stop
Switching
Transmission at reduced character
transfer rate over a standardized 50-baud
telegraph channel
Use of start-stop reperforating equipment
for perforated tape retransmission
Conditions that must be satisfied by
synchronous systems operating in
connection with standard 50-baud
teleprinter
Use
on radio
circuits
circuits of 7-unit
Corresponds to CCIR Rec. 342-2
synchronous systems giving error
correction by automatic repetition
Suppression of unwanted reception in
radiotelegraph multi-destination
teleprinter systems
Use of the telex network for data
transmission at 50 bauds
Connection to the telex network of an
automatic terminal using a V.24 DCE/DTE
interface
Answer-back unit simulators
Conversion between International
Telegraph Alphabet No. 2 and
International Alphabet No. 5
Calling and answering in the telex network
with automatic terminal equipment
Automatic clearing procedure for a telex
terminal
Use of display screens in telex machines
"Conversation impossible" and or prerecorded message in response to J/BELL
signals from a telex terminal
169 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T S.23 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.30 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.31 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.32 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S.33 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.34 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T S.35 (03/1993)
ITU-T S.36 (07/1996)
12.03.1993
19.07.1996
ITU-T S.140 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T S Suppl. 1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.0 (07/1996)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.1 (11/1988)
ITU-T T.4 (07/2003)
25.11.1988
14.07.2003
ITU-T T.5 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.6 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.10 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.10 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.22 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.23 (04/1994)
07.04.1994
March 2015 Edition
Automatic request of the answerback of
the terminal of the calling party, by the
telex terminal of the called party or by the
international network
Standardization of basic model pageprinting machine using International
Transmission characteristics for start-stop
data terminal equipment using
International Alphabet No. 5
Answer-back units for 200- and 300-baud
start-stop machines in accordance with
Recommendation S.30
Alphabets and presentation
characteristics for the intex service
Intex terminals – Requirements to effect
interworking with the international telex
service
Answerback coding for the Intex service
Intex and similar services – Terminal
requirements to effect interworking
between terminals operating at different
speeds
Definitions
of essential technical terms
relating to apparatus for alphabetic
telegraphy
Minimal specifications for the bilingual
(arabic/latin) teleprinter
Classification of facsimile terminals for
document transmission over the public
networks
Standardization of phototelegraph
Standardization of Group 3 facsimile
terminals for document transmission
Test methodology for Group 3 facsimile
processing equipment in the Public
Switched Telephone Network
Facsimile coding schemes and coding
control functions for Group 4 facsimile
Document facsimile transmissions on
leased telephone-type circuits
Document facsimile transmissions in the
general switched telephone network
Standardized test charts for document
facsimile transmissions
Standardized colour test chart for
document facsimile transmissions
This text was first approved
and published as ITU-T Rec.
G.511, and then renumbered as
T.5 on 2002-02-15 without
H.43 was an alias name of ITUT T.10. Only this alias name was
suppressed. ITU-T T.10 remains
valid
Figures reproducing test charts
in T.22 Annex A are not suited
for measurements. Original test
charts are available from ITU
sales department
Figure
reproducing test charts
in T.23 Annex A is not suited for
measurements. Original test
chart is available from ITU sales
170 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.24 (06/1998)
18.06.1998
ITU-T T.24 (1998) Amd. 1
(02/2000)
ITU-T T.30 (09/2005)
10.02.2000
ITU-T T.30 (2005) Amd. 1
(01/2007)
ITU-T T.31 (08/1995)
13.01.2007
ITU-T T.31 (1995) Amd. 1
(07/1996)
ITU-T T.32 (08/1995)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.32 (1995) Amd. 1
(07/1996)
ITU-T T.33 (07/1996)
ITU-T T.35 (02/2000)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.36 (07/1997)
02.07.1997
ITU-T T.36 (1997) Amd. 1
(04/1999)
ITU-T T.37 (06/1998)
01.04.1999
ITU-T T.37 (1998) Amd. 1
(09/1999)
ITU-T T.37 (1998) Amd. 2
(03/2001)
ITU-T T.37 (1998) Amd. 3
(11/2002)
ITU-T T.38 (09/2010)
24.09.1999
ITU-T T.38 (2010) Erratum 1
(04/2013)
ITU-T T.38 (2010) Amd. 1
(10/2014)
19.04.2013
ITU-T T.39 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
March 2015 Edition
13.09.2005
11.08.1995
11.08.1995
03.07.1996
10.02.2000
18.06.1998
01.03.2001
29.11.2002
13.09.2010
14.10.2014
Standardized digitized image set
This Recommendation includes
2 CD-ROMs containing the
digitized image set. Due to the
data volume, this
Recommendation is not
downloadable from ITU
website and should be
provided from Sales
department (Email:
sales@itu.int). Only T.24 text is
downloadable free of charge
Procedures for document facsimile
transmission in the general switched
telephone network
Extension of silence period during fallback
from V.34
Asynchronous facsimile DCE control –
Service Class 1
Annex B: Procedure for Service Class 1
support of V.34 modems
Asynchronous facsimile DCE control –
Service Class 2
Facsimile routing utilizing the subaddress
Procedure for the allocation of ITU-T
defined codes for non-standard facilities
Security capabilities for use with Group 3
facsimile terminals
Procedures for the transfer of facsimile
data via store-and-forward on the Internet
Full Mode
Replacement of reference RFC 2531 by
RFC 2879
Support of image/tiff and image/tiff-fx
MIME content-types
Procedures for real-time Group 3 facsimile
communication over IP networks
Procedures for real-time Group 3 facsimile
communication over IP networks: New
Appendix VI, clarifications and corrections
Application profiles for simultaneous
voice and facsimile terminals
171 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.42 (07/2003)
14.07.2003
ITU-T T.42 (2003) Cor. 1
(03/2004)
ITU-T T.43 (07/1997)
15.03.2004
ITU-T T.43 (1997) Amd. 1
(02/2000)
ITU-T T.44 (01/2005)
10.02.2000
ITU-T T.44 (2005) Erratum 1
(06/2005)
ITU-T T.45 (02/2000)
ITU-T T.50 (09/1992)
09.06.2005
ITU-T T.51 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.51 (1992) Amd. 1
(08/1995)
ITU-T T.52 (03/1993)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.52 (1993) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T T.53 (04/1994)
18.10.1996
ITU-T T.55 (06/2008)
13.06.2008
ITU-T T.62 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.62 bis (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.66 (03/2002)
29.03.2002
ITU-T T.70 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.71 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.80 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.81 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.81 (1992) Cor. 1
(01/2004)
30.01.2004
March 2015 Edition
02.07.1997
08.01.2005
10.02.2000
18.09.1992
12.03.1993
07.04.1994
Continuous-tone colour representation
method for facsimile
Colour and gray-scale image
representations using lossless coding
Accommodation of new and future
Resolutions
Mixed Raster Content (MRC)
This text includes the typo
correction introduced by
Applies to English version only
Run-length Colour Encoding
International Reference Alphabet (IRA)
(Formerly International Alphabet No. 5 or
IA5) – Information technology – 7-bit
coded character set for information
interchange
Latin
based coded character sets for
telematic services
Non-latin coded character sets for
telematic services
Character coded control functions for
telematic services
Use of the universal multiple-octet coded
character set (UCS)
Control procedures for teletex and Group
4 facsimile services
Control procedures for teletex and G4
facsimile services based on
Recommendations X.215 and X.225
Facsimile code points for use with
Recommendations V.8 and V.8 bis
Network-independent basic transport
service for the telematic services
Link access protocol balanced (LAPB)
extended for half-duplex physical level
facility
Common components for image
compression and communication – Basic
Information technology – Digital
compression and coding of continuoustone still images – Requirements and
guidelines
Patent
information update
172 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.82 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.82 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/1995)
14.03.1995
ITU-T T.82 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T T.83 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
Information technology – Digital
compression and coding of continuoustone still images: Compliance testing
ITU-T T.84 (07/1996)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.84 (1996) Amd. 1
(04/1999)
01.04.1999
ITU-T T.85 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.85 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T T.85 (1995) Cor. 1
(02/1997)
ITU-T T.85 (1995) Amd. 2
(10/1997)
ITU-T T.86 (06/1998)
18.10.1996
Information technology – Digital
compression and coding of continuoustone still images: Extensions
Provisions to allow registration of new
compression types and versions in the
SPIFF header
Application profile for Recommendation
T.82 – Progressive bi-level image
compression (JBIG coding scheme) for
facsimile apparatus
ITU-T T.86 (1998) Amd. 1
(06/2012)
ITU-T T.87 (06/1998)
29.06.2012
ITU-T T.88 (02/2000)
10.02.2000
ITU-T T.88 (2000) Amd. 1
(06/2003)
ITU-T T.88 (2000) Amd. 1
Erratum 1 (12/2004)
ITU-T T.88 (2000) Amd. 2
(06/2003)
29.06.2003
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Coded
representation of picture and audio
information – Progressive bi-level image
compression
This Recommendation includes
3 diskettes containing
compliance test data for the
generic encoder and decoder
compliance tests
13.02.1997
16.10.1997
18.06.1998
18.06.1998
Information technology – Digital
compression and coding of continuoustone still images: Registration of JPEG
Profiles, SPIFF Profiles, SPIFF Tags, SPIFF
colour Spaces, APPn Markers, SPIFF
Compression types and Registration
authorities (REGAUT)marker list
Application-specific
Information technology – Lossless and
This Recommendation includes
near-lossless compression of continuous- one diskette containing the
tone still images – Baseline
JPEG-LS Lossless and nearlossless image compression
reference implementation and
Information technology – Lossy/lossless a conformance testing image
coding of bi-level images
Encoder
This amendment includes the
modifications introduced by
16.12.2004
29.06.2003
Extension of adaptive templates for
halftone coding
173 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.88 (2000) Amd. 3
(05/2011)
ITU-T T.89 (09/2001)
14.05.2011
Extension to colour coding
05.09.2001
ITU-T T.90 (02/1992)
25.02.1992
Application profiles for Recommendation
T.88 – Lossy/lossless coding of bi-level
images (JBIG2) for facsimile
Characteristics and protocols for terminals
for telematic services in ISDN
ITU-T T.90 (1992) Amd. 1
(11/1994)
ITU-T T.90 (1992) Amd. 2
(07/1996)
ITU-T T.90 (1992) Amd. 3
(06/1998)
ITU-T T.100 (11/1988)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.101 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.102 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.103 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.104 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.105 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.106 (03/1993)
ITU-T T.107 (08/1995)
12.03.1993
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.120 (01/2007)
ITU-T T.121 (07/1996)
ITU-T T.122 (02/1998)
13.01.2007
03.07.1996
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.123 (01/2007)
13.01.2007
ITU-T T.124 (01/2007)
ITU-T T.125 (02/1998)
13.01.2007
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.126 (08/2007)
ITU-T T.127 (08/2007)
ITU-T T.128 (06/2008)
ITU-T T.134 (02/1998)
ITU-T T.135 (08/2007)
29.08.2007
29.08.2007
13.06.2008
06.02.1998
29.08.2007
ITU-T T.137 (02/2000)
17.02.2000
ITU-T T.140 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.140 (1998) Add. 1
(02/2000)
ITU-T T.150 (11/1988)
17.02.2000
March 2015 Edition
This Amendment was
republished to indicate 2012 as
03.07.1996
18.06.1998
Cause value for a G4 fax fallback
25.11.1988
International information exchange for
interactive Videotex
International interworking for Videotex
services
Syntax-based Videotex end-to-end
protocols for the circuit mode ISDN
Syntax-based Videotex end-to-end
protocols for the packet mode ISDN
Packet mode access for syntax-based
Videotex via PSTN
Syntax-based Videotex application layer
protocol
Framework of videotex terminal protocols
Enhanced man machine interface for
videotex and other retrieval services
Data protocols for multimedia
Generic application template
Multipoint communication service –
Service definition
Network-specific data protocol stacks for
multimedia conferencing
Generic Conference Control
Multipoint communication service
protocol specification
Multipoint still image and annotation
Multipoint binary file transfer protocol
Multipoint application sharing
Text chat application entity
User-to-reservation system transactions
within T.120 conferences
Virtual meeting room management for
multimedia conferencing audio-visual
Protocol for multimedia application text
conversation
25.11.1988
Telewriting terminal equipment
174 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.170 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.171 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T T.172 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.172 (1998) Cor. 1
(06/2008)
ITU-T T.173 (07/1997)
ITU-T T.174 (10/1996)
13.06.2008
ITU-T T.175 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.176 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T T.180 (06/1998)
18.06.1998
ITU-T T.190 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.191 (07/1996)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.192 (06/1998)
18.06.1998
ITU-T T.300 (11/1988)
ITU-T T.330 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.351 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.390 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.411 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.411 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.412 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.412 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.412 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
March 2015 Edition
11.07.1997
18.10.1996
Framework of the T.170-Series of
Recommendations
Protocols for interactive audiovisual
services: Coded representation of
multimedia and hypermedia objects
MHEG-5 – Support for base-level
interactive applications
MHEG-3 script interchange representation
Application programming interface (API)
for MHEG-1
Application programming interface (API)
for MHEG-5
Application programming interface (API)
for digital storage media command and
control (DSM-CC)
Homogeneous access mechanism to
communication services
Cooperative Document Handling (CDH) –
Framework and basic services
Cooperative document handling (CDH) –
Joint synchronous editing (point-to-point)
Cooperative document handling –
Complex services: Joint synchronous
editing and joint document
presentation/viewing
General
principles of telematic
Telematic access to interpersonal
messaging system
Imaging process of character information
on facsimile apparatus
Teletex requirements for interworking
with the telex service
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Introduction and general
principles
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Document structures
175 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.413 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.414 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.414 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.414 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.415 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.415 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.415 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.416 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.416 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.417 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.417 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1997)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.417 (1993) Amd. 1
(10/1997)
ITU-T T.417 (1993) Amd. 2
(02/2000)
ITU-T T.418 (03/1993)
16.10.1997
ITU-T T.419 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.421 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.422 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Abstract interface for the
manipulation of ODA documents
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Document profile
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Open document interchange
format (ODIF)
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Character content architectures
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Raster graphics content
architectures
10.02.2000
12.03.1993
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Geometric graphics content
architecture technology – Open Document
Information
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Audio content architectures
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Tabular structures and tabular
layout
Information
technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Identification of document
fragments
176 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.424 (07/1996)
03.07.1996
ITU-T T.431 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.432 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.432 (1992) Amd. 1
(08/1995)
ITU-T T.433 (09/1992)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.433 (1992) Amd. 1
(08/1995)
ITU-T T.434 (04/1999)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.435 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.436 (08/1995)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.441 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.501 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.502 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.503 (02/2000)
10.02.2000
ITU-T T.504 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.505 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.506 (08/1993)
31.08.1993
ITU-T T.510 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
18.09.1992
01.04.1999
Information technology – Open Document
Architecture (ODA) and interchange
format: Temporal relationships and nonlinear structures
Document Transfer And Manipulation
(DTAM) – Services and protocols –
Introduction and general principles
Document Transfer And Manipulation
(DTAM) – Services and protocols – Service
Revisions of T.432 to support G4 colour
and file transfer
Document Transfer And Manipulation
(DTAM) – Services and protocols –
Protocol specification
Revisions of T.433 to support G4 colour
and file transfer
Binary file transfer format for the
telematic services
Document Transfer And Manipulation
(DTAM) – Services and protocols –
Abstract service definition and procedures
for confirmed document manipulation
Document Transfer and Manipulation
(DTAM) – Services and protocols –
Protocol specifications for confirmed
document manipulation
Document Transfer And Manipulation
(DTAM) – Operational structure
Document application profile MM for the
interchange of formatted mixed mode
documents
Document application profile PM-11 for
the interchange of simple structure,
character content documents in
processable and formatted forms
Document application profile for the
interchange of Group 4 facsimile
Document application profile for videotex
interworking
Document application profile PM-26 for
the interchange of enhanced structure,
mixed content documents in processable
and formatted forms
Document application profile PM-36 for
the interchange of extended document
structures and mixed content documents
in processable and formatted forms
General overview of the T.510-Series
Recommendations
177 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.521 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.521 (1994) Amd. 1
(08/1995)
ITU-T T.522 (09/1992)
11.08.1995
ITU-T T.523 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.541 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T T.561 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.562 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T T.563 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T T.563 (1996) Amd. 1
(07/1997)
ITU-T T.563 (1996) Amd. 2
(10/1997)
ITU-T T.563 (1996) Cor. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T T.563 (1996) Amd. 3
(04/1999)
ITU-T T.564 (03/1993)
02.07.1997
ITU-T T.571 (09/1992)
18.09.1992
ITU-T T.611 (11/1994)
11.11.1994
ITU-T T.800 (08/2002)
29.08.2002
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 1
(09/2005)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Cor. 1
(01/2007)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Cor. 2
(08/2007)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 2
(03/2009)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 3
(06/2010)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 4
(05/2011)
13.09.2005
Gateway characteristics for videotex
interworking
Terminal characteristics for the telematic
file transfer within the teletex service
Programming Communication Interface
(PCI) APPLI/COM for facsimile Group 3,
facsimile Group 4, teletex, telex, E-mail
and file transfer services
Information technology – JPEG 2000
ISO/IEC 15444-1 Amendments
image coding system: Core coding system 1 and 2, plus Technical
Corrigenda 1, 2, 3, and 4 are
already integrated in T.800
Profiles for digital cinema applications
approved by ITU-T on 2002-08
13.01.2007
Default image dimensions for JP2 files
29.08.2007
22.06.2010
Clarification on determination of
maximum file size
Extended profiles for cinema and video
production and archival applications
Profiles for broadcast applications
14.05.2011
Guidelines for digital cinema applications
March 2015 Edition
18.09.1992
16.10.1997
Communication application profile BT0 for
document bulk transfer based on the
session service
Communication application profile BT1 for
document bulk transfer
Communication application profile DM-1
for videotex interworking
Operational application profile for
videotex interworking
Terminal characteristics for mixed mode
of operation MM
Terminal characteristics for teletex
processable mode PM.1
Terminal characteristics for Group 4
facsimile apparatus
Annex C – T.30 frames for G4 facsimile
18.06.1998
01.04.1999
12.03.1993
16.03.2009
178 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 4
Erratum 1 (03/2013)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 5
(01/2012)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 6
(03/2013)
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Cor. 3
(10/2014)
18.03.2013
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Cor.4
(10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T T.800 (2002) Amd. 8
(10/2014)
ITU-T T.801 (08/2002)
14.10.2014
ITU-T T.801 (2002) Cor. 3
(01/2005)
ITU-T T.801 (2002) Amd. 2
(05/2005)
ITU-T T.801 (2002) Cor. 4
(05/2006)
ITU-T T.801 (2002) Amd. 4
(06/2012)
ITU-T T.801 (2002) Amd. 3
(03/2013)
08.01.2005
Enhancements for digital cinema and
archive profiles (additional frame rates)
Updated ICC profile support, bit depth and
resolution clarifications
Information technology - JPEG 2000 image
coding system: Core coding system:
Correction of equation G-9
Information technology - JPEG 2000 image
coding system: Core coding system:
Miscellaneous corrections
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Core coding system
Information technology – JPEG 2000
ISO/IEC 15444-2 Amendment 1
image coding system: Extensions
and Technical Corrigenda 1 and
2 are already integrated in
T.801 approved by ITU-T on
14.05.2005
Extended capabilities marker segment
ITU-T T.802 (01/2005)
08.01.2005
ITU-T T.802 (2005) Amd.1
(04/2010)
ITU-T T.803 (11/2002)
22.04.2010
ITU-T T.803 (2002) Cor. 1
(03/2009)
ITU-T T.804 (08/2002)
16.03.2009
ITU-T T.804 (2002) Amd.1
(10/2014)
ITU-T T.805 (01/2012)
14.10.2014
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2012
16.03.2013
14.10.2014
29.08.2002
29.05.2006
29.06.2012
Block coder extension
16.03.2013
Box-based file format for JPEG XR,
extended ROI boxes, XML boxing,
compressed channel definition boxes, and
representation of floating point
Information technology – JPEG 2000
This Recommendation includes
image coding system: Motion JPEG 2000 one DVD containing test
vectors. This DVD can be
purchased from Sales service (Email: sales@itu.int);
alternatively, its contents can
be downloaded from the ITU-T
Additional profiles for archiving
test signal database at:
applications
Information technology – JPEG 2000
This Recommendation includes
image coding system: Conformance
the JPEG 2000 compliance test
Correction to clause G.4.4
29.11.2002
29.08.2002
13.01.2012
Information technology – JPEG 2000
This Recommendation contains
image coding system: Reference software the source code distribution for
JasPer, the JJ2000 Java
implementation of JPEG 2000
Reference software for the JP2 file format image coding standard
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Compound image
179 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.807 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Secure JPEG 2000
File format security
ITU-T T.807 (2006) Amd. 1
(03/2008)
ITU-T T.808 (01/2005)
15.03.2008
08.01.2005
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Interactivity tools,
APIs and protocols
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Amd. 1
(05/2006)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Cor. 1
(01/2007)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Amd. 2
(08/2007)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Cor. 2
(06/2008)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Amd. 3
(06/2008)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Amd. 4
(05/2010)
29.05.2006
APIs, metadata and editing
13.01.2007
29.08.2007
JPIP extensions
13.06.2008
13.06.2008
Clarifications to the metadata transfers
between server and client
JPIP extensions to 3D data
22.05.2010
JPIP server and client profiles
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Cor. 3
(05/2011)
ITU-T T.808 (2005) Amd. 5
(03/2013)
ITU-T T.809 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
Corrections to clause J.4.3.4
16.03.2013
ITU-T T.810 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ITU-T T.810 (2006) Amd. 1
(01/2012)
ITU-T T.812 (08/2007)
13.01.2012
UDP transport and additional
enhancements to JPIP
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Extensions for threedimensional data
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: Wireless
IP-based wireless networks
ITU-T T.813 (06/2012)
29.06.2012
ITU-T T.832 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
March 2015 Edition
This Recommendation includes
1 DVD containing test data and
scripts for JPIP testing. Due to
the large data volume, this DVD
can be purchased from ITU
Sales (Email: sales@itu.int);
alternatively, its contents can
be downloaded from the ITU-T
test signal database at:
14.05.2011
29.08.2007
This amendment includes 1
DVD containing test data and
scripts for JPIP testing. Due to
the large data volume, this DVD
can be purchased from ITU
Sales (Email: sales@itu.int);
alternatively, its contents can
be downloaded from the ITU-T
test signal database at:
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: An entry level JPEG
2000 encoder
Information technology – JPEG 2000
image coding system: XML structural
representation and reference
Information technology - JPEG XR image
coding system - Image coding specification
180 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T T.833 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T T.834 (10/2014)
14.10.2014
ITU-T T.835 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T T.851 (09/2005)
13.09.2005
ITU-T T.851 (2005) Cor. 1
(05/2006)
ITU-T T.870 (03/2002)
29.05.2006
ITU-T T.871 (05/2011)
14.05.2011
ITU-T T.871 (2011) Erratum 1
(03/2013)
ITU-T T.872 (06/2012)
18.03.2013
ITU-T T Suppl. 1 (11/2004)
26.11.2004
ITU-T T Suppl. 2 (03/2011)
25.03.2011
ITU-T U.1 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.3 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.5 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.6 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.7 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.8 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.10 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
29.03.2002
29.06.2012
Information technology – JPEG XR image
coding system – Motion JPEG XR
Information technology – JPEG XR image
coding system – Conformance testing
Information technology – JPEG XR image
coding system – Reference software
ITU-T T.81 (JPEG-1)-based still-image
coding using an alternative arithmetic
This edition integrates the
modifications introduced by
Corrigendum 1 (2011-06),
which only affected the C
Information technology – Lossless and
This Recommendation includes
near-lossless compression of continuous- an electronic attachment
tone still images: Extensions
containing the data set used for
implementing the JPEG-LS
Information technology - Digital
T.870 extension conformance
compression and coding of continuoustone still images: JPEG File Interchange
Format (JFIF)
Information technology – Digital
compression and coding of continuoustone still images: Application to printing
systems
Conformance
testing requirements for
Recommendations of the T.170-series
ITU-T T.83x-series – Supplement on
information technology – JPEG XR image
coding system – System architecture
Signalling conditions to be applied in the
international telex service
Standardization of dials and dial pulse
generators for the international telex
Arrangements in switching equipment to
minimize the effects of false calling signals
Exchange of information regarding signals
destined to be used over international
circuits concerned with switched
teleprinter networks
Requirements to be met by regenerative
repeaters in international connections
Prevention of fraudulent transit traffic in
the fully automatic international telex
Numbering schemes for automatic
switching networks
Hypothetical reference connections for
telex and gentex networks
Equipment of an international telex
181 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T U.11 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.12 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.15 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.20 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.22 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.24 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.25 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.30 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.31 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.40 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.41 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.43 (11/1988)
ITU-T U.44 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.45 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.46 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.60 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Telex and gentex signalling on
intercontinental circuits used for
intercontinental automatic transit traffic
(type C signalling)
Terminal and transit control signalling
system for telex and similar services on
international circuits (type D signalling)
Interworking rules for international
signalling systems according to
Recommendations U.1, U.11 and U.12
Telex and gentex signalling on radio
channels (synchronous 7-unit systems
affording error correction by automatic
repetition)recall on a telex call set up on a
Operator
radiotelegraph circuit
Signals indicating delay in transmission on
calls set up by means of synchronous
systems with automatic error correction
by repetition
Use
of radiotelegraph circuits with ARQ
equipment for fully automatic telex calls
charged on the basis of elapsed time
Requirements for telex and gentex
operation to be met by synchronous
multiplex equipment described in
Recommendation R.44
Requirements for telex and gentex
operation to be met by code- and speeddependent TDM systems conforming to
Recommendation R.101
Signalling conditions for use in the
international gentex network
Prevention of connection to faulty
stations and/or station lines in the gentex
Reactions by automatic terminals
connected to the telex network in the
event of ineffective call attempts or
signalling incidents
Changed address interception and call
redirection in the telex service
Follow-on calls
Multi-address calls in real time for
broadcast purposes in the international
Response to the not-ready condition of
the telex terminal
Interruption of automatic transmission
and flow control in the international telex
General requirements to be met in
interfacing the international telex network
with maritime satellite systems
182 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T U.61 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.62 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.63 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.70 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.74 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.75 (03/1993)
ITU-T U.80 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.81 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T U.101 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.102 (07/1996)
19.07.1996
ITU-T U.140 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T U.200 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.201 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.202 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.203 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.204 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.205 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.206 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
Detailed requirements to be met in
interfacing the international telex network
with maritime satellite systems
General requirements to be met in
interfacing the international telex network
with the fully automated maritime
VHF/UHFrequirements
General
radio systemto be met in
interfacing the international telex network
with the maritime "direct printing" system
Telex service signals for telex to teletex
interworking
Extraction of telex selection information
from a calling telex answerback
Automatic called telex answerback check
International telex store and forward
access from a telex subscriber
International telex store-and-forward –
Delivery to a telex subscriber
Signalling systems for the Intex service
(types E and F signalling)
Intex and similar services – Network
requirements to effect interworking
between terminals operating at different
speeds
Definitions
of essential technical terms
relating to telegraph switching and
The international telex service – General
technical requirements for interworking
Interworking between the teletex service
and the international telex service
Technical requirements to be met in
This Recommendation is also
providing the international telex service included but not published in I
within an integrated services digital
series under alias number I.560
network requirements to be met when
Technical
providing real-time bothway
communications between terminals of the
international telex service and data
terminal equipments on a PSPDN or via
the PSTN
Interworking
between the international
telex service and the public interpersonal
messaging service
Store-and-retrieve facility for the delivery
of messages from a terminal of the
international telex service to a data
terminal equipment which connects to a
packet-switched public data network over
the public switched telephone network
Technical requirements for interworking
between the international telex service
and the videotex service
183 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T U.207 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.208 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T U.210 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T U.220 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T V.1 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.2 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.7 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.8 (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T V.8 bis (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T V.10/X.26 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T V.11/X.27 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T V.12 (08/1995)
29.08.1995
ITU-T V.13 (03/1993)
ITU-T V.14 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
12.03.1993
ITU-T V.14 (1993) Cor. 1
(09/1998)
25.09.1998
March 2015 Edition
Technical requirements to be met for the
transfer of messages between terminals
of the international telex service and
Group 3 facsimile terminals connected to
the PSTN
The
international telex service –
Interworking with the INMARSAT C system
using one-stage selection
Intex service network requirements to
effect interworking with the international
telex service
The international telex service – Technical
requirements for a status enquiry function
in an interworking scenario
Equivalence between binary notation
symbols and the significant conditions of a
two-condition code
Power levels for data transmission over
H.51 was an alias name of ITUtelephone lines
T V.2. Only this alias name was
suppressed. ITU-T V.2 remains
General structure of signals of
valid
International Alphabet No. 5 code for
character oriented data transmission over
public telephone networks
Definitions of terms concerning data
communication over the telephone
Procedures for starting sessions of data
transmission over the public switched
telephone network
Procedures for the identification and
selection of common modes of operation
between data circuit-terminating
equipments (DCEs) and between data
terminal equipments (DTEs) over the
public switched telephone network and
on leased point-to-point telephone-type
circuits characteristics for unbalanced
Electrical
This Recommendation is also
double-current interchange circuits
included but not published in X
operating at data signalling rates
series under alias number X.26
nominally up to 100 kbit/s
Electrical characteristics for balanced
This Recommendation is also
double-current interchange circuits
included but not published in X
operating at data signalling rates up to 10 series under alias number X.27
Mbit/s characteristics for balanced
Electrical
double-current interchange circuits for
interfaces with data signalling rates up to
52 Mbit/s carrier control
Simulated
Transmission of start-stop characters over
synchronous bearer channels
184 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T V.15 (11/1988)
ITU-T V.16 (11/1988)
ITU-T V.17 (02/1991)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
22.02.1991
ITU-T V.17 (1991) Cor. 1
(09/1998)
ITU-T V.18 (11/2000)
25.09.1998
ITU-T V.18 (2000) Amd. 1
(11/2002)
ITU-T V.19 (11/1988)
29.11.2002
ITU-T V.21 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.22 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.22 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.23 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.24 (02/2000)
17.02.2000
ITU-T V.25 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T V.25 (1996) Cor. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T V.25 bis (10/1996)
29.07.2001
ITU-T V.26 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.26 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.26 ter (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
17.11.2000
25.11.1988
18.10.1996
Use of acoustic coupling for data
Medical analogue data transmission
A 2-wire modem for facsimile applications
with rates up to 14 400 bit/s
Operational and interworking
requirements for DCEs operating in the
text telephone mode
Harmonization with ANSI TIA/EIA-825
(2000) text phones
Modems for parallel data transmission
using telephone signalling frequencies
300 bits per second duplex modem
standardized for use in the general
switched telephone network
1200 bits per second duplex modem
standardized for use in the general
switched telephone network and on pointto-point 2-wire leased telephone-type
circuits
2400
bits per second duplex modem using
the frequency division technique
standardized for use on the general
switched telephone network and on pointto-point 2-wire leased telephone-type
circuits
600/1200-baud
modem standardized for
use in the general switched telephone
List of definitions for interchange circuits
between data terminal equipment (DTE)
and data circuit-terminating equipment
(DCE)
Automatic
answering equipment and
general procedures for automatic calling
equipment on the general switched
telephone network including procedures
for disabling of echo control devices for
both manually and automatically
established calls
Synchronous and asynchronous automatic
dialling procedures on switched networks
2400 bits per second modem standardized
for use on 4-wire leased telephone-type
2400/1200 bits per second modem
standardized for use in the general
switched telephone network
2400 bits per second duplex modem using
the echo cancellation technique
standardized for use on the general
switched telephone network and on pointto-point 2-wire leased telephone-type
circuits
185 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T V.27 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.27 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.27 ter (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.28 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T V.29 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.31 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.31 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.32 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T V.32 bis (02/1991)
22.02.1991
ITU-T V.33 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.34 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T V.36 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.37 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.38 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T V.41 (11/1988)
ITU-T V.42 (03/2002)
25.11.1988
29.03.2002
ITU-T V.42 (2002) Cor. 1
(07/2003)
14.07.2003
March 2015 Edition
4800 bits per second modem with manual
equalizer standardized for use on leased
telephone-type circuits
4800/2400 bits per second modem with
automatic equalizer standardized for use
on leased telephone-type circuits
4800/2400 bits per second modem
standardized for use in the general
switched telephone network
Electrical characteristics for unbalanced
double-current interchange circuits
9600 bits per second modem standardized
for use on point-to-point 4-wire leased
telephone-type circuits
Electrical characteristics for single-current
interchange circuits controlled by contact
closure
Electrical characteristics for single-current
interchange circuits using optocouplers
A family of 2-wire, duplex modems
operating at data signalling rates of up to
9600 bit/s for use on the general switched
telephone network and on leased
telephone-type circuits
A duplex modem operating at data
signalling rates of up to 14 400 bit/s for
use on the general switched telephone
network and on leased point-to-point 2wire telephone-type circuits
14 400 bits per second modem
standardized for use on point-to-point 4wire leased telephone-type circuits
A modem operating at data signalling
rates of up to 33 600 bit/s for use on the
general switched telephone network and
on leased point-to-point 2-wire telephonetype circuits
Modems
for synchronous data
transmission using 60-108 kHz group band
Synchronous data transmission at a data
signalling rate higher than 72 kbit/s using
60-108 kHz group band circuits
A 48/56/64 kbit/s data circuit-terminating
equipment standardized for use on digital
point-to-point leased circuits
Code-independent error-control system
Error-correcting procedures for DCEs
using asynchronous-to-synchronous
186 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T V.42 bis (01/1990)
31.01.1990
ITU-T V.43 (02/1998)
ITU-T V.44 (11/2000)
ITU-T V.44 (2000) Cor. 1
(03/2002)
ITU-T V.50 (11/1988)
06.02.1998
17.11.2000
29.03.2002
ITU-T V.53 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.54 (11/1988)
ITU-T V.56 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.56 bis (08/1995)
29.08.1995
ITU-T V.56 ter (08/1996)
16.08.1996
ITU-T V.58 (09/1994)
20.09.1994
ITU-T V.59 (11/2000)
17.11.2000
ITU-T V.59 (2000) Cor. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T V.59 (2000) Cor. 2
(03/2002)
ITU-T V.61 (08/1996)
29.07.2001
ITU-T V.61 (1996) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T V.70 (08/1996)
08.01.2005
ITU-T V.70 (1996) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T V.75 (08/1996)
ITU-T V.75 App. II (02/1998)
08.01.2005
ITU-T V.75 (1996) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
08.01.2005
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
Data compression procedures for data
circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) using
error correction procedures
Data flow control
Data compression procedures
Standard limits for transmission quality of
data transmission
Limits for the maintenance of telephonetype circuits used for data transmission
Loop test devices for modems
Comparative tests of modems for use
over telephone-type circuits
Network transmission model for
evaluating modem performance over 2wire voice grade connections
Test procedure for evaluation of 2-wire 4 This Recommendation includes
kHz voiceband duplex modems
2 diskettes containing the data
files used for the voiceband
Management information model for Vduplex modems throughput
Series DCEs
Managed objects for diagnostic
information of public switched telephone
network connected V-series modem DCEs
29.03.2002
16.08.1996
16.08.1996
16.08.1996
06.02.1998
A simultaneous voice plus data modem,
operating at a voice plus data signalling
rate of 4800 bit/s, with optional
automatic switching to data-only
signalling rates of up to 14 400 bit/s, for
use on the General Switched Telephone
Network and on leased point-to-point 2wire telephone type circuits
Procedures for the simultaneous
transmission of data and digitally encoded
voice signals over the GSTN, or over 2wire leased point-to-point telephone type
circuits
DSVD terminal control procedures
Session establishment using V.75/H.245
procedures
187 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T V.76 (08/1996)
16.08.1996
ITU-T V.76 (1996) Cor. 1
(01/2005)
ITU-T V.80 (08/1996)
08.01.2005
ITU-T V.80 (1996) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T V.90 (09/1998)
29.07.2001
ITU-T V.91 (05/1999)
27.05.1999
ITU-T V.91 (1999) Cor. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T V.92 (11/2000)
ITU-T V.92 (2000) Amd. 1
(07/2001)
ITU-T V.92 (2000) Amd. 2
(03/2002)
ITU-T V.92 (2000) Cor. 1
(07/2003)
ITU-T V.100 (11/1988)
29.07.2001
ITU-T V.110 (02/2000)
17.02.2000
ITU-T V.120 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T V.120 (1996) Cor. 1
(05/1999)
ITU-T V.130 (08/1995)
ITU-T V.140 (01/2005)
27.05.1999
ITU-T V.150.0 (01/2003)
ITU-T V.150.1 (01/2003)
13.01.2003
13.01.2003
ITU-T V.150.1 (2003) Amd. 1
(01/2005)
08.01.2005
March 2015 Edition
16.08.1996
25.09.1998
17.11.2000
29.07.2001
29.03.2002
Generic multiplexer using V.42 LAPMbased procedures
In-band DCE control and synchronous data
modes for asynchronous DTE
Additional data signalling rate codes in
support of cellular systems
A digital modem and analogue modem
pair for use on the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) at data
signalling rates of up to 56 000 bit/s
downstream and up to 33 600 bit/s
upstream
A
digital modem operating at data
signalling rates of up to 64 000 bit/s for
use on a 4-wire circuit switched
connection and on leased point-to-point 4wire digital circuits
Enhancements to Recommendation V.90
Update of Tables 18, 19, 31, 32, Figure 20
and Clauses 8.6.6, 8.7.6, 9.10.1, and 9.11
New interaction facilities for errorcorrecting procedures
14.07.2003
25.11.1988
29.08.1995
08.01.2005
Interconnection between public data
networks (PDNs) and the public switched
telephone networks (PSTN)
Support by an ISDN of data terminal
This Recommendation is also
equipments with V-series type interfaces included but not published in I
series under alias number I.463
Support by an ISDN of data terminal
This Recommendation is also
equipment with V-series type interfaces included but not published in I
with provision for statistical multiplexing series under alias number I.465
ISDN terminal adaptor framework
Procedures for establishing
communication between two
multiprotocol audiovisual terminals using
digital channels at a multiple of 64 or 56
kbit/s
Modem-over-IP
networks: Foundation
Modem-over-IP networks: Procedures for This edition includes the
the end-to-end connection of V-series
modifications introduced by
DCEs
Corrigendum 1 approved on
July 2003 and by Corrigendum
Modification to SSE reason identifier
2 approved on March 2004
codes to support voice band data and text
188 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T V.150.1 (2003) Amd. 2
(05/2006)
ITU-T V.151 (05/2006)
29.05.2006
ToIP and new SPRT data types support
29.05.2006
ITU-T V.152 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
The published text of this
Recommendation includes the
modifications introduced by
the Amendement 1 approved
ITU-T V.153 (12/2009)
14.12.2009
ITU-T V.230 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T V.250 Suppl. 1
(06/2001)
ITU-T V.250 (07/2003)
08.06.2001
Procedures for the end-to-end connection
of analogue PSTN text telephones over an
IP network utilizing text relay
Procedures for supporting voice-band
data over IP networks
Interworking between ITU-T T.38 and ITUT V.152 using IP peering for real-time
facsimile services
General data communications interface
layer 1 specification
Various extensions to V.250 basic
command set
Serial asynchronous automatic dialling
and control
ITU-T V.251 (1996) Erratum 1
(10/2003)
ITU-T V.251 (08/1996)
10.10.2003
16.08.1996
Procedure for DTE-controlled call
negotiation
ITU-T V.252 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T V.253 (02/1998)
06.02.1998
ITU-T V.254 (09/2010)
13.09.2010
ITU-T V.300 (07/1999)
02.07.1999
ITU-T X.1 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.2 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.3 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.4 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.5 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.6 (08/1997)
ITU-T X.6 (1997) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
09.08.1997
31.03.2000
Procedure for control of V.70 and H.324
terminals by a DTE
Control of voice-related functions in a DCE
by an asynchronous DTE
Asynchronous serial command interface
for assistive and multi-functional
communication devices
A 128 (144) kbit/s data circuit-terminating
equipment standardized for use on digital
point-to-point leased circuits
International user classes of service in,
and categories of access to, public data
networks and Integrated Services Digital
Networks (ISDNs)
International data transmission services
and optional user facilities in public data
networks and ISDNs
Packet Assembly/Disassembly facility
(PAD) in a public data network
General structure of signals of
International Alphabet No. 5 code for
character oriented data transmission over
public data
Facsimile
Packet
networks
Assembly/Disassembly
facility (FPAD) in a public data network
Multicast service definition
Frame relay PVC multicast service
definition
Approved and published as ITUT V.25 ter/Annex A (08/96),
included without further
modification in V.25 ter
(07/97), renumbered V.251 on
6 February 1998 and
March 2015 Edition
14.07.2003
189 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.7 (04/2004)
29.04.2004
ITU-T X.8 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.20 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.20 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.21 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.21 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.22 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.24 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.25 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.25 (1996) Cor. 1
(09/1998)
ITU-T X.28 (12/1997)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.28 (1997) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.29 (12/1997)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.30 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T X.31 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
March 2015 Edition
12.12.1997
12.12.1997
Technical characteristics of data
transmission services
Multi-aspect PAD (MAP) framework and
service definition
Interface between Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuitterminating Equipment (DCE) for startstop transmission services on public data
networks
Use
on public data networks of Data
Terminal Equipment (DTE) which is
designed for interfacing to asynchronous
duplex V-Series modems
Interface between Data Terminal
Equipment and Data Circuit-terminating
Equipment for synchronous operation on
public data networks
Use on public data networks of Data
Terminal Equipment (DTE) which is
designed for interfacing to synchronous VSeries modems
Multiplex
DTE/DCE interface for user
classes 3-6
List of definitions for interchange circuits
between Data Terminal Equipment (DTE)
and Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
(DCE) on public data networks
Interface between Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuitterminating Equipment (DCE) for
terminals operating in the packet mode
and connected to public data networks by
dedicated circuit
DTE/DCE interface for a start-stop mode
Data Terminal Equipment accessing the
Packet Assembly/Disassembly facility
(PAD) in a public data network situated in
the same country
Extensions of PAD parameter settings and
PAD service signals
Procedures for the exchange of control
information and user data between a
Packet Assembly/Disassembly (PAD)
facility and a packet mode DTE or another
PAD
Support
of X.21, X.21 bis and X.20 bis
based Data Terminal Equipments (DTEs)
by an Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) of packet mode terminal
Support
equipment by an ISDN
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.461
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.462
190 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.32 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.33 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.34 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.34 (1996) Cor. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.35 (11/1993)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.36 (02/2003)
13.02.2003
ITU-T X.37 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.38 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.39 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.42 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.45 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.46 (09/1998)
ITU-T X.48 (10/1996)
25.09.1998
05.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
16.11.1993
Interface between Data terminal
Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuitterminating Equipment (DCE) for
terminals operating in the packet mode
and accessing a Packet-Switched Public
Data Network through a public switched
telephone network or an Integrated
Services Digital Network or a CircuitSwitched
Access
to Public
packet-switched
Data Network
data
transmission services via frame relaying
data transmission services
Access to packet-switched data
transmission services via B-ISDN
Interface between a PSPDN and a private
PSDN which is based on X.25 procedures
and enhancements to define a gateway
function that is provided in the PSPDN
Interface between Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuitterminating Equipment (DCE) for public
data networks providing frame relay data
transmission service by dedicated circuit
Encapsulation in X.25 packets of various
protocols including frame relay
G3 facsimile equipment/DCE interface for
G3 facsimile equipment accessing the
Facsimile Packet Assembly/Disassembly
facility (FPAD) in a public data network
situated in the same country
Procedures for the exchange of control
information and user data between a
Facsimile Packet Assembly/Disassembly
(FPAD) facility and a packet mode Data
Terminal Equipment (DTE) or another
FPAD
Procedures
and methods for accessing a
public data network from a DTE operating
under control of a generalized polling
protocol
Interface between data terminal
equipment (DTE) and data circuitterminating equipment (DCE) for
terminals operating in the packet mode
and connected to public data networks,
designed
Access
to for
FRDTS
efficiency
via B-ISDN
at higher speeds
Procedures for the provision of a basic
multicast service for data terminal
equipments (DTEs) using
Recommendation X.25
191 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.49 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.50 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.50 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.51 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.51 bis (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.52 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.53 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T X.54 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.55 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.56 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.57 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.58 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.60 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.70 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.71 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Procedures for the provision of an
extended multicast service for data
terminal equipments (DTEs) using
Recommendation X.25
Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing
scheme for the international interface
between synchronous data networks
Fundamental parameters of a 48-kbit/s
user data signalling rate transmission
scheme for the international interface
between synchronous data networks
Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing
scheme for the international interface
between synchronous data networks
using 10-bit envelope structure
Fundamental parameters of a 48-kbit/s
user data signalling rate transmission
scheme for the international interface
between synchronous data networks
using 10-bit envelope structure
Method of encoding anisochronous
signals into a synchronous user bearer
Numbering of channels on international
multiplex links at 64 kbit/s
Allocation of channels on international
multiplex links at 64 kbit/s
Interface between synchronous data
networks using a 6 + 2 envelope structure
and single channel per carrier (SCPC)
satellite channels
Interface between synchronous data
networks using an 8 + 2 envelope
structure and single channel per carrier
(SCPC) satellite channels
Method of transmitting a single lower
speed data channel on a 64 kbit/s data
Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing
scheme for the international interface
between synchronous non-switched data
networks using no envelope structure
Common channel signalling for circuitswitched data applications
Terminal and transit control signalling
system for start-stop services on
international circuits between
anisochronousterminal
Decentralized
data networks
and transit control
signalling system on international circuits
between synchronous data networks
192 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.75 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.75 (1996) Cor. 1
(09/1998)
ITU-T X.76 (02/2003)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.77 (08/1997)
ITU-T X.77 (1997) Cor. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.78 (06/1999)
09.08.1997
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.78 (1999) Cor. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.80 (11/1988)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.81 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.82 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.84 (03/2004)
19.03.2004
ITU-T X.85/Y.1321 (03/2001)
15.03.2001
Interworking of interexchange signalling
systems for circuit-switched data services
Interworking between an ISDN circuitswitched and a circuit-switched public
data network (CSPDN)
Detailed arrangements for interworking
between CSPDNs and PSPDNs based on
Recommendation T.70
Support of frame relay services over MPLS
core networks
IP over SDH using LAPS
ITU-T X.85/Y.1321 (2001)
Amd. 1 (04/2004)
ITU-T X.85/Y.1321 (2001) Cor.
1 (06/2005)
ITU-T X.85/Y.1321 (2001)
Amd. 2 (01/2009)
ITU-T X.86/Y.1323 (02/2001)
29.04.2004
Bit-oriented method for LAPS
ITU-T X.86/Y.1323 (2001)
Amd. 1 (04/2002)
ITU-T X.87/Y.1324 (10/2003)
13.04.2002
ITU-T X.92 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.96 (03/2000)
ITU-T X.110 (04/2002)
31.03.2000
13.04.2002
ITU-T X.111 (02/2003)
13.02.2003
ITU-T X.115 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
March 2015 Edition
13.02.2003
18.06.1999
25.11.1988
Packet-switched signalling system
between public networks providing data
transmission services
Network-to-network interface between
public networks providing PVC and/or SVC
frame relay data transmission service
Interworking between PSPDNs via B-ISDN
Interworking procedures between
networks providing frame relay data
transmission services via B-ISDN
29.06.2005
13.01.2009
02.02.2001
29.10.2003
Additional SAPI values for encapsulated
protocols
Ethernet over LAPS
Using Ethernet flow control as rate
limiting
Multiple services ring based on RPR
Hypothetical reference connections for
public synchronous data networks
Call progress signals in public data
International routing principles and
routing plan for Public Data Networks
Principles for the routing of international
frame relay traffic
Definition of address translation capability
in public data networks
193 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.115 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.116 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
Refinements
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.121 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T X.123 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.124 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.125 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.130 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.131 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.134 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.135 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.136 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.137 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.138 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.139 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.140 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.141 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
Address translation registration and
resolution protocol
International numbering plan for public
data networks
Mapping between escape codes and
TOA/NPI for E.164/X.121 numbering plan
interworking during the transition period
Arrangements for the interworking of the
E.164 and X.121 numbering plans for
frame relay and ATM networks
Procedure for the notification of the
assignment of international network
identification codes for public frame relay
data networks and ATM networks
numbered under the E.164 numbering
planprocessing delays in public data
Call
networks when providing international
synchronous circuit-switched data
services
Call
blocking in public data networks when
providing international synchronous
circuit-switched data services
Portion boundaries and packet-layer
reference events: basis for defining packetswitched performance parameters
Speed of service (delay and throughput)
performance values for public data
networks when providing international
packet-switched services
Accuracy and dependability performance
values for public data networks when
providing international packet-switched
services
Availability performance values for public
data networks when providing
international packet-switched services
Measurement of performance values for
public data networks when providing
international packet-switched services
Echo, drop, generator and test DTEs for
measurement of performance values in
public data networks when providing
international packet-switched services
General quality of service parameters for
communication via public data networks
General principles for the detection and A Corrigendum was indicated in
correction of errors in public data
06/1990 for the English version
March 2015 Edition
194 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.141 (1988) Cor. 1
(02/1990)
16.02.1990
ITU-T X.142 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.144 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.145 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.146 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T X.147 (10/2003)
ITU-T X.147 (2003) Amd. 1
(04/2004)
ITU-T X.148 (02/2003)
29.10.2003
29.04.2004
ITU-T X.149 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.150 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.151 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.151 (2003) Erratum 1
(03/2004)
ITU-T X.160 (10/1996)
29.03.2004
ITU-T X.161 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.162 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.163 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.170 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.171 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
March 2015 Edition
13.02.2003
05.10.1996
Quality of service metrics for
characterizing Frame Relay/ATM service
interworking performance
User information transfer performance
parameters for public frame relay data
networks
Connection establishment and
disengagement performance parameters
for public Frame Relay data networks
providing SVC services
Performance objectives and quality of
service classes applicable to frame relay
Frame Relay network availability
Specification of availability objective
values
Procedures for the measurement of the
performance of public data networks
providing the international frame relay
service
Performance of IP networks when
supported by public Frame Relay data
Principles of maintenance testing for
public data networks using Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) and Data Circuitterminating Equipment (DCE) test loops
Frame Relay operations and maintenance
– Principles and functions
Cor.1 to X.134 (1988), X.135
(1988), X.136 (1988), X.137
(1988), X.140 (1988) and X.141
(1988) were published in a
common covering note in June
Applies to English version only
Architecture for customer network
management service for public data
Definition of customer network
management services for public data
Definition of management information for
customer network management service
for public data networks to be used with
the CNMc interface
Definition of management information for
customer network management service
for public data networks to be used with
the CNMe interface
Network-network management
architecture for data networks
Network-network management services
for data networks
195 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.180 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.181 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.200 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.207 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.210 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.211 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.212 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.213 (10/2001)
29.10.2001
ITU-T X.214 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.215 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.215 (1995) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.215 (1995) Amd. 2
(12/1997)
ITU-T X.215 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/2000)
09.08.1997
Administrative arrangements for
international closed user groups (CUGs)
Administrative arrangements for the
provision of international permanent
virtual circuits (PVCs)
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Basic Reference Model:
The basic model
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Application layer
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Basic Reference Model:
Conventions for the definition of OSI
services
Information
technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Physical service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Data Link service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Network service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection -Transport service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Session service
Efficiency enhancements
12.12.1997
Nested connections functional unit
ITU-T X.216 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.216 (1994) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.216 (1994) Amd. 2
(12/1997)
ITU-T X.217 (04/1995)
09.08.1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Presentation service
definition
Efficiency enhancements
12.12.1997
Nested connections functional unit
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.217 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.217 (1995) Amd. 2
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.217 bis (09/1998)
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Service definition for
the Association Control Service Element
Support of authentication mechanisms for
the connectionless mode
Fast-associate mechanism
ITU-T X.218 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
March 2015 Edition
31.03.2000
09.08.1997
25.09.1998
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Service definition for
the Application Service Object Association
Control Service Element
Reliable Transfer: Model and service
definition
196 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.219 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.220 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T X.222 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.222 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.223 (11/1993)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.223 (1993) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.224 (11/1995)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.224 (1995) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.225 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.225 (1995) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.225 (1995) Amd. 2
(12/1997)
ITU-T X.225 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/2000)
09.08.1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Protocol for providing
the connection-mode transport service
Relaxation of class conformance
requirements and expedited data service
feature negotiation
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-oriented
Session protocol: Protocol specification
Efficiency enhancements
12.12.1997
Nested connections functional unit
ITU-T X.226 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.226 (1994) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.226 (1994) Amd. 2
(12/1997)
ITU-T X.227 (04/1995)
09.08.1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-oriented
Presentation protocol: Protocol
specification
Efficiency
enhancements
12.12.1997
Nested connections functional unit
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.227 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.227 (1995) Amd. 2
(08/1997)
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-oriented
protocol for the Association Control
Service Element: Protocol specification
Incorporation of extensibility markers
09.08.1997
Fast-associate mechanism
March 2015 Edition
16.11.1993
21.11.1995
Remote Operations: Model, notation and Instead of Recommendation
service definition
ITU-T X.219, it is recommended
to use Recommendations ITU-T
X.880 and X.881, for concepts
and service definition of
Use of X.200-Series protocols in CCITT
Remote Operation Service
applications
Use of X.25 LAPB-compatible Data Link
This title results from the
procedures to provide the OSI connection- modification of ITU-T X.222
mode Data Link service
(04/95) former title by
Frame relay mapping
Amendment 1 (10/96)
Use of X.25 to provide the OSI connectionmode Network service for ITU-T
Transit delay and other refinements
31.03.2000
197 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.227 bis (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.228 (11/1988)
ITU-T X.228 (1988) Corr. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.229 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.233 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.234 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.234 (1994) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
ITU-T X.235 (04/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.235 (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1999)
ITU-T X.236 (04/1995)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.236 (1995) Amd. 1
(06/1999)
ITU-T X.237 (04/1995)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.237 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.237 (1995) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (06/1999)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.237 bis (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.245 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
March 2015 Edition
25.11.1988
10.04.1995
10.04.1995
10.04.1995
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-mode
protocol for the Application Service Object
Association Control Service Element
Reliable Transfer: Protocol specification
Remote Operations: Protocol specification Instead of Recommendation
ITU-T X.229, it is recommended
to use Recommendation ITU-T
X.882, for protocol and
Information technology – Protocol for
implementation of Remote
providing the connectionless-mode
network service: Protocol specification
Information technology – Protocol for
providing the OSI connectionless-mode
transport service
Addition of connectionless-mode
multicast capability
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless Session
protocol: Protocol specification
Efficiency enhancements
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless
Presentation protocol: Protocol
specification
Efficency
enhancements
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless protocol
for the Association Control Service
Element: Protocol specification
Incorporation of extensibility markers and
authentication parameters
18.06.1999
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless protocol
for the Application Service Object
Association Control Service Element
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-oriented
Session protocol: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) proforma
198 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.246 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.247 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.248 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.249 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.255 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.256 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.257 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.257 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.260 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.263 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.264 (11/1993)
ITU-T X.272 (03/2000)
16.11.1993
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.273 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.274 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.281 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
March 2015 Edition
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connection-oriented
Presentation protocol: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Protocol specification
for the Association Control Service
Element: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Reliable Transfer:
Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Remote Operations:
Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless Session
protocol: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless
Presentation protocol: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Connectionless protocol
for the Association Control Service
Element: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Support of authentication parameters
Information technology – Framework for
protocol identification and encapsulation
Information technology – Protocol
identification in the Network Layer
Transport protocol identification
Data compression and privacy over frame
relay networks
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Network layer security
protocol
Information technology –
Telecommunication and information
exchange between systems – Transport
layer securitytechnology
Information
protocol – Elements of
management information related to the
OSI Physical Layer
199 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.282 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.283 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.284 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.287 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.290 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.291 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.292 (05/2002)
14.05.2002
ITU-T X.293 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.294 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.295 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.296 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.300 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.301 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
Elements of management information
related to the OSI Data Link layer
Information technology – Elements of
management information related to the
OSI Network layer
Information technology – Elements of
management information related to the
OSI Transport layer
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Managed
objects for supporting upper layers
OSI conformance testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
General
OSI
conformance
concepts testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
Abstract test suite specification
OSI conformance testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
The Tree and Tabular Combined Notation
(TTCN)
OSI
conformance testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
Testconformance
OSI
realization testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
Requirements on test laboratories and
clients for the conformance assessment
process
OSI
conformance testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
Protocol profile test specification
OSI conformance testing methodology
and framework for protocol
Recommendations for ITU-T applications –
Implementation conformance statements
General principles for interworking
between public networks and between
public networks and other networks for
the provision of data transmission services
Description of the general arrangements
for call control within a subnetwork and
between subnetworks for the provision of
data transmission services
200 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.302 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.305 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.320 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.321 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.322 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.323 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.324 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.325 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.326 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.327 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.328 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
Description of the general arrangements
for internal network utilities within a
subnetwork and intermediate utilities
between subnetworks for the provision of
data transmission services
Functionalities of subnetworks relating to
the support of the OSI connection-mode
network service
General arrangements for interworking
between Integrated Services Digital
Networks (ISDNs) for the provision of data
transmission services
General arrangements for interworking
between Circuit-Switched Public Data
Networks (CSPDNs) and Integrated
Services Digital Networks (ISDNs) for the
provision of data transmission services
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs) and Circuit-Switched
Public Data Networks (CSPDNs) for the
provision of data transmission services
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs)
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs) and public mobile
systems for the provision of data
transmission services
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs) and Integrated
Services Digital Networks (ISDNs) for the
provision of data transmission services
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs) and Common Channel
Signalling Network (CCSN)
General arrangements for interworking
between Packet-Switched Public Data
Networks (PSPDNs) and private data
networks for the provision of data
transmission
General
arrangements
services for interworking
between Public Data Networks providing
frame relay data transmission services and
Integrated Services Digital Networks
(ISDNs) for the provision of data
transmission services
Formerly a part of Rec. X.300
(1984)
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.540
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in I
series under alias number I.550
201 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.329 (03/2000)
31.03.2000
ITU-T X.340 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T X.350 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.351 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.352 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.353 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.361 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.371/Y.1402
(02/2001)
02.02.2001
ITU-T X.402 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.404 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.408 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T X.411 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.412 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.413 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.419 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.420 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.421 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
March 2015 Edition
General arrangements for interworking
between networks providing frame relay
data transmission services and B-ISDN
General arrangements for interworking
between a Packet-Switched Public Data
Network (PSPDN) and the international
telex network
General interworking requirements to be
met for data transmission in international
public mobile satellite systems
Special requirements to be met for Packet
Assembly/Disassembly facilities (PADs)
located at or in association with coast
earth stations in the public mobile
satellite service
Interworking
between Packet-Switched
Public Data Networks and public maritime
mobile satellite data transmission systems
Routing principles for interconnecting
public maritime mobile satellite data
transmission systems with public data
networks of VSAT systems with PacketConnection
Switched Public Data Networks based on
X.25 procedures
General arrangements for interworking
between Public Data Networks and the
Internet
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Overall
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): MHS routing –
Guide for messaging systems managers
Message handling systems: Encoded
information type conversion rules
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Message
Transfer System: Abstract Service
Definition and
Information
technology
Procedures
– Message
Handling Systems (MHS): MHS routing
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Message store –
Abstract service definition
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Protocol
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Interpersonal
Messaging System
Message handling systems: COMFAX use
of MHS
202 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.435 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.440 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.445 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.446 (08/1997)
ITU-T X.460 (04/1995)
09.08.1997
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.462 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.467 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.481 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.482 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.483 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.484 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.485 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.486 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.487 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.488 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.500 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.501 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.509 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.511 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.518 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS): Electronic data
interchange messaging system
Message handling systems: Voice
messaging system
Asynchronous protocol specification –
Provision of OSI connection mode
network service over the telephone
network messaging call API
Common
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS) Management:
Model and architecture
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS) Management:
Logging information
Information technology – Message
Handling Systems (MHS) Management:
Message Transfer Agent management
Message handling systems – P2 protocol
PICS proforma
Message handling systems – P1 Protocol
PICS proforma
Message handling systems – P3 Protocol
PICS proforma
Message handling systems – P7 protocol
PICS proforma
Message handling systems: Voice
messaging system Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) proforma
Message
handling systems – Pedi protocol
PICS proforma
Message handling systems – IPM-MS
attributes PICS proforma
Message handling systems – EDI-MS
attributes PICS proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory:
Overview of concepts, models and
services
Information
technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Models
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Publickey and attribute certificate frameworks
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Abstract
service definition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory:
Procedures for distributed operation
203 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.519 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.520 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.520 (2012) Cor. 1
(11/2014)
ITU-T X.521 (10/2012)
13.11.2014
ITU-T X.525 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.530 (08/2005)
29.08.2005
ITU-T X.530 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.601 (03/2000)
ITU-T X.602 (04/2004)
31.03.2000
29.04.2004
ITU-T X.603 (03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T X.603.1 (08/2012)
13.08.2012
ITU-T X.603.2 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T X.604 (03/2010)
01.03.2010
ITU-T X.604.1 (03/2010)
01.03.2010
ITU-T X.604.2 (10/2010)
14.10.2010
ITU-T X.605 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.606 (10/2001)
29.10.2001
March 2015 Edition
14.10.2012
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Protocol
specifications
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Selected
attribute types
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Selected
object classes
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory:
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Use of
systems management for administration
of the Directory
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – The Directory: Use of
systems management for administration
of the Directory
Multi-peer communications framework
Information technology – Group
management protocol
Information technology – Relayed
multicast protocol: Framework
Information technology – Relayed
multicast protocol: Specification for
simplex group applications
Information technology - Relayed
multicast protocol: Specification for Nplex group applications
Information technology – Mobile
multicast communications: Framework
Information technology – Mobile
multicast communications: Protocol over
native IP multicast networks
Information technology - Mobile multicast Prior to 23 May 2012, the
communications: Protocol over overlay
posted file incorrectly indicated
multicast networks
that this text was produced
through a joint activity with ISO
and IEC. The posted file was
Information technology – Enhanced
replaced on 23 May 2012.
Communications Transport Service
Information technology – Enhanced
Communications Transport Protocol:
Specification of simplex multicast
transport
204 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.606.1 (02/2003)
13.02.2003
ITU-T X.607 (02/2007)
13.02.2007
ITU-T X.607.1 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.608 (02/2007)
13.02.2007
ITU-T X.608.1 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.610 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.612 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.613 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.614 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.622 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.623 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.625 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.630 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.633 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Enhanced
Communications Transport Protocol:
Specification of QoS management for
simplex multicast transport
Information technology – Enhanced
communications transport protocol:
Specification of duplex multicast transport
Information technology – Enhanced
communications transport protocol:
Specification of QoS management for
duplex multicast transport
Information technology – Enhanced
communications transport protocol:
Specification of N-plex multicast transport
Information technology – Enhanced
communications transport protocol:
Specification of QoS management for nplex multicast transport
Provision and support of the OSI
connection-mode Network service
Information technology – Provision of the
OSI connection-mode network service by
packet-mode terminal equipment
connected to an Integrated Services
Digital Network
Information
technology
(ISDN) – Use of X.25
Packet Layer Protocol in conjunction with
X.21/X.21 bis to provide the OSI
connection-mode Network service
Information technology – Use of X.25
Packet Layer Protocol to provide the OSI
connection-mode Network service over
the telephone network
Information technology – Protocol for
providing the connectionless-mode
Network service: Provision of the
underlying service by an X.25 Subnetwork
Information technology – Protocol for
providing the connectionless-mode
Network service: Provision of the
underlying service by a subnetwork that
provides the OSI Data Link service
Information technology – Protocol for
providing the connectionless-mode
Network service: Provision of the
underlying service by ISDN circuitswitchedOpen
Efficient
B-channels
Systems Interconnection
(OSI) operations
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Network Fast Byte
205 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.633 (1996) Add. 1
(09/1998)
25.09.1998
SDL specifications
ITU-T X.634 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.634 (1996) Add. 1
(09/1998)
25.09.1998
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Transport Fast Byte
SDL specifications
ITU-T X.637 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.638 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.639 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.641 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.642 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.650 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.660 (07/2011)
29.07.2011
ITU-T X.662 (08/2008)
29.08.2008
ITU-T X.665 (08/2004)
22.08.2004
ITU-T X.666 (08/2008)
29.08.2008
ITU-T X.667 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
March 2015 Edition
This addendum includes one
diskette containing the SDT
files of the SDL specifications of
Network Fast Byte protocol
This addendum includes one
diskette containing the SDT
files of the SDL specifications of
Basic connection-oriented common upper Transport Fast Byte protocol
layer requirements
Minimal OSI facilities to support basic
communications applications
Basic connection-oriented requirements
for ROSE-based profiles
Information technology – Quality of
service: framework
Information technology – Quality of
service – Guide to methods and
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Basic Reference Model:
Naming and addressing
Information technology – Procedures for
the operation of object identifier
registration authorities: General
procedures and top arcs of the
internationaltechnology
Information
object identifier
– Open
tree
Systems
Interconnection – Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities:
Registration of object identifier arcs
beneath the top-level arc jointly
administered by ISO and ITU-T
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities:
Registration of application processes and
application entities
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities:
Joint ISO and ITU-T registration of
international organizations
Information technology - Procedures for
the operation of object identifier
registration authorities: Generation of
universally unique identifiers and their use
in object identifiers
206 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.668 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.669 (08/2008)
29.08.2008
ITU-T X.670 (08/2004)
22.08.2004
ITU-T X.671 (08/2004)
22.08.2004
ITU-T X.672 (08/2010)
29.08.2010
ITU-T X.674 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
ITU-T X.680 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.680 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
14.10.2011
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities:
Registration of object identifier arcs for
applications and services using tag-based
identification
Procedures for ITU-T registration of
identified organizations
Use of registration agents to register
names subordinate to country names in
the X.660 RH-name-tree
Procedures for a Registration Authority
operating on behalf of countries to
register organization names subordinate
to country names in the X.660 RH-nametree
Information
technology - Open systems
<p><span style="font-weight:
interconnection - Object identifier
bold;">New service type for
resolution system (ORS)
Recommendation ITU-T X.672 |
ISO/IEC 291681</span><br><br></p>
<table style="border: 1px solid
black" cellspacing="0"
cellpadding="0">
<tr>
<td style="text-align:center;
border: 1px solid black;
padding: 5px;">Name of ORS
service</td>
<td style="text-align:center;
border: 1px solid black;
padding: 5px;">Service type
value</td>
<td style="text-align:center;
border: 1px solid black;
padding: 5px;">Specification of
the service</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="textalign:center;border: 1px solid
black; padding: 5px">URI</td>
<td style="textalign:center;border:
1px solid
Procedures for the registration of arcs
under the Alerting object identifier arc
Information technology – Abstract Syntax
Notation One (ASN.1): Specification of
basic notation
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
207 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.680 (2008) Cor. 2
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.681 (11/2008)
01.03.2014
ITU-T X.681 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.682 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.682 (2008) Cor. 1
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.683 (11/2008)
01.03.2014
ITU-T X.683 (2008) Cor. 1
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.690 (11/2008)
01.03.2014
ITU-T X.690 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.690 (2008) Cor. 2
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.691 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.691 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.691 (2008) Cor. 2
(04/2012)
ITU-T X.691 (2008) Cor. 3
(11/2014)
ITU-T X.691 (2008) Cor. 4
(11/2014)
ITU-T X.692 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.692 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.693 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.693 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.693 (2008) Cor. 2
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.694 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
March 2015 Edition
13.11.2008
13.11.2008
13.11.2008
13.11.2008
Information technology – Abstract Syntax
Notation One (ASN.1): Information object
specification
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
Information technology – Abstract Syntax
Notation One (ASN.1): Constraint
specification
Information technology – Abstract Syntax
Notation One (ASN.1): Parameterization
of ASN.1 specifications
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: Specification of Basic Encoding
Rules (BER), Canonical Encoding Rules
(CER) and Distinguished Encoding Rules
(DER)
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
01.03.2014
13.11.2008
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: Specification of Packed Encoding
Rules (PER)
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
13.04.2012
13.11.2014
13.11.2014
13.11.2008
13.11.2008
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: Specification of Encoding Control
Notation (ECN)
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: XML Encoding Rules (XER)
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
01.03.2014
13.11.2008
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: Mapping W3C XML schema
definitions into ASN.1
208 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.694 (2008) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.694 (2008) Cor. 2
(03/2014)
ITU-T X.695 (11/2008)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.696 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T X.700 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.701 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.702 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.703 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T X.703 (1997) Amd. 1
(06/1998)
ITU-T X.710 (10/1997)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.711 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T X.711 (1997) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.711 (1997) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
ITU-T X.712 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Common management
information protocol: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) proforma
ITU-T X.712 (1992) Technical
Cor. 3 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.720 (01/1992)
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.720 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (02/1994)
01.02.1994
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Management
information model
ITU-T X.720 (1992) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
21.11.1995
Generalization of terms
March 2015 Edition
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
01.03.2014
13.11.2008
24.10.1997
Information technology – ASN.1 encoding
rules: Registration and application of PER
encoding instructions
Information technology – Specification of
Octet Encoding Rules (OER)
Management framework for Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) for CCITT
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management
overview
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Application context for
systems management with transaction
processing
Information technology – Open
Distributed Management Architecture
Support using Common Object Request
Broker Architecture (CORBA)
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Common Management
Information service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Common Management
Information Protocol: Specification
209 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.721 (02/1992)
10.02.1992
ITU-T X.721 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (02/1994)
01.02.1994
ITU-T X.721 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.721 (1992) Technical
Cor. 3 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.721 (1992) Technical
Cor. 4 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
Use of ASN.1 1997
ITU-T X.721 (1992) Amd. 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T X.722 (01/1992)
13.08.2001
States to support Lifecycle
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.722 (1992) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
ITU-T X.722 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1996)
21.11.1995
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Guidelines for
the definition of managed objects
Set by create and component registration
ITU-T X.722 (1992) Amd. 2
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.722 (1992) Amd. 3
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.722 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.723 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.723 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.723 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.724 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Definition of
management information
05.10.1996
09.08.1997
04.02.2000
Addition of the NO-MODIFY syntax
element and guidelines extension
Guidelines for the use of Z in formalizing
the behaviour of managed objects
Revision of GDMO to include ASN.1:1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Generic
management information
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Requirements
and guidelines for implementation
conformance statement proformas
associated with OSI management
210 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.725 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.727 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.730 (01/1992)
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.730 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.730 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.731 (01/1992)
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.731 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.731 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.731 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.731 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (01/2001)
19.01.2001
Clarification of state change event
ITU-T X.731 (1992) Amd. 2
(01/2001)
ITU-T X.732 (01/1992)
19.01.2001
Amendment to support LIFECYCLE state
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.732 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.732 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Attributes for representing relationships
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
ITU-T X.733 (02/1992)
10.02.1992
ITU-T X.733 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (02/1994)
01.02.1994
ITU-T X.733 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.733 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: General
Relationship technology
Information
Model
– Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of
management information: Systems
management application layer managed
objects
Information
technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Object management function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management:
State management function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Alarm reporting function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
211 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.733 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.734 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.734 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (02/1994)
01.02.1994
ITU-T X.734 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.734 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.734 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.735 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.735 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.735 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.735 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T X.736 (01/1992)
17.01.1992
ITU-T X.736 (1992) Amd. 1
(04/1995)
ITU-T X.736 (1992) Amd.
1/Technical Cor. 1 (10/1996)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.737 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.737 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.737 (1995) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.737 (1995) Technical
Cor. 3 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Event report management function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Log control function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Security alarm reporting function
Implementation Conformance Statement
proformas
05.10.1996
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Confidence and diagnostic test categories
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
212 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.738 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.738 (1993) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.738 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.738 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
ITU-T X.739 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.739 (1993) Amd. 1
(08/1997)
ITU-T X.739 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
09.08.1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Metric objects and attributes
Implementation conformance statement
proformas
ITU-T X.740 (09/1992)
10.09.1992
ITU-T X.740 (1992) Technical
Cor. 1 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.740 (1992) Technical
Cor. 2 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.740 (1992) Technical
Cor. 3 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.741 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.741 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.741 (1995) Technical
Cor. 2 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.741 (1995) Technical
Cor. 3 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.742 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.742 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1997)
24.10.1997
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management:
Summarization function
Implementation conformance statement
proformas
26.06.1998
26.06.1998
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Security audit trail function
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management:
Objects and attributes for access control
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management:
Usage metering function for accounting
purposes
Implementation conformance statement
proformas
213 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.742 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.742 (1995) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.743 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.743 (1998) Technical
Cor. 1 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T X.744 (10/1996)
18.10.1996
ITU-T X.744 (1996) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.744 (1996) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.744 (1996) Technical
Cor. 3 (03/2001)
01.03.2001
ITU-T X.744.1 (03/2003)
29.03.2003
ITU-T X.745 (11/1993)
16.11.1993
ITU-T X.745 (1993) Technical
Cor. 1 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.745 (1993) Technical
Cor. 2 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.745 (1993) Technical
Cor. 3 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.746 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
ITU-T X.748 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.749 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Time Management Function
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Software management function
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
This Technical Corrigendum
applies to the English electronic
version of ITU-T Rec. X.744, and
is available in electronic format
in English only
CORBA-based TMN software management
service
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Test management function
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Scheduling function
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Response Time Monitoring Function
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Management domain and management
policy management function
214 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.750 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.750 (1996) Amd. 1
(10/1997)
ITU-T X.750 (1996) Technical
Cor. 1 (02/2000)
24.10.1997
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Management knowledge management
function
Extension for General Relationship model
04.02.2000
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
ITU-T X.751 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems Management:
Changeover function
ITU-T X.751 (1995) Technical
Cor. 1 (06/1998)
26.06.1998
ITU-T X.751 (1995) Technical
Cor. 2 (02/2000)
04.02.2000
Revision to include ASN.1:1997
ITU-T X.753 (10/1997)
24.10.1997
ITU-T X.754 (02/2000)
ITU-T X.770 (01/2001)
ITU-T X.780 (01/2001)
04.02.2000
19.01.2001
19.01.2001
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Systems management:
Command Sequencer for Systems
Management
Enhanced Event Control Function
ODMA notification dispatch function
TMN guidelines for defining CORBA
managed objects
ITU-T X.780 (2001) Cor. 1
(10/2001)
ITU-T X.780 (2001) Cor. 2
(05/2002)
ITU-T X.780 (2001) Amd. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T X.780.1 (08/2001)
07.10.2001
ITU-T X.780.1 (2001) Cor. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T X.780.1 (2001) Amd. 1
(05/2002)
ITU-T X.780.2 (03/2007)
29.05.2002
ITU-T X.781 (08/2001)
13.08.2001
ITU-T X.782 (05/2012)
14.05.2012
ITU-T X.782 (2012) Cor. 1
(03/2013)
16.03.2013
March 2015 Edition
29.05.2002
29.05.2002
13.08.2001
29.05.2002
16.03.2007
System objects and user guide for bulk
attribute retrieval
TMN guidelines for defining coarsegrained CORBA managed object interfaces
System façades and user guide for bulk
attribute retrieval
TMN guidelines for defining serviceoriented CORBA managed objects and
Requirements and guidelines for
Implementation Conformance Statements
proformas associated with CORBA-based
systems
Guidelines for defining web services for
managed objects and management
215 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.783 (07/2014)
14.07.2014
ITU-T X.790 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.790 (1995) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.790 (1995) Cor. 1
(03/1999)
ITU-T X.790 (1995) Cor. 2
(03/2001)
ITU-T X.791 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.792 (03/1999)
26.03.1999
ITU-T X.792 (1999) Cor. 1
(08/2001)
ITU-T X.800 (03/1991)
13.08.2001
ITU-T X.800 (1991) Amd. 1
(10/1996)
ITU-T X.802 (04/1995)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.803 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.805 (10/2003)
29.10.2003
ITU-T X.810 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.811 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.812 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.813 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.814 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.815 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.816 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
March 2015 Edition
Guidelines for implementation
conformance statements proformas
associated with web services-based
management
Trouble
management
systems function for ITU-T
applications
Implementation conformance statement
proformas
26.03.1999
01.03.2001
05.10.1996
22.03.1991
10.04.1995
Profile for trouble management function
for ITU-T applications
Configuration audit support function for
ITU-T applications
Security architecture for Open Systems
Interconnection for CCITT applications
Layer Two Security Service and
Mechanisms for LANs
Information technology – Lower layers
security model
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Upper layers security
Security architecture for systems
providing end-to-end communications
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Overview
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Authentication framework
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Access control framework
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Non-repudiation
framework technology – Open Systems
Information
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Confidentiality framework
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Integrity framework
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Security frameworks for
open systems: Security audit and alarms
framework
216 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.830 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.831 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.832 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.833 (04/1995)
10.04.1995
ITU-T X.834 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.835 (10/1996)
05.10.1996
ITU-T X.841 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T X.842 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T X.843 (10/2000)
06.10.2000
ITU-T X.851 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.852 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.853 (11/1995)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.860 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
March 2015 Edition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic upper layers
security: Overview, models and notation
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic upper layers
security: Security Exchange Service
Element (SESE) service definition
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic upper layers
security: Security Exchange Service
Element (SESE) protocol specification
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic upper layers
security: Protecting transfer syntax
specification
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic Upper Layers
Security: Security Exchange Service
Element (SESE) Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Generic Upper Layers
Security: Protecting transfer syntax
Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Security
techniques – Security information objects
for access control
Information technology – Security
techniques – Guidelines for the use and
management of trusted third party
services
Information
technology – Security
techniques – Specification of TTP services
to support the application of digital
signatures technology – Open Systems
Information
Interconnection – Service definition for
the Commitment, Concurrency and
Recovery service element
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Protocol for the
Commitment, Concurrency and Recovery
service element: Protocol specification
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Protocol for the
Commitment, Concurrency and Recovery
service element: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Open Systems Interconnection –
Distributed Transaction Processing: Model
217 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.861 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.862 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.863 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.880 (07/1994)
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.880 (1994) Technical
Cor. 1 (07/1995)
01.07.1995
ITU-T X.880 (1994) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
ITU-T X.881 (07/1994)
21.11.1995
Built-in operations
01.07.1994
ITU-T X.881 (1994) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
ITU-T X.882 (07/1994)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.882 (1994) Technical
Cor. 1 (07/1995)
01.07.1995
Information technology – Remote
Operations: OSI realizations – Remote
Operations Service Element (ROSE) service
definitionto A-UNIT-DATA service and builtMapping
in operations
Information technology – Remote
Operations: OSI realizations – Remote
Operations Service Element (ROSE)
protocol specification
ITU-T X.882 (1994) Amd. 1
(11/1995)
ITU-T X.891 (05/2005)
21.11.1995
ITU-T X.891 (2005) Cor. 1
(10/2011)
ITU-T X.892 (05/2005)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.893 (05/2007)
29.05.2007
ITU-T X.901 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.902 (10/2009)
29.10.2009
ITU-T X.903 (10/2009)
29.10.2009
ITU-T X.904 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.904 (1997) Amd. 1
(03/2000)
ITU-T X.906 (10/2014)
31.03.2000
March 2015 Edition
01.07.1994
14.05.2005
14.05.2005
07.10.2014
Open Systems Interconnection –
Distributed Transaction Processing:
Open Systems Interconnection –
Distributed Transaction Processing:
Information technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Distributed Transaction
Processing: Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
Information technology – Remote
Operations: Concepts, model and notation
Mapping to A-UNIT-DATA service and builtin operations
Information technology – Generic
applications of ASN.1: Fast infoset
This Corrigendum was
republished to indicate 2012 as
Information technology – Generic
applications of ASN.1: Fast Web Services
Information technology – Generic
applications of ASN.1: Fast infoset security
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Reference
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Reference model:
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Reference model:
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Reference
Model: Architectural Semantics
Computational formalization
Information technology – Open
distributed processing – Use of UML for
ODP system specifications
218 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.910 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.911 (09/2014)
13.09.2014
ITU-T X.920 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.930 (09/1998)
25.09.1998
ITU-T X.931 (06/1999)
18.06.1999
ITU-T X.950 (08/1997)
09.08.1997
ITU-T X.952 (12/1997)
12.12.1997
ITU-T X.952 (1997) Technical
Cor. 1 (07/2005)
14.07.2005
ITU-T X.960 (1999) Erratum 1
(10/2002)
ITU-T X.960 (06/1999)
04.10.2002
ITU-T X.1031 (03/2008)
22.03.2008
ITU-T X.1032 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X.1034 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
ITU-T X.1035 (02/2007)
13.02.2007
ITU-T X.1036 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1037 (10/2013)
ITU-T X.1051 (02/2008)
07.10.2013
13.02.2008
ITU-T X.1052 (05/2011)
ITU-T X.1054 (09/2012)
29.05.2011
07.09.2012
ITU-T X.1055 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.1056 (01/2009)
13.01.2009
March 2015 Edition
18.06.1999
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Naming
Information technology – Open
distributed processing – Reference model
– Enterprise language
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Interface
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Interface
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Protocol support
for computational interactions
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Trading Function:
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Trading function:
Provision of trading function using OSI
Directory service
Information technology – Open
Distributed Processing – Type repository
Roles of end users and
telecommunications networks within
Architecture of external interrelationships
for a telecommunication IP-based
network security system
Guidelines on extensible authentication
protocol based authentication and key
management in a data communication
network
Password-authenticated key exchange
(PAK) protocol
Framework for creation, storage,
distribution and enforcement of policies
for network security
IPv6 technical security guidelines
Information technology – Security
techniques – Information security
management guidelines for
telecommunications organizations based
on ISO/IEC 27002
Information
security management
Information technology - Security
techniques - Governance of information
Risk management and risk profile
guidelines for telecommunication
Security incident management guidelines
for telecommunications organizations
219 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.1057 (05/2011)
29.05.2011
ITU-T X.1080.1 (10/2011)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.1081 (10/2011)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.1082 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1082 (2007) Amd.1
(10/2009)
ITU-T X.1082 (2007) Amd.2
(05/2010)
ITU-T X.1083 (11/2007)
29.10.2009
ITU-T X.1084 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.1086 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T X.1086 (2008) Amd. 1
(04/2012)
ITU-T X.1088 (05/2008)
13.04.2012
ITU-T X.1089 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.1090 (05/2011)
29.05.2011
ITU-T X.1091 (04/2012)
13.04.2012
ITU-T X.1092 (06/2013)
13.06.2013
ITU-T X.1101 (05/2010)
29.05.2010
ITU-T X.1111 (02/2007)
13.02.2007
ITU-T X.1112 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1113 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1114 (11/2008)
ITU-T X.1121 (04/2004)
13.11.2008
29.04.2004
ITU-T X.1122 (04/2004)
29.04.2004
March 2015 Edition
29.05.2010
13.11.2007
29.05.2008
Asset management guidelines in
telecommunication organizations
e-Health and world-wide telemedicines Generic telecommunication protocol
The telebiometric multimodal model – A
framework for the specification of security
and safety aspects of telebiometrics
Telebiometrics related to human
The text originally published in
physiology
February 2009 has been
corrupted, and was replaced by
Object identifier assignments under the
a corrected text on 2010-05-18
telebiometrics arc
Enhancement to support the ISO/IEC
80000-series
Information technology – Biometrics –
BioAPI interworking protocol
Telebiometrics system mechanism – Part
1: General biometric authentication
protocol and system model profiles for
telecommunications systems
Telebiometrics protection procedures –
Part 1: A guideline to technical and
managerial countermeasures for
biometric data security
Multibiometric
protection procedures
Telebiometrics digital key framework
(TDK) – A framework for biometric digital
key generation and protection
Telebiometrics authentication
infrastructure (TAI)
Authentication framework with one-time
telebiometric templates
A guideline for evaluating telebiometric
template protection techniques
Integrated framework for telebiometric
data protection in e-health and
Security requirements and framework for
multicast communication
Framework of security technologies for
home network
Device certificate profile for the home
network
Guideline on user authentication
mechanisms for home network services
Authorization framework for home
Framework of security technologies for
mobile end-to-end data communications
Guideline for implementing secure mobile
systems based on PKI
220 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.1123 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1124 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1125 (01/2008)
13.01.2008
ITU-T X.1141 (06/2006)
13.06.2006
ITU-T X.1142 (06/2006)
13.06.2006
ITU-T X.1143 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1144 (10/2013)
14.10.2013
ITU-T X.1151 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T X.1152 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.1153 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
ITU-T X.1154 (04/2013)
26.04.2013
ITU-T X.1156 (06/2013)
13.06.2013
ITU-T X.1158 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T X.1159 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T X.1161 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.1162 (05/2008)
29.05.2008
ITU-T X.1164 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.1171 (02/2009)
20.02.2009
ITU-T X.1191 (02/2009)
20.02.2009
ITU-T X.1192 (05/2011)
29.05.2011
ITU-T X.1193 (10/2011)
14.10.2011
ITU-T X.1194 (04/2012)
13.04.2012
ITU-T X.1195 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
March 2015 Edition
Differentiated security service for secure
mobile end-to-end data communication
Authentication architecture for mobile
end-to-end data communication
Correlative Reacting System in mobile
data communication
Security Assertion Markup Language
(SAML 2.0)
eXtensible Access Control Markup
Language (XACML 2.0)
Security architecture for message security
in mobile web services
eXtensible Access Control Markup
Language (XACML) 3.0
Guideline on secure password-based
authentication protocol with key
Secure end-to-end data communication
techniques using trusted third party
Management framework of a one time
password-based authentication service
General framework of combined
authentication on multiple identity service
provider environments
Non-repudiation framework based on a
one-time password
Multi-factor authentication mechanisms
using a mobile device
Delegated non-repudiation architecture
based on ITU-T X.813
Framework for secure peer-to-peer
communications
Security architecture and operations for
peer-to-peer networks
Use of service providers' user
authentication infrastructure to
implement public key infrastructure for
peer-to-peer
Threats
and requirements
networks
for protection
of personally identifiable information in
applications using tag-based identification
Functional requirements and architecture
for IPTV security aspects
Functional requirements and mechanisms
for the secure transcoding of IPTV
Key management framework for secure
internet protocol television (IPTV) services
Algorithm selection scheme for service
and content protection descrambling
Service and content protection
interoperability scheme
221 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.1196 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.1197 (04/2012)
13.04.2012
ITU-T X.1198 (06/2013)
13.06.2013
ITU-T X.1205 (04/2008)
ITU-T X.1206 (04/2008)
18.04.2008
18.04.2008
ITU-T X.1207 (04/2008)
18.04.2008
ITU-T X.1208 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X.1209 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X.1210 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X.1211 (09/2014)
ITU-T X.1231 (04/2008)
ITU-T X.1240 (04/2008)
26.09.2014
18.04.2008
18.04.2008
ITU-T X.1241 (04/2008)
18.04.2008
ITU-T X.1242 (02/2009)
20.02.2009
ITU-T X.1243 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X.1243 (2010) Cor. 1
(01/2014)
ITU-T X.1244 (09/2008)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X.1245 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X.1250 (09/2009)
25.09.2009
ITU-T X.1251 (09/2009)
25.09.2009
ITU-T X.1252 (04/2010)
16.04.2010
ITU-T X.1253 (09/2011)
02.09.2011
March 2015 Edition
19.09.2008
Framework for the downloadable service
and content protection system in the
mobile Internet Protocol television
environment
Guidelines
on criteria for selecting
cryptographic algorithms for IPTV service
and content protection
Virtual machine-based security platform
for renewable IPTV service and content
protection
Overview of cybersecurity
A vendor-neutral framework for
automatic notification of security related
information and dissemination of updates
Guidelines for telecommunication service
providers for addressing the risk of
spyware and potentially unwanted
software
A
cybersecurity indicator of risk to
enhance confidence and security in the
use of telecommunication/information
and communication technologies
Capabilities and their context scenarios
for cybersecurity information sharing and
exchange
Overview of source-based security
troubleshooting mechanisms for Internet
protocol-based networks
Techniques for preventing web-based
Technical strategies for countering spam
Technologies involved in countering email spam
Technical framework for countering email
spam
Short message service (SMS) spam
filtering system based on user-specified
Interactive gateway system for countering
spam
Overall aspects of countering spam in IPbased multimedia applications
Framework for countering spam in IPbased multimedia applications
Baseline capabilities for enhanced global
identity management and interoperability
A framework for user control of digital
identity
Baseline identity management terms and
definitions
Security guidelines for identity
management systems
222 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.1254 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1254 (2012) Erratum
1 (05/2013)
ITU-T X.1255 (09/2013)
07.09.2012
17.05.2013
Entity authentication assurance
04.09.2013
ITU-T X.1275 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X.1303 (09/2007)
ITU-T X.1303 bis (03/2014)
13.09.2007
01.03.2014
Framework for discovery of identity
management information
Guidelines on protection of personally
identifiable information in the application
of RFID technology
Common alerting protocol (CAP 1.1)
Common alerting protocol (CAP 1.2)
ITU-T X.1311 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
ITU-T X.1311 (2011) Cor. 1
(11/2014)
ITU-T X.1312 (02/2011)
29.11.2014
ITU-T X.1313 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T X.1314 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T X.1500 (04/2011)
20.04.2011
ITU-T X.1500 (2011) Amd. 6
(09/2014)
26.09.2014
ITU-T X.1500.1 (03/2012)
02.03.2012
ITU-T X.1520 (01/2014)
ITU-T X.1521 (04/2011)
ITU-T X.1524 (03/2012)
ITU-T X.1526 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
20.04.2011
02.03.2012
24.01.2014
ITU-T X.1528 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1528.1 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1528.2 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
07.09.2012
07.09.2012
ITU-T X.1528.3 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1528.4 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
07.09.2012
ITU-T X.1541 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1544 (04/2013)
07.09.2012
26.04.2013
ITU-T X.1546 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
March 2015 Edition
13.02.2011
Applies to English version only
Information technology – Security
framework for ubiquitous sensor
Correction of references to withdrawn
standards
Ubiquitous sensor network middleware
security guidelines
This Recommendation was
republished to indicate 2012 as
The edition posted on 9 August
2011 did not reflect the correct
title. That edition was removed
and a corrected edition was
Security requirements for wireless sensor posted on 18 November 2011.
network routing
Security requirements and framework of
ubiquitous networking
Overview of cybersecurity information
exchange
Revised structured cybersecurity
Amendment 6 (09/2014) to
information exchange techniques
Recommendation ITU-T X.1500
(2011) supersedes Amendment
Procedures for the registration of arcs
5 (01/2014)
under the object identifier arc for
cybersecurity information exchange
Common vulnerabilities and exposures
Common vulnerability scoring system
Common weakness enumeration
Language for the open definition of
vulnerabilities and for the assessment of a
system state
Common platform enumeration
Common platform enumeration naming
Common platform enumeration name
matching
Common platform enumeration dictionary
Common platform enumeration
applicability language
Incident object description exchange
Common attack pattern enumeration and
classification
Malware attribute enumeration and
characterization
223 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X.1570 (09/2011)
02.09.2011
ITU-T X.1580 (09/2012)
ITU-T X.1581 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
07.09.2012
ITU-T X.1582 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X.1601 (01/2014)
ITU-T X Suppl. 2 (09/2007)
24.01.2014
28.09.2007
ITU-T X Suppl. 3 (04/2008)
18.04.2008
ITU-T X Suppl. 4 (09/2008)
19.09.2008
ITU-T X Suppl. 5 (09/2008)
19.09.2008
ITU-T X Suppl. 6 (09/2009)
25.09.2009
ITU-T X Suppl. 7 (02/2009)
20.02.2009
ITU-T X Suppl. 8 (12/2010)
17.12.2010
ITU-T X Suppl. 9 (09/2011)
02.09.2011
ITU-T X Suppl. 10 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X Suppl. 11 (09/2011)
02.09.2011
ITU-T X Suppl. 12 (03/2012)
02.03.2012
ITU-T X Suppl. 13 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
ITU-T X Suppl. 14 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
ITU-T X Suppl. 15 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
ITU-T X Suppl. 16 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
March 2015 Edition
Discovery mechanisms in the exchange of
cybersecurity information
Real-time inter-network defence
Transport of real-time inter-network
defence messages
Transport protocols supporting
cybersecurity information exchange
Security framework for cloud computing
ITU-T X.800-X.849 series – Supplement on
security baseline for network operators
ITU-T X.800-X.849 series – Supplement on
guidelines for implementing system and
network security
ITU-T X.290-series – Supplement on
generic approach to interoperability
ITU-T X.290 series – Supplement on
interoperability testing framework and
methodology
ITU-T X.1240 series – Supplement on
countering spam and associated threats
ITU-T X.1250 series – Supplement on
overview of identity management in the
context of cybersecurity
ITU-T X.1205 – Supplement on best
practices against botnet threats
ITU-T X.1205 – Supplement on guidelines
for reducing malware in ICT networks
ITU-T X.1205 – Supplement on usability of
network traceback
ITU-T X.1245 - Supplement on framework
based on real-time blocking lists for
countering VoIP spam
ITU-T X.1240 - Supplement on overall
aspects of countering mobile messaging
ITU-T X.1051 – Supplement on
information security management users'
guide for Recommendation ITU-T X.1051
ITU-T X.1243 - Supplement on a practical
reference model for countering e-mail
spam using botnet information
ITU-T X.800-X.849 series - Supplement on
guidance for creating a national IP-based
public network security centre for
developing countries
ITU-T X.800-X.849 series – Supplement on
architectural systems for security controls
for preventing fraudulent activities in
public carrier networks
224 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T X Suppl. 17 (09/2012)
07.09.2012
ITU-T X Suppl. 18 (04/2013)
26.04.2013
ITU-T X Suppl. 19 (04/2013)
26.04.2013
ITU-T X Suppl. 20 (04/2013)
26.04.2013
ITU-T X Suppl. 21 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X Suppl. 22 (01/2014)
24.01.2014
ITU-T X Suppl. 23 (09/2014)
26.09.2014
ITU-T X Suppl. 24 (09/2014)
26.09.2014
ITU-T Y.100 (06/1998)
01.06.1998
ITU-T Y.101 (03/2000)
10.03.2000
ITU-T Y.110 (06/1998)
12.06.1998
ITU-T Y.120 (06/1998)
01.06.1998
ITU-T Y.120 Annex A
(02/1999)
ITU-T Y.120 (1998) Cor. 1
(11/2000)
ITU-T Y.130 (03/2000)
ITU-T Y.140 (11/2000)
26.02.1999
ITU-T Y.140.1 (03/2004)
29.03.2004
ITU-T Y.1001 (11/2000)
24.11.2000
ITU-T Y.1221 (06/2010)
29.06.2010
ITU-T Y.1222 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
March 2015 Edition
ITU-T X.1143 - Supplement on threats and
security objectives for enhanced webbased telecommunication services
ITU-T X.1205 - Supplement on guidelines
for abnormal traffic detection and control
on IP-based telecommunication networks
ITU-T X.1120-X.1139 series – Supplement
on security aspects of smartphones
ITU-T X.1205 - Supplement on framework
of security information sharing
ITU-T X.1143 - Supplement on security
framework for web mashup services
ITU-T X.1144 - Supplement on
enhancements and new features in
eXtensible Access Control Markup
Language
ITU-T
X.1037
(XACML
- Supplement
3.0)
on security
management guidelines for the
implementation of an IPv6 environment in
telecommunication organizations
ITU-T X.1120-X.1139 series - Supplement
on a secure application distribution
framework for communication devices
General overview of the Global
Information Infrastructure standards
Global Information Infrastructure
terminology: Terms and definitions
Global Information Infrastructure
principles and framework architecture
Global Information Infrastructure scenario
methodology
Examples of use
24.11.2000
10.03.2000
24.11.2000
Information communication architecture
Global Information Infrastructure (GII):
Reference points for interconnection
framework
Guideline for attributes and requirements
for interconnection between public
telecommunication network operators
and service providers involved in provision
of telecommunication services
IP framework – A framework for
convergence of telecommunications
network and IP network technologies
Traffic control and congestion control in IPbased networks
Traffic control and congestion control in
Ethernet-based networks
225 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.1223 (07/2008)
14.07.2008
ITU-T Y.1231 (11/2000)
ITU-T Y.1241 (03/2001)
24.11.2000
01.03.2001
ITU-T Y.1251 (08/2002)
ITU-T Y.1261 (12/2002)
13.08.2002
14.12.2002
ITU-T Y.1261 (2002) Erratum
1 (02/2004)
ITU-T Y.1271 (07/2014)
04.02.2004
ITU-T Y.1281 (09/2003)
ITU-T Y.1291 (05/2004)
13.09.2003
07.05.2004
ITU-T Y.1292 (09/2008)
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y.1310 (03/2004)
ITU-T Y.1311 (03/2002)
15.03.2004
16.03.2002
ITU-T Y.1311.1 (07/2001)
13.07.2001
ITU-T Y.1312 (09/2003)
13.09.2003
ITU-T Y.1313 (07/2004)
22.07.2004
ITU-T Y.1314 (10/2005)
14.10.2005
ITU-T Y.1315 (09/2006)
13.09.2006
ITU-T Y.1401 (02/2008)
ITU-T Y.1411 (02/2003)
29.02.2008
22.02.2003
ITU-T Y.1412 (11/2003)
06.11.2003
ITU-T Y.1413 (03/2004)
15.03.2004
ITU-T Y.1413 (2004) Cor. 1
(10/2005)
ITU-T Y.1414 (07/2004)
ITU-T Y.1415 (02/2005)
14.10.2005
ITU-T Y.1415 (2005) Amd. 1
(04/2007)
27.04.2007
March 2015 Edition
18.07.2014
29.07.2004
13.02.2005
Interworking guidelines for transporting
assured IP flows
IP Access Network Architecture
Support of IP-based services using IP
transfer capabilities
General architectural model for
Service requirements and architecture for
voice services over Multi-Protocol Label
Switching
Framework(s) on network requirements
and capabilities to support emergency
telecommunications over evolving circuitswitched and packet-switched networks
Mobile IP services over MPLS
An architectural framework for support of
Quality of Service in packet networks
Customizable IP networks (CIP):
Framework for the requirements and
capabilities related to the customization
of IP service networks by customers
Transport of IP over ATM in public
Network-based VPNs – Generic
architecture and service requirements
Network-based IP VPN over MPLS
architecture
Layer 1 Virtual Private Network generic
requirements and architecture elements
Layer 1 Virtual Private Network service
and network architectures
Virtual private network functional
decomposition
QoS support for VPN services –
Framework and characteristics
Principles of interworking
ATM-MPLS network interworking – Cell
mode user plane interworking
ATM-MPLS network interworking – Frame
mode user plane interworking
TDM-MPLS network interworking – User
plane interworking
Voice services – MPLS network
Ethernet-MPLS network interworking –
User plane interworking
New Appendix II – Use of Ethernet-MPLS
interworking for transport of IP/MPLS
226 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.1416/Q.3150
(06/2007)
ITU-T Y.1417/Q.3151
(06/2007)
ITU-T Y.1418 (02/2008)
ITU-T Y.1452 (03/2006)
ITU-T Y.1453 (03/2006)
13.06.2007
ITU-T Y.1454 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T Y.1530 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T Y.1531 (11/2007)
ITU-T Y.1540 (03/2011)
13.11.2007
01.03.2011
ITU-T Y.1541 (12/2011)
14.12.2011
ITU-T Y.1541 (2011) Amd. 1
(12/2013)
ITU-T Y.1542 (06/2010)
12.12.2013
ITU-T Y.1543 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T Y.1544 (07/2008)
ITU-T Y.1545 (05/2013)
14.07.2008
14.05.2013
ITU-T Y.1546 (10/2014)
29.10.2014
ITU-T Y.1560 (09/2003)
13.09.2003
ITU-T Y.1561 (05/2004)
07.05.2004
ITU-T Y.1562 (03/2007)
01.03.2007
ITU-T Y.1563 (01/2009)
13.01.2009
ITU-T Y.1563 (2009) Amd.1
(12/2009)
ITU-T Y.1564 (03/2011)
ITU-T Y.1565 (12/2011)
ITU-T Y.1566 (07/2012)
14.12.2009
ITU-T Y.1710 (11/2002)
08.11.2002
March 2015 Edition
13.06.2007
29.02.2008
01.03.2006
29.03.2006
29.06.2010
01.03.2011
14.12.2011
14.07.2012
Use of virtual trunks for ATM/MPLS
client/server control plane interworking
ATM and frame relay/MPLS control plane
interworking: Client-server
Pseudowire layer network
Voice trunking over IP networks
TDM-IP interworking – User plane
interworking
Tandem free operation (TFO) – IP network
interworking – User plane interworking
Call processing performance for voice
service in hybrid IP networks
SIP-based call processing performance
Internet protocol data communication
service – IP packet transfer and availability
performance parameters
Network performance objectives for IPbased services
New Appendix XII - Considerations for low
speed access networks
Framework for achieving end-to-end IP
performance objectives
Measurements in IP networks for interdomain performance assessment
Multicast IP performance parameters
Roadmap for the quality of service of
interconnected networks that use the
Internet Protocol
Hand-over performance among multiple
access networks
Parameters for TCP connection
performance in the presence of
Performance and availability parameters
for MPLS networks
Framework for higher-layer protocol
performance parameters and their
measurement
Ethernet frame transfer and availability
performance
New Annex B - Terminology for
consecutive severely errored seconds in
Ethernet service activation test
Home network performance parameters
Quality of service mapping and
interconnection between Ethernet,
Internet protocol and multiprotocol label
switching networks
Requirements for Operation &
Maintenance functionality in MPLS
227 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.1711 (02/2004)
12.02.2004
ITU-T Y.1711 (2004) Cor. 1
(02/2005)
ITU-T Y.1711 (2004) Amd. 1
(10/2005)
ITU-T Y.1712 (01/2004)
13.02.2005
ITU-T Y.1713 (03/2004)
ITU-T Y.1714 (01/2009)
ITU-T Y.1720 (12/2006)
ITU-T Y.1720 (2006) Amd. 1
(02/2008)
ITU-T Y.1730 (01/2004)
15.03.2004
13.01.2009
14.12.2006
22.02.2008
ITU-T Y.1901 (01/2009)
ITU-T Y.1902 (04/2011)
23.01.2009
22.04.2011
ITU-T Y.1903 (01/2014)
ITU-T Y.1910 (09/2008)
ITU-T Y.1911 (04/2010)
13.01.2014
12.09.2008
30.04.2010
ITU-T Y.1920 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.1991 (03/2010)
ITU-T Y.2001 (12/2004)
ITU-T Y.2002 (10/2009)
16.03.2010
17.12.2004
29.10.2009
ITU-T Y.2006 (02/2008)
29.02.2008
ITU-T Y.2007 (01/2010)
ITU-T Y.2011 (10/2004)
29.01.2010
07.10.2004
ITU-T Y.2012 (04/2010)
30.04.2010
ITU-T Y.2013 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T Y.2014 (03/2010)
16.03.2010
ITU-T Y.2015 (01/2009)
23.01.2009
ITU-T Y.2016 (08/2009)
22.08.2009
ITU-T Y.2017 (09/2009)
12.09.2009
ITU-T Y.2018 (09/2009)
12.09.2009
March 2015 Edition
Operation & Maintenance mechanism for
MPLS networks
14.10.2005
New function type codes
10.01.2004
OAM functionality for ATM-MPLS
interworking
Misbranching detection for MPLS
MPLS management and OAM framework
Protection switching for MPLS networks
10.01.2004
Requirements for OAM functions in
Ethernet-based networks and Ethernet
Requirements for the support of IPTV
Framework for multicast-based IPTV
content delivery
Functional requirements of mobile IPTV
IPTV functional architecture
IPTV services and nomadism: Scenarios
and functional architecture for unicast
Guidelines for the use of traffic
management mechanisms in support of
Terms and definitions for IPTV
General overview of NGN
Overview of ubiquitous networking and of
its support in NGN
Description of capability set 1 of NGN
release 1
NGN capability set 2
General principles and general reference
model for Next Generation Networks
Functional requirements and architecture
of next generation networks
Converged services framework functional
requirements and architecture
Network attachment control functions in
next generation networks
General requirements for ID/locator
separation in NGN
Functional requirements and architecture
of the NGN for applications and services
using tag-based identification
Multicast functions in next generation
networks
Mobility management and control
framework and architecture within the
NGN transport stratum
228 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.2019 (09/2010)
06.09.2010
ITU-T Y.2019 (2010) Err. 1
(02/2015)
ITU-T Y.2020 (05/2011)
05.02.2015
ITU-T Y.2021 (09/2006)
ITU-T Y.2022 (08/2011)
13.09.2006
06.08.2011
ITU-T Y.2023 (04/2012)
22.04.2012
ITU-T Y.2024 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2025 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2026 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2027 (07/2012)
ITU-T Y.2031 (09/2006)
ITU-T Y.2051 (02/2008)
ITU-T Y.2052 (02/2008)
29.07.2012
13.09.2006
29.02.2008
29.02.2008
ITU-T Y.2053 (02/2008)
29.02.2008
ITU-T Y.2054 (02/2008)
29.02.2008
ITU-T Y.2055 (03/2011)
16.03.2011
ITU-T Y.2056 (08/2011)
06.08.2011
ITU-T Y.2057 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Y.2058 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Y.2059 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2060 (06/2012)
ITU-T Y.2061 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
15.06.2012
March 2015 Edition
20.05.2011
Content delivery functional architecture in
NGN
Open service environment functional
architecture for next generation networks
IMS for Next Generation Networks
Functional architecture for the support of
host-based separation of node identifiers
and routing locators in next generation
networks requirements and architecture
Functional
for the next generation network
multimedia communication centre service
Functional requirements and architecture
of the web service component in next
generation networks
Functional architecture of the next
generation network service integration
and delivery environment
Functional requirements and architecture
of the next generation network for
support of ubiquitous sensor network
applications and services
Functional architecture of multiPSTN/ISDN emulation architecture
General overview of IPv6-based NGN
Framework of multi-homing in IPv6-based
NGN
Functional requirements for IPv6
migration in NGN
Framework to support signalling for IPv6based NGN
Framework of object mapping using IPv6
in next generation networks
Framework of vertical multihoming in IPv6based next generation networks
Framework of node identifier and routing
locator separation in IPv6-based next
generation networks
Roadmap for IPv6 migration from the
perspective of the operators of next
generation networks
Functional requirements for accessing
IPv6-based next generation networks
Overview of the Internet of things
Requirements for the support of machineoriented communication applications in
the next generation network environment
229 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.2062 (03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T Y.2063 (07/2012)
ITU-T Y.2063 (2012) Err. 1
(10/2013)
ITU-T Y.2064 (01/2014)
29.07.2012
30.10.2013
ITU-T Y.2065 (03/2014)
22.03.2014
ITU-T Y.2066 (06/2014)
22.06.2014
ITU-T Y.2067 (06/2014)
06.06.2014
ITU-T Y.2069 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2070 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Y.2074 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Y.2080 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
ITU-T Y.2081 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2082 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Y.2083 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.2091 (03/2011)
16.03.2011
ITU-T Y.2111 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Y.2112 (06/2007)
13.06.2007
ITU-T Y.2113 (01/2009)
23.01.2009
ITU-T Y.2121 (01/2008)
25.01.2008
ITU-T Y.2122 (06/2009)
29.06.2009
ITU-T Y.2122 (2009) Amd. 1
(11/2011)
ITU-T Y.2171 (09/2006)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Y.2172 (06/2007)
13.06.2007
ITU-T Y.2173 (09/2008)
12.09.2008
March 2015 Edition
13.01.2014
13.09.2006
Framework of object-to-object
communication for ubiquitous networking
in next generation networks
Framework of the web of things
Energy saving using smart objects in home
networks
Service and capability requirements for ehealth monitoring services
Common requirements of the Internet of
things
Common requirements and capabilities of
a gateway for Internet of things
Terms and definitions for the Internet of
things
Requirements and architecture of home
energy management system and home
network services
Requirements for internet of things
devices and operation of internet of
things applications during disaster
Functional architecture for distributed
service networking
Distributed service networking traffic
optimization control functions
Distributed service networking relay
functions
Multimedia telephony over distributed
service networking
Terms and definitions for next generation
networks
Resource and admission control functions
in next generation networks
A QoS control architecture for Ethernetbased IP access networks
Ethernet QoS control for next generation
networks
Requirements for the support of flowstate-aware transport technology in NGN
Flow aggregate information exchange
functions in NGN
Information model
Admission control priority levels in Next
Generation Networks
Service restoration priority levels in Next
Generation Networks
Management of performance
measurement for NGN
230 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.2174 (06/2008)
29.06.2008
ITU-T Y.2175 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T Y.2201 (09/2009)
ITU-T Y.2205 (05/2011)
12.09.2009
20.05.2011
ITU-T Y.2206 (04/2010)
30.04.2010
ITU-T Y.2211 (10/2007)
07.10.2007
ITU-T Y.2212 (02/2008)
ITU-T Y.2213 (09/2008)
29.02.2008
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y.2214 (05/2009)
22.05.2009
ITU-T Y.2215 (06/2009)
29.06.2009
ITU-T Y.2216 (03/2010)
16.03.2010
ITU-T Y.2221 (01/2010)
13.01.2010
ITU-T Y.2222 (04/2013)
13.04.2013
ITU-T Y.2232 (01/2008)
25.01.2008
ITU-T Y.2233 (06/2010)
13.06.2010
ITU-T Y.2234 (09/2008)
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y.2235 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T Y.2236 (09/2009)
12.09.2009
ITU-T Y.2237 (01/2010)
29.01.2010
ITU-T Y.2240 (04/2011)
22.04.2011
ITU-T Y.2251 (03/2011)
ITU-T Y.2252 (07/2012)
16.03.2011
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2253 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
March 2015 Edition
Distributed RACF architecture for MPLS
networks
Centralized RACF architecture for MPLS
core networks
Requirements and capabilities for ITU-T
Next Generation Networks – Emergency
telecommunications – Technical
considerations
Requirements for distributed service
networking capabilities
IMS-based real-time conversational
multimedia services over NGN
Requirements of managed delivery
NGN service requirements and capabilities
for network aspects of applications and
services using tag-based identification
Service requirements and functional
models for customized multimedia ring
Requirements and framework for the
support of VPN services in NGN, including
the mobile environment
NGN capability requirements to support
the multimedia communication centre
Requirements for support of ubiquitous
sensor network (USN) applications and
services in the NGN environment
Sensor control networks and related
applications in a next generation network
environment
NGN convergence service model and
scenario using web services
Requirements and framework allowing
accounting and charging capabilities in
Open service environment capabilities for
NGN
Converged web-browsing service
scenarios in NGN
Framework for NGN support of multicastbased services
Functional model and service scenarios
for QoS-enabled mobile VoIP service
Requirements and capabilities for next
generation network service integration
and delivery environment
Multi-connection requirements
Identification and configuration of
resources for multi-connection
Capabilities of multi-connection to
support streaming services
231 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.2254 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T Y.2261 (09/2006)
ITU-T Y.2262 (12/2006)
ITU-T Y.2271 (2006) Erratum
1 (03/2007)
ITU-T Y.2271 (09/2006)
ITU-T Y.2281 (01/2011)
13.09.2006
14.12.2006
07.03.2007
ITU-T Y.2291 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
ITU-T Y.2301 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Y.2302 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.2303 (01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Y.2601 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T Y.2611 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T Y.2612 (01/2009)
23.01.2009
ITU-T Y.2613 (03/2010)
16.03.2010
ITU-T Y.2614 (08/2011)
06.08.2011
ITU-T Y.2615 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2616 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.2621 (08/2011)
06.08.2011
ITU-T Y.2622 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2701 (04/2007)
ITU-T Y.2702 (09/2008)
27.04.2007
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y.2703 (01/2009)
ITU-T Y.2704 (01/2010)
ITU-T Y.2705 (03/2013)
23.01.2009
29.01.2010
01.03.2013
ITU-T Y.2720 (01/2009)
ITU-T Y.2721 (09/2010)
23.01.2009
16.09.2010
ITU-T Y.2722 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
March 2015 Edition
13.09.2006
28.01.2011
Capabilities of multi-connection to
support enhanced multimedia telephony
PSTN/ISDN evolution to NGN
PSTN/ISDN emulation and simulation
Applies to English version only
Call server-based PSTN/ISDN emulation
Framework of networked vehicle services
and applications using NGN
Architectural overview of next generation
home networks
Network intelligence capability
enhancement - Requirements and
Network intelligence capability
enhancement – Functional architecture
Network intelligence capability
enhancement - Awareness functional
Fundamental characteristics and
requirements of future packet based
networks
High-level architecture of future packetbased networks
Generic requirements and framework of
addressing, routing and forwarding in
future, packet-based networks
General technical architecture for public
packet telecommunication data network
Network reliability in public
telecommunication data networks
Routing mechanisms in public packet
telecommunication data networks
Interworking mechanisms in public packet
telecom data networks
Requirements for an independent,
scalable control plane in future, packetbased networks
Architecture of an independent scalable
control plane in future packet based
Security requirements for NGN release 1
Authentication and authorization
requirements for NGN release 1
The application of AAA service in NGN
Security mechanisms and procedures for
Minimum security requirements for the
interconnection of the Emergency
Telecommunications Service (ETS)
NGN identity management framework
NGN identity management requirements
and use cases
NGN identity management mechanisms
232 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.2723 (11/2013)
15.11.2013
ITU-T Y.2724 (11/2013)
15.11.2013
ITU-T Y.2725 (07/2014)
18.07.2014
ITU-T Y.2740 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
ITU-T Y.2741 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
ITU-T Y.2760 (05/2011)
ITU-T Y.2770 (11/2012)
20.05.2011
20.11.2012
ITU-T Y.2770 (2012) Err. 1
(11/2013)
ITU-T Y.2771 (07/2014)
ITU-T Y.2807 (01/2009)
ITU-T Y.2808 (06/2009)
05.11.2013
ITU-T Y.2809 (11/2011)
29.11.2011
ITU-T Y.2810 (03/2012)
29.03.2012
ITU-T Y.2811 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2812 (07/2012)
29.07.2012
ITU-T Y.2901 (12/2006)
14.12.2006
ITU-T Y.2902 (11/2008)
ITU-T Y.3001 (05/2011)
ITU-T Y.3011 (01/2012)
13.11.2008
20.05.2011
13.01.2012
ITU-T Y.3012 (04/2014)
13.04.2014
ITU-T Y.3013 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3021 (01/2012)
13.01.2012
ITU-T Y.3022 (08/2014)
ITU-T Y.3031 (05/2012)
ITU-T Y.3032 (01/2014)
13.08.2014
07.05.2012
13.01.2014
ITU-T Y.3033 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T Y.3041 (04/2013)
ITU-T Y.3042 (04/2013)
13.04.2013
13.04.2013
March 2015 Edition
18.07.2014
23.01.2009
29.06.2009
Support for OAuth in next generation
networks
Framework for supporting OAuth and
OpenID in next generation networks
Support of OpenID in next generation
networks
Security requirements for mobile remote
financial transactions in next generation
networks
Architecture of secure mobile financial
transactions in next generation networks
Mobility security framework in NGN
Requirements for deep packet inspection
in next generation networks
Framework for deep packet inspection
MPLS-based mobility capabilities in NGN
Fixed mobile convergence with a common
IMS session control domain
Framework of mobility management in
the service stratum for next generation
Mobility management framework for IP
multicast communications in next
generation networks
Framework of the mobile virtual private
network service in next generation
Mobility management for interworking
between WiMAX and UMTS
The carrier grade open environment
reference model
Carrier grade open environment
Future networks: Objectives and design
Framework of network virtualization for
future networks
Requirements of network virtualization
for future networks
Socio-economic assessment of future
networks by tussle analysis
Framework of energy saving for future
networks
Measuring energy in networks
Identification framework in future
Configurations of node identifiers and
their mapping with locators in future
Framework of data aware networking for
future networks
Smart ubiquitous networks – Overview
Smart ubiquitous networks – Smart traffic
control and resource management
233 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y.3043 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Y.3044 (08/2013)
13.08.2013
ITU-T Y.3045 (01/2014)
13.01.2014
ITU-T Y.3300 (06/2014)
ITU-T Y.3320 (08/2014)
06.06.2014
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3500 (08/2014)
13.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3501 (05/2013)
22.05.2013
ITU-T Y.3502 (08/2014)
13.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3503 (05/2014)
ITU-T Y.3510 (05/2013)
ITU-T Y.3511 (03/2014)
ITU-T Y.3512 (08/2014)
22.05.2014
22.05.2013
09.03.2014
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3513 (08/2014)
29.08.2014
ITU-T Y.3520 (06/2013)
22.06.2013
ITU-T Y Suppl. 1 (07/2006)
28.07.2006
ITU-T Y Suppl. 2 (07/2006)
28.07.2006
ITU-T Y Suppl. 3 (01/2008)
25.01.2008
ITU-T Y Suppl. 4 (01/2008)
25.01.2008
ITU-T Y Suppl. 5 (05/2008)
22.05.2008
ITU-T Y Suppl. 6 (09/2008)
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y Suppl. 7 (09/2008)
12.09.2008
ITU-T Y Suppl. 8 (01/2010)
29.01.2010
ITU-T Y Suppl. 9 (01/2010)
29.01.2010
ITU-T Y Suppl. 10 (01/2010)
29.01.2010
March 2015 Edition
Smart ubiquitous networks - Context
awareness framework
Smart ubiquitous networks - Content
awareness framework
Smart ubiquitous networks - Functional
architecture of content delivery
Framework of software-defined
Requirements for applying formal
methods to software-defined networking
Information technology – Cloud
computing – Overview and vocabulary
Cloud computing framework and highlevel requirements
Information technology — Cloud
computing - Reference architecture
Requirements for desktop as a service
Cloud computing infrastructure
Framework of inter-cloud computing
Cloud computing - Functional
requirements of Network as a Service
Cloud computing - Functional
requirements of Infrastructure as a
Cloud computing framework for end to
end resource management
ITU-T Y.2000 series – Supplement on NGN
release 1 scope
ITU-T Y.2012 – Supplement on
Approved and published as
session/border control (S/BC) functions
Y.2012 Suppl.1, renumbered Y
Suppl.2 without further
ITU-T Y.2000 series – Supplement on
modifications
service scenarios for convergence services
in a multiple network and application
service provider environment
ITU-T Y.1300 series – Supplement on
transport requirements for T-MPLS OAM
and considerations for the application of
IETF MPLS technology
ITU-T Y.1900-series – Supplement on IPTV
service use cases
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Supplement on the
use of DSL-based systems in next
generation networks
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Supplement on NGN
release 2 scope
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Supplement on a
survey of global ICT forums and consortia
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Supplement on
multi-connection scenarios
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Supplement on
distributed service network (DSN) use
234 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Y Suppl. 11 (01/2010)
29.01.2010
ITU-T Y Suppl. 12 (04/2010)
30.04.2010
ITU-T Y Suppl. 13 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
ITU-T Y Suppl. 14 (01/2011)
28.01.2011
ITU-T Y Suppl. 15 (10/2011)
21.10.2011
ITU-T Y Suppl. 16 (02/2012)
17.02.2012
ITU-T Y Suppl. 17 (02/2012)
17.02.2012
ITU-T Y Suppl. 18 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
ITU-T Y Suppl. 19 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
ITU-T Y Suppl. 20 (06/2012)
15.06.2012
ITU-T Y Suppl. 21 (03/2013)
01.03.2013
ITU-T Y Suppl. 22 (06/2013)
28.06.2013
ITU-T Y Suppl. 23 (11/2013)
15.11.2013
ITU-T Y Suppl. 24 (11/2013)
15.11.2013
ITU-T Z.100 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
ITU-T Z.100 Annex F1
(01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Z.100 Annex F2
(01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Z.100 Annex F3
(01/2015)
13.01.2015
ITU-T Z.101 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
ITU-T Z.102 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
March 2015 Edition
ITU-T Y.2600-series – Supplement on
scenarios for independent scalable control
plane (iSCP) in future packet-based
networks
ITU-T
Y.2720
(FPBN)
– Supplement on NGN
identity management mechanisms
ITU-T Y.2000-series - Supplement on
scenarios for the evolution of NGN
network capabilities to include
information storage, processing and
delivery
ITU-T
Y.2000-series – Supplementary
service scenarios for fixed-mobile
ITU-T Y.2000-series – Profile-based
application adaptation service using next
generation networks
ITU-T Y.1900-series – Supplement on
guidelines on deployment of IP multicast
for IPTV content delivery
ITU-T Y.2200-series - Functional model of
a service overlay network framework
which uses the next generation network
ITU-T Y.2700-series - Supplement on next
generation network certificate
ITU-T Y.2200-series - Supplement on the
risk analysis service in next generation
ITU-T Y.1900-series - Supplement on
scenarios and use cases of mobile IPTV
ITU-T Y.2200-series - NGN requirements
for interworking with legacy IP-based
ITU-T Y.2200-series - Greenhouse gas
monitoring services provided over NGN
ITU-T Y.2770-series - Supplement on DPI
terminology
ITU-T Y.2000-series - Supplement on Nscreen service scenarios for fixed mobile
convergence
Specification and Description Language Overview of SDL-2010
Specification and Description Language Overview of SDL-2010 - SDL formal
definition: General overview
Specification and Description Language Overview of SDL-2010 - SDL formal
definition: Static semantics
Specification and Description Language Overview of SDL-2010 - SDL formal
definition: Dynamic semantics
Specification and Description Language Basic SDL-2010
Specification and Description Language Comprehensive SDL-2010
235 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Z.103 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
ITU-T Z.104 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
ITU-T Z.104 (2011) Amd. 1
(10/2012)
ITU-T Z.105 (12/2011)
14.10.2012
ITU-T Z.106 (12/2011)
22.12.2011
ITU-T Z.107 (04/2012)
29.04.2012
ITU-T Z.109 (10/2013)
14.10.2013
ITU-T Z.110 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T Z.111 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T Z.119 (02/2007)
ITU-T Z.120 (02/2011)
ITU-T Z.120 Annex B
(04/1998)
ITU-T Z.121 (02/2003)
13.02.2007
13.02.2011
01.04.1998
ITU-T Z.150 (02/2011)
13.02.2011
ITU-T Z.151 (10/2012)
14.10.2012
ITU-T Z.161 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.161.1 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.161.2 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.161.3 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.161.4 (07/2013)
14.07.2013
ITU-T Z.161.5 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.162 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
March 2015 Edition
22.12.2011
13.02.2003
Specification and Description Language Shorthand notation and annotation in SDL2010
Specification and Description Language Data and action language in SDL-2010
Replacement Annex C on language binding
Specification and Description Language SDL-2010 combined with ASN.1 modules
Specification and Description Language Common interchange format for SDL-2010
Specification and Description Language Object-oriented data in SDL-2010
Specification and Description Language Unified modeling language profile for SDL2010
Criteria for use of formal description
techniques by ITU-T
Notations and guidelines for the definition
of ITU-T languages
Guidelines for UML profile design
Message Sequence Chart (MSC)
Formal semantics of message sequence
charts
Specification and Description Language
(SDL) data binding to Message Sequence
Charts (MSC)
User Requirements Notation (URN) –
Language requirements and framework
User Requirements Notation (URN) Language definition
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 core language
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 language extensions: Support of
interfaces with continuous signals
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 language extensions:
Configuration and deployment support
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 language extensions: Advanced
parameterization
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 language extensions: Behaviour
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 Language extensions:
Performance and real time testing
Testing and Test Control Notation version Formerly Z.141
3: TTCN-3 tabular presentation format
236 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Z.163 (11/2007)
13.11.2007
ITU-T Z.164 (05/2012)
29.05.2012
ITU-T Z.165 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.165.1 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.166 (11/2014)
13.11.2014
ITU-T Z.167 (07/2013)
14.07.2013
ITU-T Z.168 (07/2013)
14.07.2013
ITU-T Z.169 (07/2013)
14.07.2013
ITU-T Z.170 (07/2013)
14.07.2013
ITU-T Z.200 (11/1999)
ITU-T Z.301 (11/1988)
19.11.1999
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.302 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.311 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.312 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.314 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.315 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.316 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.317 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.321 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.322 (11/1988)
ITU-T E.333/Z.323 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.331 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.332 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.333 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.334 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.335 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.336 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
25.11.1988
ITU-T Z.337 (11/1988)
25.11.1988
March 2015 Edition
Testing and Test Control Notation version Formerly Z.142
3: TTCN-3 graphical presentation format
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 operational semantics
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 runtime interface (TRI)
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 language extensions: Extended
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 control interface (TCI)
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: Using ASN.1 with TTCN-3
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: The IDL to TTCN-3 mapping
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: Using XML schema with TTCN-3
Testing and Test Control Notation version
3: TTCN-3 documentation comment
specification
CHILL – The ITU-T Programming Language
Introduction to the CCITT man-machine
language
The meta-language for describing MML
syntax and dialogue procedures
Introduction to syntax and dialogue
procedures
Basic format layout
The character set and basic elements
Input (command) language syntax
specification
Output language syntax specification
Man-machine dialogue procedures
Introduction to the extended MML for
visual display terminals
Capabilities of visual display terminals
Man-machine interaction
This Recommendation is also
included but not published in E
series under alias number
Introduction to the specification of the
E.333
man-machine interface
Methodology for the specification of the
man-machine interface – General working
procedure
Methodology for the specification of the
man-machine interface – Tools and
Subscriber administration
Routing administration
Traffic measurement administration
This Recommendation is a
revision of Annex A to Z.333
Network management administration
237 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
ITU-T Z.341 (11/1988)
ITU-T Z.351 (03/1993)
25.11.1988
12.03.1993
ITU-T Z.352 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Z.360 (05/1997)
06.05.1997
ITU-T Z.361 (02/1999)
12.02.1999
ITU-T Z.371 (04/2005)
13.04.2005
ITU-T Z.372 (04/2005)
13.04.2005
ITU-T Z.400 (03/1993)
12.03.1993
ITU-T Z.450 (11/2008)
13.11.2008
ITU-T Z.500 (05/1997)
06.05.1997
ITU-T Z.600 (11/2000)
24.11.2000
ITU-T Z.601 (02/2007)
ITU-T Z Suppl. 1 (05/1997)
13.02.2007
06.05.1997
March 2015 Edition
Glossary of terms
Data oriented human-machine interface
specification technique – Introduction
Data oriented human-machine interface
specification technique – Scope, approach
and reference model
Graphic GDMO: A graphic notation for the
Guidelines for the Definition of Managed
Objects
Design guidelines for Human-Computer
Interfaces (HCI) for the management of
telecommunications networks
Graphic information for
telecommunication management objects
Templates for telecommunications humanmachine interfaces
Structure and format of quality manuals
for telecommunications software
Quality aspects of protocol-related
Recommendations
Framework on formal methods in
conformance testing
Distributed processing environment
architecture
Data architecture of one software system
ITU-T Z.100 series – Supplement on SDL+ Published as Supplement 1 to
methodology: use of MSC and SDL (with Rec. ITU-T Z.100, renumbered
ASN.1)
as Z-series Supplement 1 on
2009-03-03
238 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
List of ITU-T Handbooks on DVD
Serie
Approval date
Title
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1989
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1999
Volume I: Design, construction and
operational principles of
telecommunication, power and electrified
railway facilities
Volume II: Calculating induced voltages
and currents in practical cases
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1989
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1989
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
29.02.2008
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
29.02.2008
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1978
The protection of telecommunication lines
and equipment against lightning
discharges – Chapters 6, 7 and 8
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.1995
The protection of telecommunication lines
and equipment against lightning
discharges – Chapters 9 and 10
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
Protection against
electromagnetic effects
01.01.2003
Earthing and bonding
01.01.2003
Earthing and bonding
29.02.2008
Mitigation measures for
telecommunication installations – Part 1:
General principles
March 2015 Edition
01.01.1989
01.01.1989
01.01.1989
01.01.1976
01.01.1974
Volume III: Capacitive, inductive and
conductive coupling: physical theory and
calculation methods
Volume IV: Inducing-currents and voltages
in electrified railway systems
Volume V: Inducing currents and voltages
in power transmission and distribution
systems
Volume VI: Danger, damage and
disturbance
Volume VII: Protective measures and
safety precautions
Volume VIII: Protective devices
Volume IX: Testing methods and
measuring apparatus
Earthing of telecommunication
installations
The protection of telecommunication lines
and equipment against lightning
discharges – Chapters 1 to 5
239 / 240
ITU-T Recommendations and selected Handbooks
Implementation guidelines
23.01.2009
Deployment of packet-based networks
Implementation guidelines
11.06.2010
DSL story
Implementation guidelines
29.01.2010
Converging networks
Implementation guidelines
01.11.2010
Implementation guidelines
01.11.2010
Implementation guidelines
28.01.2011
Optical Transport Networks from TDM to
Packet
Optical Transport Networks from TDM to
Packet (Corrigendum)
Testing of next generation networks
Formal Languages
Formal Languages
01.01.1993
17.12.2010
Measurement Methods
01.01.2000
Measurement Methods
01.01.2000
Measurement Methods
01.01.1999
Measurement Methods
Measurement Methods
Measurement Methods
Mobile systems
Operation
01.01.1992
01.01.1992
01.01.2002
01.01.2003
01.01.1993
Outside plant
16.10.2009
Outside plant
01.01.2002
Outside plant
Outside plant
Network planning
Quality of service
01.01.2002
15.05.2009
17.02.2012
01.01.2004
Quality of service
27.01.2011
Quality of service
27.01.2011
Security
31.12.2011
March 2015 Edition
Introduction to CHILL
Object identifiers (OIDs) and their
registration authorities
Addition to Section 2.3 of the Handbook
on Telephonometry
Addition to Section 3 of the Handbook on
Telephonometry
Additions to the Handbook on
Telephonometry
Telephonometry
Telephonometry (Corrigendum)
Interference measuring techniques
Deployment of IMT-2000 Systems
Instructions for the International
Telephone Service
Preservation of wooden poles carrying
overhead telecommunication lines
Protection of Telecommunication
Buildings from Fire
Marinized Terrestrial Cables
Optical fibres, cables and systems
Future networks
Quality of service and network
performance
Practical procedures for subjective testing
Practical procedures for subjective testing
(Corrigendum)
Security in Telecommunications and
Information Technology
240 / 240